2021 Chevrolet Camaro Owners Manual

21_CHEV_Camaro_COV_en_US_84512283C_2021FEB19.
pdf 1 2/18/2021 1:22:30 PM
2021
C
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
Chevrolet Camaro Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 2/18/21
Introduction not be available in your region, or changes

Contents subsequent to the printing of this owner’s
manual.
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Refer to the purchase documentation
relating to your specific vehicle to confirm
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
the features.
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 reference.
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle
model names, and vehicle body designs Canadian Vehicle Owners
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 appearing in this manual including, but not A French language manual can be obtained
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 limited to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, from your dealer, at www.helminc.com,
the CHEVROLET Emblem, CAMARO, and the or from:
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 CAMARO Emblem are trademarks and/or
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 service marks of General Motors LLC, its Propriétaires Canadiens
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide
For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à
Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 the name “General Motors of Canada l'adresse suivante:
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Company” for Chevrolet Motor Division
Helm, Incorporated
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 wherever it appears in this manual.
Attention: Customer Service
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 This manual describes features that may or 47911 Halyard Drive
may not be on the vehicle because of Plymouth, MI 48170
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 optional equipment that was not purchased USA
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 on the vehicle, model variants, country
specifications, features/applications that may
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 84512283 C Third Printing 2021 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
2 Introduction
Using this Manual Vehicle Symbol Chart
To quickly locate information about the Here are some additional symbols that may
vehicle, use the Index in the back of the be found on the vehicle and what they
manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is mean. See the features in this manual for
in the manual and the page number where information.
it can be found. u : Air Conditioning System
A circle with a slash through it is a safety
Danger, Warning, and Caution symbol which means “Do not,” “Do not do G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil
this,” or “Do not let this happen.”
Warning messages found on vehicle labels 9 : Airbag Readiness Light
and in this manual describe hazards and Symbols
what to do to avoid or reduce them. ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
The vehicle has components and labels that
use symbols instead of text. Symbols are $ : Brake System Warning Light
{ Danger shown along with the text describing the
Danger indicates a hazard with a high operation or information relating to a
9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly
level of risk which will result in serious specific component, control, message, gauge, P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water
injury or death. or indicator.
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
M : Shown when the owner’s manual has
additional instructions or information. g : First Responder
{ Warning
Warning indicates a hazard that could * : Shown when the service manual has _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
result in injury or death. additional instructions or information.
H : Flammable
0 : Shown when there is more information
on another page — “see page.” [ : Forward Collision Alert
Caution
R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location
Caution indicates a hazard that could
result in property or vehicle damage. + : Fuses
_ : High Voltage
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Introduction 3
j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)
Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly
Installed a : Under Pressure
| : Lane Change Alert V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator
@ : Lane Departure Warning
A : Lane Keep Assist
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
X : Park Assist
~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator
O : Power
7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert
I : Registered Technician
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
h : Risk of Electrical Fire
> : Seat Belt Reminders
I : Side Blind Zone Alert
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
4 Introduction
Instrument Panel Overview
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Introduction 5
1. Air Vents 0 179. 12. Electric Parking Brake 0 213.
2. Instrument Panel Illumination Control 13. Traction Control/Electronic Stability
0 111. Control 0 214.
3. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 108. Driver Mode Control 0 216.
Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and 14. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 110.
Lane-Change Signals 0 110. 15. ENGINE START/STOP Button. See Ignition
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer Positions 0 199.
0 108. 16. Steering Wheel Controls 0 77.
4. Tap Shift (If Equipped). See Manual Mode Driver Information Center (DIC) Controls.
0 208. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 97.
Active Rev Match 0 211 (If Equipped). 17. Audio Controls. See Steering Wheel
5. Instrument Cluster 0 82. Controls 0 77.
6. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 77. 18. Horn 0 77.
7. Infotainment. See Overview 0 115. 19. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 77 (Out
8. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp of View).
System 0 109. 20. Cruise Control 0 220.
9. Automatic Climate Control System 0 173 Heated Steering Wheel 0 77 (If
or Equipped).
Dual Automatic Climate Control System Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
0 176 (If Equipped). 0 226 (If Equipped).
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 39 21. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 100 (If
(If Equipped). Equipped).
10. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission 22. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View).
0 206 or See Malfunction Indicator Lamp 0 91.
Manual Transmission 0 209.
Hood Release (Out of View). See Hood
11. Power Outlets 0 79. 0 237.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Keys and Locks
Windows Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . .
23
23
Keys
Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Keys and Locks { Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Windows Leaving children in a vehicle with a
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . 7 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 dangerous and children or others could
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 be seriously injured or killed. They could
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Roof operate the power windows or other
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 controls or make the vehicle move. The
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 windows will function with the RKE
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 transmitter in the vehicle, and children or
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 others could be caught in the path of a
closing window. Do not leave children in
Doors a vehicle with an RKE transmitter.
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Keys, Doors, and Windows 7

To remove the key, press the button on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
side of the RKE transmitter near the bottom,
and pull the key out. Never pull the key out System Operation
without pressing the button. The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle
See your dealer if a new key is needed. entry when the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See “Keyless
If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside Access Operation” later in this section.
Assistance Program 0 326.
The RKE transmitter may work up to 60 m
With an active OnStar or connected service (197 ft) away outside the vehicle.
plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview Other conditions can affect the performance
0 334. of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System 0 7.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 331.
If there is a decrease in the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) operating range:
. Check the distance. The transmitter may
be too far from the vehicle.
. Check the location. Other vehicles or
objects may be blocking the signal.
. Check the transmitter's battery. See
“Battery Replacement” later in this
The key, inside the Remote Keyless Entry With Remote Start Shown
section.
(RKE) transmitter, can be used for all locks.
. If the transmitter is still not working
Q : Press to lock all doors.
correctly, see your dealer or a qualified
technician for service.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

The turn signal indicators may flash and/or / : If equipped, press and release Q and Press and hold 7 for at least three seconds
the horn may sound on the second press to then immediately press and hold / for at to sound the panic alarm. The horn sounds
indicate locking. See Vehicle Personalization least four seconds to start the engine from and the turn signals flash for 30 seconds,
0 104. outside the vehicle using the RKE or until 7 is pressed again or the ignition is
If the driver door is open when Q is pressed transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 14. turned on.
and Open Door Anti-Lockout is enabled, all X : Press twice quickly to release the Convertible Top
doors will lock and then the driver door will trunk.
immediately unlock. See Vehicle . Do not try to start the vehicle while using
Personalization 0 104. If the passenger door M : If equipped, press and release K, the RKE transmitter to open the
is open when Q is pressed, all doors lock. then immediately press and hold M convertible top. Release M on the RKE
continuously to open the convertible top all transmitter and ENGINE START/STOP. Wait
Pressing Q may also arm the alarm system. the way. The vehicle must be off to operate a few seconds before starting the vehicle
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 20. the convertible top with the RKE transmitter. normally.
The top will stop movement approximately . The passive door unlock feature may not
K : Press to unlock the driver door. Press
unlock again within five seconds to unlock one second after M is released. To stop operate properly while using the RKE
transmitter to open the convertible top.
all doors. The RKE transmitter can be the top immediately, press 7, K, or Q on
programmed to unlock all doors on the first the RKE transmitter. M will only open the The convertible top can also be opened
button press. See Vehicle Personalization convertible top. using a button in the overhead console. See
0 104. Convertible Top 0 29.
The convertible top can also be opened
The turn signal indicators may flash and/or using a button in the overhead console. See Keyless Access Operation
the horn may sound to indicate unlocking. Convertible Top 0 29.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 104. The Keyless Access system lets you lock and
7 : Press and release to initiate vehicle unlock the doors and access the trunk
Pressing K will disarm the alarm system. locator. The exterior lamps flash and the without removing the RKE transmitter from
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 20. horn chirps three times. your pocket, purse, briefcase, etc. The RKE
transmitter should be within 1 m (3 ft) of the
If equipped, press and hold K on the RKE
trunk or door being opened. There will be
transmitter to open the windows remotely, buttons on the outside door handles.
if enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 104.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Keyless Access can be programmed to Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the
unlock all doors on the first lock/unlock Passenger Door
press from the driver door. Keyless Access When the doors are locked and the RKE
can also be turned Off. See Vehicle transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the
Personalization 0 104. passenger door handle, pressing the lock/
If equipped with memory seats, RKE unlock button on the passenger door handle
transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to the will unlock all doors.
seating positions of memory 1 or 2. See Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause
Memory Seats 0 36. all doors to lock if any of the following
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the occur:
Driver Door . The lock/unlock button was used to
When the doors are locked and the RKE Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar unlock all doors.
transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the driver . Any vehicle door has opened and all
door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause doors are now closed.
on the driver door handle will unlock the all doors to lock if any of the following
Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking of Exterior
driver door. If the lock/unlock button is occur:
Door Handles and Trunk
pressed again within five seconds, the . It has been more than five seconds since
passenger door will unlock. Pull the door the first lock/unlock button press. If equipped, keyless unlocking of the exterior
handle to unlatch the door. . Two lock/unlock button presses were
door handles and trunk can be disabled and
enabled.
used to unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has opened and all Disabling Keyless Unlocking:
doors are now closed. With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and
K on the RKE transmitter at the same time
for approximately three seconds. The turn
signal lamps will flash four times quickly to
indicate access is disabled. Using any
exterior handle to unlock the doors or open
the trunk will cause the turn signal lamps to
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

flash four times quickly, indicating access is Temporary Disable of Passive Locking Keyless Trunk Opening
disabled. If disabled, disarm the alarm Temporarily disable passive locking by When the doors are locked, press the touch
system before starting the vehicle. pad to open the trunk if the RKE transmitter
pressing and holding K on the interior door
Enabling Keyless Unlocking: switch with a door open for at least is within 1 m (3 ft).
With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and four seconds, or until three chimes are Key Access
heard. Passive locking will then remain
K on the RKE transmitter at the same time disabled until Q on the interior door is
To access a vehicle with a weak transmitter
for approximately three seconds. The turn battery, see Door Locks 0 15.
signal lamps will flash twice quickly to pressed, or until the vehicle is turned on.
indicate access is enabled. Remote Left In Vehicle Alert Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle
Passive Locking When the vehicle is turned off and an RKE Only RKE transmitters programmed to the
transmitter is left in the vehicle, the horn vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or
With Keyless Access the vehicle will lock stolen, a replacement can be purchased and
several seconds after all doors are closed if will chirp three times after all doors are
closed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 104. programmed through your dealer. The
the vehicle is off and at least one vehicle can be reprogrammed so that lost or
transmitter has been removed or none Remote No Longer In Vehicle Alert stolen transmitters no longer work. Any
remain in the vehicle. If the vehicle is on with a door open, and remaining transmitters will need to be
If other electronic devices interfere with the then all doors are closed, the vehicle will reprogrammed. Each vehicle can have up to
RKE transmitter signal, the vehicle may not check for RKE transmitters inside. If an RKE eight transmitters matched to it.
detect the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle. transmitter is not detected, the Driver Programming with Recognized Transmitters
If passive locking is enabled, the doors may Information Center (DIC) will display NO
lock with the RKE transmitter inside the REMOTE DETECTED and the horn will chirp A new transmitter can be programmed to
vehicle. Do not leave the RKE transmitter in three times. the vehicle when there are two recognized
an unattended vehicle. transmitters. To program, the vehicle must
This occurs only once each time the vehicle be off and all of the transmitters, both
To customize the doors to automatically lock is driven. currently recognized and new, must be
when exiting the vehicle, see “Remote Lock, See Vehicle Personalization 0 104. with you.
Unlock, Start” under Vehicle Personalization
0 104.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

8. Put the key back into the transmitter.
9. Replace the key lock cylinder cap on the
driver door handle. See Door Locks 0 15.
Programming without Recognized
Transmitters
If two currently recognized transmitters are
not available, follow this procedure to
program up to eight transmitters. This
feature is not available in Canada. This
procedure will take approximately
30 minutes to complete. The vehicle must
be off and all of the transmitters to be
1. Remove the key from the RKE 5. Replace the recognized transmitters with programmed must be with you.
transmitter. a new transmitter. Place the new
transmitter in the rear cupholder in the 1. Remove the key from the RKE
2. Place the two recognized transmitters in transmitter.
the rear cupholder in the center console. center console.
6. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the 2. Remove the key lock cylinder cap on the
3. Remove the key lock cylinder cap on the driver door handle. See Door Locks 0 15.
driver door handle. See Door Locks 0 15. transmitter is learned, the DIC will show
that it is ready to program the next Insert the vehicle key of the transmitter
Insert the vehicle key of the new into the key lock cylinder on the driver
transmitter into the key lock cylinder on transmitter.
door handle and turn the key to the
the driver door handle and turn the key 7. Remove the transmitter from the unlock position five times within
to the unlock position five times within cupholder and press K or Q. 10 seconds.
10 seconds.
To program additional transmitters, The DIC displays REMOTE LEARN
4. The DIC displays READY FOR REMOTE #3, repeat Steps 3–5. PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
4 or 5, 6,7, or 8.
When all additional transmitters are 3. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC
programmed, press and hold ENGINE displays PRESS ENGINE START BUTTON TO
START/STOP for 12 seconds to exit LEARN and then press ENGINE
programming mode. START/STOP.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

The DIC display will again show REMOTE 7. Remove the transmitter from the
LEARN PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. cupholder and press K or Q.
4. Repeat Step 2 two additional times. After To program additional transmitters,
the third time, all previously known repeat Steps 4–6.
transmitters will no longer work with the
When all additional transmitters are
vehicle. Remaining transmitters can be
programmed, press and hold ENGINE
relearned during the next steps.
START/STOP for 12 seconds to exit
The DIC display should now show READY programming mode.
FOR REMOTE # 1.
8. Put the key back into the transmitter.
9. Replace the key lock cylinder cap on the
driver door handle. See Door Locks 0 15.
Starting the Vehicle with a Low 1. Place the transmitter in the rear
Transmitter Battery cupholder in the center console.
2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
If the transmitter battery is weak or if there
N (Neutral), press the brake pedal and
is interference with the signal, the DIC may
ENGINE START/STOP.
display NO REMOTE DETECTED or NO
REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN Replace the transmitter battery as soon
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN START YOUR as possible.
VEHICLE. Battery Replacement
To start the vehicle:
5. Place the new transmitter into the rear
cupholder in the center console.
{ Warning
Never allow children to play with the RKE
6. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the transmitter. The transmitter contains a
transmitter is learned, the DIC will show
small battery, which can be a choking
that it is ready to program the next
transmitter. hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

1. Press the button on the side of the RKE
Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) transmitter and pull the key out. Never
occur, resulting in severe injury or death. a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of pull the key out without pressing the
Seek medical attention immediately if a used batteries according to instructions button.
battery is swallowed. and local laws. Do not attempt to burn,
crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid
exposing the battery to environments
{ Warning with extremely low air pressures or high
temperatures.
To avoid personal injury, do not touch
metal surfaces on the RKE transmitter Replace the battery if the REPLACE BATTERY
when it has been exposed to extreme IN REMOTE KEY message displays in the DIC.
heat. These surfaces can be hot to the
touch at temperatures above 59 °C (138 The battery is not rechargeable. To replace
°F). the battery:
Caution 2. Separate the two halves of the

When replacing the battery, do not touch transmitter using a flat tool inserted into
any of the circuitry on the transmitter. the area near the key slot.
Static from your body could damage the
transmitter.
Caution
Always replace the battery with the
correct type. Replacing the battery with
an incorrect type could potentially create
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

The climate control system will use the When the engine starts, the parking
previous settings during a remote start. The lamps will turn on and remain on as
rear window defogger and heated and long as the engine is running. The
ventilated seats, if equipped, may also come vehicle's doors will be locked and the
on. See "Remote Start Heated and Ventilated climate control system may come on.
Seats" in Heated and Ventilated Front Seats The engine will continue to run for
0 39 and "Remote Start Auto Heat Seats" or 15 minutes. After 30 seconds, repeat the
"Remote Start Auto Cool Seats" in Vehicle steps for a 15-minute time extension.
Personalization 0 104. Remote start can be extended only once.
Laws in some local communities may restrict Start the vehicle before driving.
the use of remote starters. For example,
some laws may require a person using If the vehicle is low on fuel, do not use the
remote start to have the vehicle in view. remote start feature. The vehicle may run
3. Remove the battery by pushing on the out of fuel.
battery and sliding it toward the bottom Check local regulations for any
of the transmitter. requirements. Extending Engine Run Time
4. Insert the new battery, positive side Other conditions can affect the performance The engine run time can also be extended
facing the back cover. Push the battery of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry by another 15 minutes, if during the first
down until it is held in place. Replace (RKE) System 0 7. 15 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are repeated while
with a CR2032 or equivalent battery. Starting the Engine Using Remote Start the engine is still running. An extension can
5. Snap the battery cover back on to the be requested, 30 seconds after starting. This
To start the engine using the remote start provides a total of 30 minutes.
transmitter. feature:
6. Reinsert the key. The remote start can only be extended once.
1. Press and release Q.
When the remote start is extended, the
Remote Vehicle Start 2. Immediately after completing Step 1, second 15-minute period is added on to the
If equipped, this feature allows the engine press and hold / for at least first 15 minutes for a total of 30 minutes.
to be started from outside the vehicle. four seconds or until the turn signal
lamps flash. The turn signal lamps A maximum of two remote starts, or a
/ : This button will be on the RKE flashing confirms the request to remote remote start with an extension, are allowed
transmitter if equipped with remote start. start the vehicle has been received. between ignition cycles.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

The ignition must be turned on and then off Door Locks . Press Q or K on the Remote Keyless
before the remote start procedure can be Entry (RKE) transmitter.
used again.
{ Warning . Use Keyless Access. See Remote Keyless
Canceling a Remote Start Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7.
Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
To cancel a remote start, do one of the . Use the key in the driver door. The key
. Passengers, especially children, can
following: cylinder is covered with a cap.
easily open the doors and fall out of a
. Press and hold / until the parking lamps moving vehicle. The doors can be To lock or unlock the doors from inside the
turn off. unlocked and opened while the vehicle vehicle:
. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. is moving. The chance of being thrown . Press Q or K on the power door lock
. Turn the vehicle on and then off. out of the vehicle in a crash is switch.
increased if the doors are not locked. . Pulling an interior door handle will unlock
Conditions in Which Remote Start Will So, all passengers should wear seat the door. Pulling the door handle again
Not Work belts properly and the doors should be unlatches it.
The remote start will not operate if: locked whenever the vehicle is driven.
. Young children who get into unlocked
Keyless Access
. The RKE transmitter is in the vehicle.
. The vehicle is not off. vehicles may be unable to get out.
A child can be overcome by extreme
. The hood is not closed. heat and can suffer permanent injuries
. The hazard warning flashers are on. or even death from heat stroke.
. There is an emission control system Always lock the vehicle whenever
malfunction. leaving it.
. The engine coolant temperature is . Outsiders can easily enter through an
too high. unlocked door when you slow down
. The oil pressure is low. or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors
. Two remote vehicle starts, or a single can help prevent this from happening.
remote start with an extension, have
already been used. To lock or unlock the doors from outside the
. The vehicle is not in P (Park). vehicle:
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

The RKE transmitter must be within 1 m 3. Move the cap (2) rearward and remove.
(3 ft) of the trunk or door being opened. 4. Use the key in the cylinder.
Press the button on the door handle to
open. See “Keyless Access Operation” in To replace the cap:
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 1. Pull the door handle (1) to the open
Operation 0 7. position and hold it open until cap
installation is complete.
Driver Door Key Lock Cylinder Access (In
Case of Dead Battery)
2. Insert the two tabs (6) at the back of the

cap between the seal (5) and the metal
To access the driver door key lock cylinder: base (4).
1. Pull the door handle (1) to the open
position and hold it open until cap
removal is complete. 3. Slide the cap forward and press the
2. Insert the key into the slot (3) on the forward edge to install the cap in place.
bottom of the cap (2) and lift the key 4. Release the door handle.
upward.
5. Check that the cap is secure.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Free-Turning Locks K : Press to unlock the doors. Automatic Door Locks
The door key lock cylinder turns freely when When the doors are closed, the ignition is
either the wrong key is used, or the correct Delayed Locking
on, and the shift lever is moved out of
key is not fully inserted. The free-turning This feature delays the locking of the doors P (Park) for automatic transmissions, or the
door lock feature prevents the lock from until five seconds after all doors are closed. vehicle speed is above 13 km/h (8 mph) for
being forced open. To reset the lock, turn it manual transmissions, the doors will lock.
to the vertical position with the correct key Delayed locking can only be turned on when
fully inserted. Remove the key and insert it the Open Door Anti-Lockout feature has To unlock the doors:
been turned off.
again. If this does not reset the lock, turn . Press K on a power door lock switch.
the key halfway around in the cylinder and When Q is pressed on the power door lock . If equipped with an automatic
repeat the reset procedure. switch while the door is open, a chime will transmission, shift the transmission into
sound three times indicating delayed locking P (Park).
Power Door Locks is active. . If equipped with a manual transmission,
The doors will lock automatically turn the vehicle off when parked.
five seconds after all doors are closed. If a Automatic door locking cannot be disabled.
door is reopened before that time, the Automatic door unlocking can be enabled
five-second timer will reset when all doors through vehicle personalization. See Vehicle
are closed again. Personalization 0 104.
Press Q on the door lock switch again or
press Q on the RKE transmitter to lock the
Lockout Protection
doors immediately. If the vehicle is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY
and the power door lock switch is pressed
This feature can also be programmed. See with the driver door open, all the doors will
Vehicle Personalization 0 104. lock and only the driver door will unlock.
If the vehicle is off and locking is requested
Q : Press to lock the doors. The indicator while a door is open, when all doors are
light in the switch will illuminate when
closed the vehicle will check for RKE
activated.
transmitters inside. If an RKE transmitter is
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

detected and the number of RKE . Press the touch pad in the area above the
transmitters inside has not reduced, the Warning (Continued) license plate after unlocking all doors.
driver door will unlock and the horn will exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO) . For Keyless Access, press the touch pad in
chirp three times. which cannot be seen or smelled. It can the area above the license plate when the
Lockout Protection can be manually cause unconsciousness and even death. transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the rear
overridden with the driver door open by of the vehicle.
If the vehicle must be driven with the
pressing and holding Q on the power door liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: For automatic transmissions, the vehicle
lock switch. must be in P (Park). For manual
. Close all of the windows.
transmissions, the vehicle must be off,
Open Door Anti-Lockout . Fully open the air outlets on or under or stationary with the parking brake set.
If Open Door Anti-Lockout has been turned the instrument panel.
on and the vehicle is off, the driver door is . Adjust the climate control system to a
open, and locking is requested, all the doors setting that brings in only outside air
will lock and the driver door will remain and set the fan speed to the highest
unlocked. The Open Door Anti-Lockout setting. See “Climate Control Systems”
feature can be turned on or off. See Vehicle in the Index.
Personalization 0 104.
. If the vehicle has a power liftgate,
disable the power liftgate function.
Doors
For more information about carbon
Trunk monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 205.
{ Warning Trunk Release

Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle if it To open the trunk from outside of the From inside the vehicle, press | on the
is driven with the liftgate, trunk/hatch vehicle: lower portion of the driver door.
open, or with any objects that pass . Press X twice quickly on the Remote
through the seal between the body and Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Emergency Trunk Release Handle
Caution
Do not use the emergency trunk release
handle as a tie-down or anchor point
when securing items in the trunk as it
could damage the handle.
After pulling the emergency trunk release 1. Locate the key extender in the
handle, push the handle back into the bezel. glove box.
Emergency Trunk Release
(Convertible Only)
If the trunk lid cannot be opened using the
RKE transmitter or the trunk release button:
There is a glow-in-the-dark emergency trunk

release handle on the trunk lid. This handle
will glow following exposure to light. Pull
the release handle to open the trunk from
the inside.
2. Locate the manual release beside the

rear seat cushion on the driver side.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

3. Push down on the upper rear seat
cushion on the driver side until the
manual release is visible.
4. Remove the key from the RKE
transmitter.
6. Place the key extender over the key The security light, on the instrument panel
head until the key extender stops. near the windshield, indicates the status of
7. Firmly turn the key clockwise to unlatch the system:
the trunk lid. Off : Alarm system is disarmed.
8. Remove the key. On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the
5. Remove any additional items attached to 9. Store the key extender in the glove box. delay to arm the system.
the key — such as keys, rings, or tags — 10. Return the key to the RKE transmitter. Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. A door, the
then fully insert the key into the manual
hood, or the trunk is open.
release.
Vehicle Security Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed.
This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; Arming the Alarm System
however, they do not make the vehicle
impossible to steal. 1. Turn off the vehicle.
2. Lock the vehicle with one of the
Vehicle Alarm System following:
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm system. . Use the RKE transmitter.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. With a door open, press the Disarming the System Immobilizer Operation
inside Q.
To disarm the system or turn off the alarm This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent
3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will if it has been activated, do one of the system.
arm, and the indicator light will begin to following:
slowly flash indicating the alarm system The system does not have to be manually
. Press K on the RKE transmitter. armed or disarmed.
is operating. Pressing Q on the RKE
. Start the vehicle.
transmitter a second time will bypass The vehicle is automatically immobilized
the 30-second delay and immediately To avoid setting off the alarm by accident: when the transmitter leaves the vehicle.
arm the alarm system. . Lock the vehicle with the RKE transmitter The immobilization system is disarmed
The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the after all occupants have left the vehicle when the ignition button is pressed and a
doors are locked with the key. and all doors are closed. valid transmitter is found in the vehicle.
. Always unlock the vehicle with the RKE
If the driver door is opened without first
transmitter. Unlocking the driver door
unlocking with the RKE transmitter, the horn
with the key will not disarm the alarm.
will chirp and the lights will flash to indicate
a pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started, How to Detect a Tamper Condition
or the door is not unlocked by pressing K
on the RKE transmitter during the 10-second If K is pressed on the RKE transmitter and
pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated. the horn chirps and the lights flash three
times, a previous alarm occurred while the The security light in the instrument cluster
The alarm will also be activated if the system was armed. comes on when there is a problem with
passenger door, the trunk, or the hood is arming or disarming the theft-deterrent
opened without first disarming the system. If the alarm has been activated, a message system.
When the alarm is activated, the turn will appear on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). The system has one or more transmitters
signals flash and the horn sounds for about matched to an immobilizer control unit in
30 seconds. The alarm system will then Immobilizer your vehicle. Only a correctly matched
re-arm to monitor for the next unauthorized transmitter will start the vehicle. If the
event. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 331. transmitter is ever damaged, you may not
be able to start your vehicle.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

When trying to start the vehicle, the Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors
security light comes on briefly when the
ignition is turned on. Convex Mirrors
If the engine does not start and the security
light stays on, there is a problem with the { Warning
system. Turn the vehicle off and try again.
A convex mirror can make things, like
If the RKE transmitter appears to be other vehicles, look farther away than
undamaged, try another transmitter. Or, you they really are. If you cut too sharply
may try placing the transmitter in the rear into the right lane, you could hit a
cupholder in the center console. See vehicle on the right. Check the inside
“Starting the Vehicle with a Low Transmitter mirror or glance over your shoulder
Battery” under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) before changing lanes.
System Operation 0 7.
If the engine does not start with the other The passenger side mirror is convex shaped. To adjust each mirror:
transmitter or when the transmitter is in the A convex mirror's surface is curved so more
rear cupholder in the center console, your 1. Press } or | to select the driver or
can be seen from the driver seat. passenger side mirror. The indicator light
vehicle needs service. See your dealer who
can service the theft-deterrent system and will illuminate.
have a new transmitter programmed to the 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to
vehicle. move the mirror in the desired position.
Do not leave the transmitter or device that 3. Adjust each outside mirror so that a little
disarms or deactivates the theft-deterrent of the vehicle and the area behind it can
system in the vehicle. be seen.
4. Press } or | again to deselect the
mirror.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Memory Mirrors Reverse Tilt Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror
The vehicle may have memory mirrors. See If equipped with reverse tilt mirrors and If equipped, push the tab forward for
Memory Seats 0 36. memory seats, the passenger and/or driver daytime use and pull it for nighttime use to
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) mirror tilts to a preselected position when avoid glare from the headlamps from
the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This allows the behind.
The vehicle may have SBZA. See Side Blind curb to be seen when parallel parking.
Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 227. Automatic Dimming Rearview
The mirror(s) may move from their tilted
Lane Change Alert (LCA) position when: Mirror
The vehicle may have LCA. See Lane Change . The vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse), If equipped, automatic dimming reduces the
Alert (LCA) 0 228. or remains in R (Reverse) for about glare of headlamps from behind. The
30 seconds. dimming feature comes on when the vehicle
Heated Mirrors . The vehicle is turned off. is started.
If equipped with heated mirrors: . The vehicle is driven in R (Reverse) above
a set speed.
Rear Camera Mirror
= : The rear window defogger also heats
the outside mirrors. If equipped, the automatic dimming mirror
To turn this feature on or off, see Vehicle
provides a wide angle camera view of the
See Dual Automatic Climate Control System Personalization 0 104.
area behind the vehicle.
0 176.
Interior Mirrors
Automatic Dimming Mirror
If the vehicle is equipped with an automatic Interior Rearview Mirrors
dimming outside mirror on the driver side, Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view
the mirror will adjust for the glare of of the area behind the vehicle.
headlamps behind you.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the
mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with
water.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Pull the tab to turn on the display. Push the Press V to scroll through the adjustment . Brightness
tab to turn it off. When off the mirror is options.
automatic dimming. Adjust the mirror for a
clear view of the area behind the vehicle Press t and u to adjust the settings using
while the display is off. the indicators on the mirror. The indicators
will remain visible for five seconds after the
last button activation, and the settings will
remain saved.
The adjustment options are:
. Zoom
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

See your dealer for service if a blue screen
{ Warning and 3 are displayed in the mirror, and
The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) has a the display shuts off. Also, push the tab as
limited view. Portions of the road, indicated to return to the automatic
vehicles, and other objects may not be dimming mode.
seen. Do not drive or park the vehicle The Rear Camera Mirror may not work
using only this camera. Objects may properly or display a clear image if:
appear closer than they are. Check the . There is glare from the sun or headlamps.
outside mirrors or glance over your This may obstruct objects from view.
shoulder when making lane changes or If needed, push the tab to turn off the
merging. Failure to use proper care may display.
result in injury, death, or vehicle damage.
. Tilt
Troubleshooting
Coupe
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
They can be overcome by the extreme rear seat, use the window lockout switch
heat and suffer permanent injuries or to prevent operation of the windows. See
even death from heat stroke. Keys 0 6.
Convertible
. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks the
camera lens. Clean the lens with a soft
damp cloth.
. The camera’s mounting on the vehicle has
been damaged, and/or the position or the Coupe
mounting angle of the camera has Power Windows
changed.
{ Warning
Windows Children could be seriously injured or
killed if caught in the path of a closing
{ Warning window. Never leave the Remote Keyless
Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a Entry (RKE) transmitter in a vehicle with
pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the children. When there are children in the
windows closed in warm or hot weather. (Continued)
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

If equipped, pull the window switch up fully Automatic Reversal System Override
and quickly release to express close the
window. { Warning
Briefly press or pull the window switch in If automatic reversal system override is
the same direction to stop that window’s active, the window will not reverse
express movement. automatically. You or others could be
Front window express-up motion is disabled injured and the window could be
when the corresponding rear window is not damaged. Before using automatic reversal
fully closed. system override, make sure that all
people and obstructions are clear of the
Window Selector Switch
window path.
This feature allows the window switches to
Convertible
operate both the front and rear windows. When the engine is on, override the
Power windows work when the vehicle is Press the front or rear button to operate the automatic reversal system by pulling and
on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained desired windows. The light will indicate holding the window switch if conditions
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See which windows are being operated. The prevent it from closing.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 203. default operation is the front windows.
Programming the Power Windows
Using the window switch, press to open or Window Automatic Reversal System Programming may be necessary if the
pull to close the window. The express-close feature will reverse vehicle's battery has been disconnected or
The windows may be temporarily disabled if window movement if it comes in contact discharged. If the window is unable to
the window switches are used repeatedly with an object. Extreme cold or ice could express-close, program each express-close
within a short time. cause the window to auto-reverse. The window:
window will operate normally after the 1. Close all doors.
Window Express Movement object or condition is removed.
2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
All windows can be opened without holding
ACCESSORY.
the window switch. Press the switch down
fully and quickly release to express open the
window.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

3. Partially open the window to be 2. Clear all snow and ice from the door and Roof
programmed. Then close it and continue glass.
to pull the switch briefly after the 3. Open the window completely and then Sunroof
window has fully closed. close it.
4. Open the window and continue to press 4. Close the door.
the switch briefly after the window has
fully opened. When fully closed, indexing automatically
lowers the window a small amount when
Window Operation with Convertible Top the door is opened. When the door is
Windows will automatically lower fully closed, the window will raise to its previous
when the convertible top is lowered or position. If either window does not index
raised. See Convertible Top 0 29. properly, it could be due to loss of power.
Before seeing your dealer for service,
The rear windows should always be raised program the power windows.
before the front windows to ensure the
best seal. Sun Visors
Remote Window Operation If equipped, the sunroof only operates when
If equipped, this feature allows the windows the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY,
to be opened remotely. or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is
active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
If enabled, press and hold K on the RKE 0 203.
transmitter. See Vehicle Personalization
0 104. The sunroof switch is on the overhead
console.
Window Indexing Express-Open : Press e to the second
If the window freezes to the door: Pull the sun visor down to block glare. detent and release to express-open the
1. Push the top of the window inward Detach the sun visor from the center mount sunroof. Press the switch again to stop the
while opening the door. to pivot to the side window and, movement. Press and hold g to close the
if equipped, extend along the rod. sunroof.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Open/Close (Manual Mode) : Press and hold
e to open the sunroof. Press and hold { Warning
g to close the sunroof. Release the While opening or closing the convertible
switch to stop the movement. top, people can be injured by the moving
Vent : Press and release e to vent the parts of the tonneau cover or convertible
top. Maintain visual contact with the top
sunroof. Press and hold g to close
while it is being operated.
the vent.
A deflector automatically raises when the
sunroof is opened and retracts while the Caution
sunroof closes. Follow these guidelines when operating
If the sunshade is closed, it opens the convertible top or damage can occur:
automatically when the sunroof opens past Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof . Remove all items from the roof, trunk
the vented position. seal or in the track. This could cause an lid, or tonneau cover before operating.
issue with sunroof operation or noise.
Caution . Remove all objects from the trunk that
It could also plug the water drainage
system. Periodically open the sunroof and may contact the convertible top when
Forcing the sunshade forward of the it is operated.
sliding glass panel may cause damage remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe
the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using . Do not leave the vehicle with the
and the sunroof may not operate
a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not convertible top open.
properly. Always close the glass panel
remove grease from the sunroof. . Do not exceed 50 km/h (31 mph) until
before closing the sunshade.
the top has completely closed or
Convertible Top opened.
The sunshade can be opened manually, but
must be closed manually. If equipped with a convertible top, review . Do not open or close the top while
the following before operating: driving in high wind conditions.
The sunroof glass panel cannot be opened
or closed if the vehicle has an electrical (Continued)
failure.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Caution (Continued) Caution
. Do not operate the convertible top When the convertible top is open, there
multiple times in a short period of are sliding covers next to the rear seat on
time without starting the engine to each side of the vehicle. Do not press
avoid draining the vehicle battery. down on or move these covers as
. Do not open or store the convertible damage may occur to the covers or the
top when it is dirty or wet. This could convertible top.
result in stains, mildew, or other
damage. Opening the Convertible Top
. Only store the vehicle with the top Using the Overhead Console Switch
fully closed. 1. Remove all objects from the top of the
tonneau cover and forward of the rear 5. Press and hold the bottom of M. The
trunk partition. Place the partition in the windows will automatically lower.
rear storage area in the upright position. 6. After the convertible top is completely
Fasten both sides of the partition to the open, a Driver Information Center (DIC)
posts just below the tonneau cover. See message displays. Release the switch.
Rear Storage 0 74.
If the radio is on, the sound may be muted
2. Close the trunk. for a brief time due to a new audio system
3. Start the vehicle or place it in ACC/ equalization being loaded.
ACCESSORY.
Using the RKE Transmitter
4. When possible, operate the convertible
top when the vehicle is stopped. The top 1. If equipped, press and release K, and
can be operated while driving below then immediately press and hold M
50 km/h (31 mph) and will stop if that continuously to open the convertible top
speed is exceeded. The top operation will all the way. The vehicle must be off to
take approximately 25 seconds. Make operate the convertible top with the RKE
sure the top operation can be completed transmitter.
before that speed is reached.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

2. The top will stop movement 5. When possible, operate the convertible Troubleshooting
approximately one second after K is top when the vehicle is stopped. The top Check the following if the convertible top
released. To stop the top immediately, can be operated while driving below
50 km/h (31 mph) and will stop if that switch M is not operating:
press 7, K, or Q on the RKE . The ignition should be on or in ACC/
speed is exceeded. The top operation will
transmitter. M will only open the take approximately 25 seconds. Make ACCESSORY, or Retained Accessory Power
convertible top. sure the top operation can be completed (RAP) should be active.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System before that speed is reached. . The trunk lid should be closed and the
0 7 and trunk partition in place. A DIC message
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System will display.
Operation 0 7. . If the ONLY MANUAL OPERATION OF TOP
Closing the Convertible Top POSSIBLE message is displayed on the
DIC, see “Manual Movement of Top” later
The RKE transmitter cannot be used to close
in this section.
the convertible top.
. At cooler outside temperatures, the
1. Make sure the sun visors are stored in convertible top may not open. It is
the center mount position. possible to close the top down to
2. Remove all objects from the top of the temperatures of about 0 °C (32 °F). A DIC
tonneau cover and forward of the message will display if the top will not
partition. Place the partition in the rear open due to low temperature.
storage area in the upright position. If necessary, move the vehicle to a heated
Fasten both sides of the partition to the 6. Press and hold the top of M. The indoor area to operate the top.
posts just below the tonneau cover. See windows will automatically lower. . If the top has recently been cycled
Rear Storage 0 74. 7. After the convertible top is completely repeatedly or left in an intermediate
3. Close the trunk. closed, a DIC message displays. Release state, it will be temporarily disabled.
4. Start the vehicle or place it in ACC/ the switch. Raise the windows if needed. A DIC message displays. Normal operation
ACCESSORY. If the radio is on, the sound may be muted will be restored within 10 minutes after
for a brief time due to a new audio system the system has cooled.
equalization being loaded.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. If the vehicle battery is low, the power Partial Top Cycling If the tonneau cover is not secured and
top operation may be disabled. Try to latched, and the vehicle is moving above
If the convertible top operation is stopped
start the vehicle. A DIC message displays. 10 km/h (6 mph), the tonneau cover may
before completion, the top will temporarily
. If the battery has recently been hold its position. If the ignition is on or in automatically move to a stable position.
reconnected or if the vehicle has been ACC/ACCESSORY, the top will be held for up
jump started, the top may not operate
Manual Movement of Top
to five minutes, then pulse down. If the
until the power windows have been vehicle is moving or off, the amount of time If the DIC displays the ONLY MANUAL
indexed. Complete the power window will vary from a few seconds to about a OPERATION OF TOP POSSIBLE message:
indexing procedure. See Power Windows minute. 1. Press M to either open or close the
0 26.
Beeps and DIC messages will be displayed top. Press the switch in the opposite
Other features may be affected while before the top will move. When this occurs, direction if one does not work.
operating the convertible top: immediately finish the convertible top 2. If the top moves, continue pressing the
. The trunk can only be opened with the operation by pressing M again until it switch in that direction for at least
key until the convertible top is completes. five seconds. The top should then work
completely opened or closed. normally.
. The windows cannot close while the top
If the top cannot be secured, keep clear of
the top components. In some conditions the If the top does not respond in either
is moving. direction, take it to your dealer for service.
top may move quickly.
. When driving with the top not fully If the top is retracted but not latched, use
secured, chimes can be heard above Do not drive with the convertible top in an the following procedure to manually close
80 km/h (50 mph). unsecured position. The top components the convertible top and tonneau cover if
may move unexpectedly. In some cases the needed. This requires more than one person.
If the vehicle battery has been disconnected top may not be able to be power operated.
and reconnected, the fuses were pulled or If this occurs, follow the DIC messages
replaced, or a jump start was performed, the displayed.
TOP NOT SECURE message may display.
Press and hold M to open/close the top
until this message is cleared.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

2. Lift and move the convertible top The vehicle can now be driven to your
forward by pulling on both sides of the dealer for service. The convertible top will
front bow into the fully closed position. not be completely waterproof and should
not be driven over 80 km/h (50 mph) in this
position.
Cleaning the Convertible Top
The convertible top should be cleaned often.
Do not use high-pressure car washes as
these may cause water to enter the vehicle.
Hand wash the convertible top in partial
shade. Use mild soap, lukewarm water, and
1. On each side of the tonneau cover, lift a soft sponge. A chamois or cloth may leave
and pivot rearward into the fully open lint on the top, and a brush can chafe the
position. Hold the front and rear of the threads in the top fabric. Do not use
tonneau cover at the same time. detergents, harsh cleaners, solvents,
3. Lock the front of the convertible top to or bleaching agents.
the frame by popping out the small
cover, inserting a hex wrench, and Wet the entire top and let the soap remain
turning clockwise until it stops. on the fabric for a few minutes. Wash
evenly to avoid spots or rings. When the
4. Lift up the tension bow on both sides top is very dirty, use a mild foam-type
and raise the tonneau cover to cleaner. Thoroughly rinse the entire vehicle,
approximately the half raised position, then let the top dry in direct sunlight.
and then allow it to slide into the closed
position. To protect the convertible top:
5. Lower the tension bow. . Make sure the convertible top is
completely dry before lowering it.
. Do not get any cleaner on the vehicle's
painted finish; it could leave streaks.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
34 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 51
How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . 51
Head Restraints
What Will You See after an Airbag The vehicle’s front seats have adjustable
Head Restraints Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 head restraints in the outboard seating
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 positions.
Front Seats Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 { Warning
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Adding Equipment to the
With head restraints that are not
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
installed and adjusted properly, there is a
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Replacing Airbag System Parts after a greater chance that occupants will suffer
Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . 39 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
drive until the head restraints for all
Rear Seats Child Restraints occupants are installed and adjusted
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 properly.
Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Seat Belts Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . 42 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . 45 Replacing LATCH System Parts After a
Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Belt in the Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Belt in the Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 50
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Seats and Restraints 35

Adjust the head restraint so that the top of Front Seats 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to
the restraint is at the same height as the be sure it is locked in place.
top of the occupant's head. This position Seat Adjustment
reduces the chance of a neck injury in a Power Seat Adjustment
crash.
{ Warning { Warning
You can lose control of the vehicle if you
The power seats will work with the
try to adjust a driver seat while the
ignition off. Children could operate the
vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat
power seats and be injured. Never leave
only when the vehicle is not moving.
children alone in the vehicle.
To raise or lower the head restraint, press

the button located on the side of the head
restraint, and pull up or push the head
restraint down, and release the button. Pull
and push on the head restraint after the
button is released to make sure that it is
locked in place. To adjust the seat position: To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
1. Pull up on the handle at the front of the . Move the seat forward or rearward by
The front outboard head restraints are not
seat cushion to unlock it. sliding the horizontal control forward or
removable.
2. Move the seat forward or rearward and rearward.
release the handle.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. Raise or lower the front part of the seat . Tilt the top of the control rearward to
cushion by moving the front of the recline.
horizontal control up or down. . Tilt the top of the control forward to
. Raise or lower the entire seat by moving raise.
the entire horizontal control up or down.
Memory Seats
Reclining Seatbacks
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the seat belts
cannot do their job. Do not have a seatback reclined if the
The shoulder belt will not be against vehicle is moving.
your body. Instead, it will be in front of
you. In a crash, you could go into it,
receiving neck or other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over your If equipped, memory seats allow two drivers
abdomen. The belt forces would be there, to save and recall their unique seat positions
not at your pelvic bones. This could cause for driving the vehicle, and a shared exit
serious internal injuries. position for getting out of the vehicle. Other
For proper protection when the vehicle is feature positions may also be saved, such as
in motion, have the seatback upright. power mirrors and power steering wheel,
Then sit well back in the seat and wear if equipped. Memory positions are linked to
the seat belt properly. RKE transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic
memory recalls.
To adjust the seatback:
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Before saving, adjust all available memory Vehicle, then Seating Position, and then Saving Memory Positions
feature positions. Turn the vehicle on and Seat Entry Memory. Select On or Off. See Read these instructions completely before
then press and release SET; a beep will “Seat Entry Memory” later in this section. saving memory positions.
sound. Then immediately press and hold 1, . To begin Seat Exit Memory movement
2, or B (Exit) until two beeps sound. To when the vehicle is turned off and the To save preferred driving positions 1 and 2:
manually recall these positions, press and driver door is opened, or when the vehicle 1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/
hold 1, 2, or B until the saved position is is turned off with the driver door already ACCESSORY.
reached. Follow the instructions under opened, select the Settings menu, then A DIC welcome message may indicate
“Saving Memory Positions.” Vehicle, then Seating Position, and then driver number 1 or 2.
Seat Exit Memory. Select On or Off. See
The vehicle identifies the current driver’s RKE 2. Adjust all available memory features to
“Seat Exit Memory” later in this section.
transmitter number (1–8). See Remote the desired driving position.
. See Vehicle Personalization 0 104 for
Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. 3. Press and release SET; a beep will sound.
Only RKE transmitters 1 and 2 can be used additional setting information.
4. Immediately press and hold the 1 or
for automatic memory recalls. A Driver Identifying Driver Number 2 memory button matching the above
Information Center (DIC) welcome message To identify the driver number: DIC welcome message until two beeps
indicating the transmitter number may
1. Move your RKE transmitter away from sound.
display for the first few ignition cycles
following a transmitter change. For Seat the vehicle. If too much time passes between
Entry Memory to work properly, save the 2. Start the vehicle with another key or RKE releasing SET and pressing 1, the
positions to the memory button (1 or 2) transmitter. The DIC should display the memory position will not be saved and
matching the RKE transmitter number driver number for the other RKE two beeps will not sound. Repeat
displayed in the DIC welcome message. transmitter. Turn the vehicle off and Steps 3 and 4.
Carry the linked RKE transmitter when remove the key or RKE transmitter from 1 or 2 corresponds to the driver number.
entering the vehicle. the vehicle. See “Identifying Driver Number”
Vehicle Personalization Settings 3. Start the vehicle with the initial key or previously in this section.
. To have the Seat Entry Memory RKE transmitter. The DIC should display 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second driver
movement begin when the vehicle is the driver number of your RKE using 1 or 2.
started, select the Settings menu, then transmitter.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

To save the position for B and Seat Exit Seat Entry Memory To stop Seat Entry Memory recall
Memory features, repeat Steps 1–4 using The vehicle identifies the number of the movement, turn the vehicle off or press any
B. This saves the position for getting out current driver’s RKE transmitter (1–8). See of the following controls:
of the vehicle. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . Power seat
Save preferred memory feature positions to Operation 0 7. If the RKE transmitter is 1 or . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B
both 1 and 2 if you are the only driver. 2, and Seat Entry Memory is enabled in . Power mirror, with the driver or
vehicle personalization, the positions saved passenger side mirror selected
Manually Recalling Memory Positions to the same memory button number 1 or 2
. Power steering wheel, if equipped
Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall the are automatically recalled when the vehicle
is turned on, or turned from off to ACC/ If the saved memory seat position does not
previously saved memory positions if you
ACCESSORY. RKE transmitters 3–8 will not automatically recall or recalls to the wrong
are driver 1 or 2 identified in the DIC
provide automatic memory recalls. positions, the driver’s RKE transmitter
welcome message.
To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off, see number (1 or 2) may not match the memory
To stop Manual Memory recall movement, button number that positions were saved to.
“Vehicle Personalization Settings” previously
release 1, 2, or B or press any of the in this section and Vehicle Personalization Try storing the position to the other
following controls: 0 104. memory button or try the other RKE
. Power seat transmitter.
If equipped with an automatic transmission,
. Memory SET
the shift lever must be in P (Park) to start Seat Exit Memory
. Power mirror, with the driver or Seat Entry Memory recall. Seat Entry Seat Exit Memory is not linked to an RKE
passenger side mirror selected Memory recall will complete if the vehicle is transmitter. The position saved to B is
. Power steering wheel, if equipped shifted out of P (Park) prior to reaching the used for all drivers. To turn Seat Exit
saved memory position. Memory on or off, see "Vehicle
If equipped with an automatic transmission,
Manual Memory recall movement for 1, 2, If equipped with a manual transmission, the Personalization Settings" previously in this
or B buttons may be initiated and will parking brake must be set to start Seat section and Vehicle Personalization 0 104.
complete to the saved memory position if Entry Memory recall. Seat Entry Memory If turned on, the position saved to B is
the vehicle is in or out of P (Park). recall will complete if the parking brake is automatically recalled when one of the
released prior to reaching the saved memory following occurs:
position.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. The vehicle is turned off and the driver Seatback Latches To return the seatback to the upright
door is opened within a short time. position, lift the seatback and manually
. The vehicle is turned off with the driver push it rearward until it locks in place. Push
door open. and pull on the seatback to make sure it is
locked.
If equipped with a manual transmission, the
parking brake must be set to start Seat Exit Do not use the power recline control on the
Memory recall. Seat Exit Memory recall will outboard side of the seat to raise the
complete if the parking brake is released seatback. See Reclining Seatbacks 0 36.
prior to reaching the saved memory
position. Heated and Ventilated Front
To stop Seat Exit Memory movement, press Seats
any of the following memory controls:
. Power seat { Warning
. Memory SET, 1, 2, or B To access the rear seats, pull up on the latch If temperature change or pain to the skin
on the top of the driver or front passenger cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause
. Power mirror, with the driver or
seatback. Fold the seatback forward. burns. To reduce the risk of burns, use
passenger side mirror selected
care when using the seat heater,
. Power steering wheel, if equipped
Obstructions
{ Warning especially for long periods of time. Do
not place anything on the seat that
If either seatback is not locked, it could insulates against heat, such as a blanket,
If something has blocked the driver seat move forward in a sudden stop or crash.
while recalling a memory position, the recall cushion, cover, or similar item. This may
That could cause injury to the person cause the seat heater to overheat. An
may stop. Remove the obstruction and try sitting there. Always push and pull on
the recall again. If the memory position still overheated seat heater may cause a burn
the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. or may damage the seat.
does not recall, see your dealer.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

setting, and then the off setting. Three Rear Seats
lights indicate the highest setting, and one
light indicates the lowest. If equipped, the coupe seat can be folded
for more cargo space. The rear seat has two
Remote Start Heated and Ventilated Seats
designated seating positions. Fold the seat
If equipped, the heated seats will turn on only when the vehicle is parked.
automatically during a remote start if it is
To fold the seatback down:
cold outside and the ventilated seats will
turn on automatically if it is hot outside.
The heated and ventilated seat indicators
If available, the engine must be running to
may not come on during this operation.
operate.
The heated and ventilated seats may cancel
Press L or M to turn on the heated seat. after the ignition is turned on and the
A light indicates this feature is on. engine is running. These features can be
Press the button once for the highest manually selected after the ignition is
setting. With each press of the button, the turned on.
heated seat will change to the next lower The temperature performance of an
setting, and then the off setting. Three unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is
lights indicate the highest setting, and one normal.
light indicates the lowest.
The heated or ventilated seats may turn on
The passenger seat may take longer to 1. Pull on the strap on the top of the rear
during a remote start unless they are
heat up. seatback.
disabled in the vehicle personalization menu.
Press { or C to turn on the ventilated See Remote Vehicle Start 0 14 and 2. Fold the seatback down.
seat. A light indicates this feature is on. Vehicle Personalization 0 104.
{ Warning
Press the button once for the highest
setting. With each press of the button, the A seat belt that is improperly routed, not
ventilated seat will change to the next lower properly attached, or twisted will not
provide the protection needed in a crash.
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Why Seat Belts Work
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
The person wearing the belt could be by being ejected from the vehicle. In
seriously injured. After raising the rear addition, anyone who is not buckled up
seatback, always check to be sure that can strike other passengers in the vehicle.
the seat belts are properly routed and It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
attached, and are not twisted. cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle.
Lift the seatback up to raise it, and push it In a collision, passengers riding in these
back to lock it into place. Make sure the areas are more likely to be seriously
seat belt is not twisted or caught in the injured or killed. Do not allow passengers
seatback. to ride in any area of the vehicle that is
not equipped with seats and seat belts.
Push and pull the top of the seatback to be
sure it is locked into position. Always wear a seat belt, and check that
all passenger(s) are restrained When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast
as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops
Seat Belts properly too.
suddenly, you keep going until something
This section describes how to use seat belts This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to stops you. It could be the windshield, the
properly, and some things not to do. buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt instrument panel, or the seat belts!
Reminders 0 89. When you wear a seat belt, you and the
{ Warning vehicle slow down together. There is more
Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt time to stop because you stop over a longer
cannot be worn properly. In a crash, distance and, when worn properly, your
if you or your passenger(s) are not strongest bones take the forces from the
seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts
wearing seat belts, injuries can be much
makes such good sense.
worse than if you are wearing seat belts.
You can be seriously injured or killed by
hitting things inside the vehicle harder or
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Questions and Answers About Seat Belts Infants and Young Children 0 59. Review strong pelvic bones and you would be
and follow the rules for children in addition less likely to slide under the lap belt.
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a
to the following rules. If you slid under it, the belt would apply
crash if I am wearing a seat belt?
It is very important for all occupants to force on your abdomen. This could cause
A: You could be — whether you are serious or even fatal injuries.
buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted
wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder
people are hurt more often in crashes than
of being conscious during and after a and across the chest. These parts of the
those who are wearing seat belts.
crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, body are best able to take belt
is much greater if you are belted. There are important things to know about restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks
wearing a seat belt properly. if there is a sudden stop or crash.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I
have to wear seat belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. { Warning
They work with seat belts — not instead You can be seriously injured, or even
of them. Whether or not an airbag is killed, by not wearing your seat belt
provided, all occupants still have to properly.
buckle up to get the most protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in all
Canadian provinces, the law requires
wearing seat belts.
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly

Follow these rules for everyone's protection. . Sit up straight and always keep your feet
There are additional things to know about on the floor in front of you (if possible).
seat belts and children, including smaller . Always use the correct buckle for your
children and infants. If a child will be riding seating position.
in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 58 or . Wear the lap part of the belt low and
snug on the hips, just touching the
thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to Never wear the shoulder belt under both Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an
become loose or twisted. arms or behind your back. armrest.
{ Warning
The seat belt can be pinched if it is
routed under plastic trim on the seat,
such as trim around the rear seatback
folding handle or side airbag. In a crash,
pinched seat belts might not be able to
provide adequate protection. Never allow
seat belts to be routed under plastic trim
pieces.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
Always use the correct buckle for your All seating positions in the vehicle have a
seating position. lap-shoulder belt.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

The following instructions explain how to engaged. See Child Restraint Systems
wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. 0 61. If this occurs, let the belt go back
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, all the way and start again. If the
so you can sit up straight. To see how, locking feature stays engaged after
see “Seats” in the Index. letting the belt go back to stowed
position on the seat, move the seat
rearward or recline the seat until the
shoulder belt retractor lock releases.
Engaging the child restraint locking
feature in the front outboard seating
position may affect the passenger
sensing system. See Passenger Sensing
System 0 53.
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until
On some models, if the shoulder portion it clicks.
of the driver belt is pulled out all the
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure
way, the shoulder belt retractor lock
it is secure. If the belt is not long
feature may be engaged. If this happens,
enough, see Seat Belt Extender 0 46.
let the belt go back all the way and start
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt again. See the Camaro High Performance Position the release button on the buckle
across you. Do not let it get twisted. supplement for more information. so that the seat belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you
pull the belt across you very quickly.
If this happens, let the belt go back
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a passenger
belt is pulled out all the way, the child
restraint locking feature may be
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

To unlatch the belt, push the button on the Pretensioners work only once. If the
buckle. The belt should return to its stowed pretensioners activate in a crash, the
position. pretensioners and probably other parts of
Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat the vehicle's seat belt system will need to
belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System
position, the retractor may lock and cannot Parts after a Crash 0 47.
be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while
belt straight out firmly to unlock the entering or exiting the vehicle or at any
webbing, and then release it. If the webbing time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the
is still locked in the retractor, see your seat belt can damage the webbing and
dealer. hardware.
Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides
4. To make the lap part tight, pull up on is out of the way. If a door is slammed
the shoulder belt. against a seat belt, damage can occur to Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide
both the seat belt and the vehicle. added seat belt comfort for older children
who have outgrown booster seats and for
Seat Belt Pretensioners some adults. When installed on a shoulder
This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for belt, the comfort guide positions the
the front outboard occupants. Although the shoulder belt away from the neck and head.
seat belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they Comfort guides are available through your
are part of the seat belt assembly. They can dealer for the rear outboard seating
help tighten the seat belts during the early positions. Instructions are included with the
stages of a moderate to severe frontal, near guides.
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner activation are Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy
met. Seat belt pretensioners can also help Seat belts work for everyone, including
tighten the seat belts in a side crash or a pregnant women. Like all occupants, they
rollover event. are more likely to be seriously injured if
they do not wear seat belts.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

But if a seat belt is not long enough, your reversing the latch plate on the webbing.
dealer will order you an extender. When If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your
you go in to order it, take the heaviest coat dealer to fix it.
you will wear, so the extender will be long Make sure the seat belt reminder light is
enough for you. To help avoid personal working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 89.
injury, do not let someone else use it, and
use it only for the seat it is made to fit. The Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt
extender has been designed for adults. Care 0 46.
Never use it for securing child restraints. For
more information on the proper use and fit Seat Belt Care
of seat belt extenders see the instruction Keep belts clean and dry.
sheet that comes with the extender.
Seat belts should be properly cared for and
A pregnant woman should wear a Safety System Check maintained.
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and
be worn as low as possible, below the Periodically check the seat belt reminder,
seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior
rounding, throughout the pregnancy. hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be
shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped),
The best way to protect the fetus is to and seat belt anchorages to make sure they lightly cleaned with mild soap and water.
protect the mother. When a seat belt is are all in working order. Look for any other Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris
worn properly, it is more likely that the loose or damaged seat belt system parts in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in
fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For that might keep a seat belt system from the system please see the dealer. Parts may
pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to performing properly. See your dealer to need to be replaced to ensure proper
making seat belts effective is wearing them have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted functionality of the system.
properly. seat belts may not protect you in a crash.
Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under { Warning
Seat Belt Extender impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing.
If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around have it replaced immediately. If a belt is It may severely weaken the webbing. In
you, you should use it. twisted, it may be possible to untwist by a crash, they might not be able to
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

New parts and repairs may be necessary . A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard
Warning (Continued) even if the seat belt system was not being passenger and the passenger seated
provide adequate protection. Clean and used at the time of the crash. directly behind the front outboard
rinse seat belt webbing only with mild passenger.
Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if
soap and lukewarm water. Allow the the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on
webbing to dry. airbag readiness light stays on after you the trim or on a label near the deployment
start the vehicle or while you are driving. opening.
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts See Airbag Readiness Light 0 90. For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on
after a Crash the center of the steering wheel for the
Airbag System driver and on the instrument panel for the
{ Warning The vehicle has the following airbags:
front outboard passenger.
A crash can damage the seat belt system . A frontal airbag for the driver. For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt . A frontal airbag for the front outboard
lower part of the instrument panel.
system may not properly protect the passenger. For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the
person using it, resulting in serious injury . A knee airbag for the driver. word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback
or even death in a crash. To help make . A knee airbag for the front outboard or side of the seat closest to the door.
sure the seat belt systems are working passenger. For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on
properly after a crash, have them the ceiling or trim.
. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the
inspected and any necessary
driver. Airbags are designed to supplement the
replacements made as soon as possible.
. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the protection provided by seat belts. Even
After a minor crash, replacement of seat front outboard passenger. though today's airbags are also designed to
belts may not be necessary. But the seat help reduce the risk of injury from the force
The vehicle may have the following airbags:
belt assemblies that were used during any of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver and the very quickly to do their job.
crash may have been stressed or damaged. passenger seated directly behind the
See your dealer to have the seat belt driver. Here are the most important things to know
assemblies inspected or replaced. about the airbag system:
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
{ Warning Warning (Continued)

You can be severely injured or killed in a unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you
crash if you are not wearing your seat would be if sitting on the edge of the
belt, even with airbags. Airbags are seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help
designed to work with seat belts, not keep you in position before and during a
replace them. Also, airbags are not crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with There is an airbag readiness light on the
designed to inflate in every crash. In airbags. The driver should sit as far back instrument cluster, which shows the airbag
some crashes seat belts are the only as possible while still maintaining control symbol. The system checks the airbag
restraint. See When Should an Airbag of the vehicle. The seat belts and the electrical system for malfunctions. The light
Inflate? 0 50. front outboard passenger airbags are tells you if there is an electrical problem.
most effective when you are sitting well See Airbag Readiness Light 0 90.
Wearing your seat belt during a crash
back and upright in the seat with both
helps reduce your chance of hitting
feet on the floor.
Where Are the Airbags?
things inside the vehicle or being ejected
from it. Airbags are “supplemental Occupants should not lean on or sleep
restraints” to the seat belts. Everyone in against the door or side windows in
the vehicle should wear a seat belt seating positions with seat-mounted side
properly, whether or not there is an impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags.
airbag for that person.
{ Warning
{ Warning Children who are up against, or very
Because airbags inflate with great force close to, any airbag when it inflates can
and faster than the blink of an eye, be seriously injured or killed. Always
anyone who is up against, or very close secure children properly in the vehicle. To
to, any airbag when it inflates can be read how, see Older Children 0 58 or
The driver frontal airbag is in the center of
seriously injured or killed. Do not sit Infants and Young Children 0 59. the steering wheel.
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

The driver knee airbag is below the steering
column. The front outboard passenger knee
airbag is below the glove box.
The front outboard passenger frontal airbag Convertible Models, Driver Side Shown,
is in the passenger side instrument panel. Passenger Side Similar
On convertible models, the driver and front
Coupe Models, Driver Side Shown, Passenger
outboard passenger seat-mounted side
Side Similar impact airbags are in the sides of the
On coupe models, the driver and front seatbacks closest to the door.
outboard passenger seat-mounted side
impact airbags are in the sides of the
seatbacks closest to the door.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in
Warning (Continued) moderate to severe frontal or near frontal
do not attach or put anything on the crashes to help reduce the potential for
steering wheel hub or on or near any severe injuries, mainly to the driver's or
other airbag covering. front outboard passenger's head and chest.
Do not use seat accessories that block the Whether the frontal airbags will or should
inflation path of a seat-mounted side inflate is not based primarily on how fast
impact airbag. the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what
is hit, the direction of the impact, and how
Never secure anything to the roof of a quickly the vehicle slows down.
vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash
rope or tie‐down through any door or speeds depending on whether the vehicle
Coupe Models, Driver Side Shown, Passenger window opening. If you do, the path of hits an object straight on or at an angle,
Side Similar an inflating roof-rail airbag will be and whether the object is fixed or moving,
blocked. rigid or deformable, narrow or wide.
On coupe models, the roof-rail airbags for
the driver, front outboard passenger, and Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate
second row outboard passengers are in the When Should an Airbag Inflate? during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts, or in
ceiling above the side windows. This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See many side impacts.
Airbag System 0 47. Airbags are designed to In addition, the vehicle has advanced
{ Warning inflate if the impact exceeds the specific technology frontal airbags. Advanced
If something is between an occupant and airbag system's deployment threshold. technology frontal airbags adjust the
Deployment thresholds are used to predict restraint according to crash severity.
an airbag, the airbag might not inflate
how severe a crash is likely to be in time
properly or it might force the object into for the airbags to inflate and help restrain Knee airbags are designed to inflate in
that person causing severe injury or even the occupants. The vehicle has electronic moderate to severe frontal or near frontal
death. The path of an inflating airbag sensors that help the airbag system impacts. Knee airbags are not designed to
must be kept clear. Do not put anything determine the severity of the impact. inflate during vehicle rollovers, in rear
between an occupant and an airbag, and Deployment thresholds can vary with impacts, or in many side impacts.
(Continued) specific vehicle design.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

The vehicle may have a seat position sensor In any particular crash, no one can say Rollover capable roof-rail airbags,
that enables the sensing system to monitor whether an airbag should have inflated if equipped, are designed to help contain
the position of the front outboard passenger simply because of the vehicle damage or the head and chest of occupants in the
seat. If equipped, the passenger seat repair costs. outboard seating positions in the first and
position sensor and the passenger seat belt second rows. The rollover capable roof-rail
buckle provide information that is used to What Makes an Airbag Inflate? airbags are designed to help reduce the risk
determine if the passenger knee airbag In a deployment event, the sensing system of full or partial ejection in rollover events,
should inflate. sends an electrical signal triggering a release although no system can prevent all such
Seat-mounted side impact airbags are of gas from the inflator. Gas from the ejections.
designed to inflate in moderate to severe inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to But airbags would not help in many types
side crashes depending on the location of break out of the cover. The inflator, the of collisions, primarily because the
the impact. Seat-mounted side impact airbag, and related hardware are all part of occupant's motion is not toward those
airbags are not designed to inflate in frontal the airbag module. airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate?
impacts, near frontal impacts, rollovers, For airbag locations, see Where Are the 0 50.
or rear impacts. A seat-mounted side impact Airbags? 0 48. Airbags should never be regarded as
airbag is designed to inflate on the side of anything more than a supplement to seat
the vehicle that is struck. How Does an Airbag Restrain? belts.
Roof-rail airbags, if equipped, are designed In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal
to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes collisions, even belted occupants can contact What Will You See after an
depending on the location of the impact. In the steering wheel or the instrument panel. Airbag Inflates?
addition, these roof-rail airbags are designed In moderate to severe side collisions, even
to inflate during a rollover or in a severe After frontal, knee, and seat-mounted side
belted occupants can contact the inside of impact airbags inflate, they quickly deflate,
frontal impact. Roof-rail airbags are not the vehicle.
designed to inflate in rear impacts. Both so quickly that some people may not even
roof-rail airbags will inflate when either side Airbags supplement the protection provided realize the airbags inflated. Roof-rail airbags
of the vehicle is struck, if the sensing by seat belts by distributing the force of the may still be at least partially inflated for
system predicts that the vehicle is about to impact more evenly over the some time after they inflate. Some
roll over on its side, or in a severe frontal occupant's body. components of the airbag module may be
impact. hot for several minutes. For location of the
airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 48.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

The parts of the airbag that come into airbags inflate. The feature may also In many crashes severe enough to inflate
contact with you may be warm, but not too activate, without airbag inflation, after an the airbag, windshields are broken by
hot to touch. There may be some smoke event that exceeds a predetermined vehicle deformation. Additional windshield
and dust coming from the vents in the threshold. After turning the ignition off and breakage may also occur from the front
deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not then on again, the fuel system will return to outboard passenger airbag.
prevent the driver from seeing out of the normal operation; the doors can be locked, . Airbags are designed to inflate only once.
windshield or being able to steer the the interior lamps can be turned off, and After an airbag inflates, you will need
vehicle, nor does it prevent people from the hazard warning flashers can be turned some new parts for the airbag system.
leaving the vehicle. off using the controls for those features. If you do not get them, the airbag
If any of these systems are damaged in the system will not be there to help protect
{ Warning crash they may not operate as normal. you in another crash. A new system will
When an airbag inflates, there may be include airbag modules and possibly other
dust in the air. This dust could cause { Warning parts. The service manual for the vehicle
breathing problems for people with a A crash severe enough to inflate the covers the need to replace other parts.
history of asthma or other breathing airbags may have also damaged . The vehicle has a crash sensing and
trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the important functions in the vehicle, such diagnostic module which records
vehicle should get out as soon as it is as the fuel system, brake and steering information after a crash. See Vehicle
safe to do so. If you have breathing systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears Data Recording and Privacy 0 332 and
to be drivable after a moderate crash, Event Data Recorders 0 333.
problems but cannot get out of the
there may be concealed damage that . Let only qualified technicians work on the
vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get
fresh air by opening a window or a door. could make it difficult to safely operate airbag system. Improper service can mean
the vehicle. that an airbag system will not work
If you experience breathing problems
properly. See your dealer for service.
following an airbag deployment, you Use caution if you should attempt to
should seek medical attention. restart the engine after a crash has
occurred.
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn on the
interior lamps and hazard warning flashers,
and shut off the fuel system after the
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Passenger Sensing System The passenger sensing system turns off the
{ Warning
front outboard passenger frontal airbag and
The vehicle has a passenger sensing system knee airbag under certain conditions. No A child in a rear-facing child restraint can
for the front outboard passenger position. other airbag is affected by the passenger be seriously injured or killed if the
The passenger airbag status indicator will sensing system. passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is
light on the overhead console when the
vehicle is started. The passenger sensing system works with because the back of the rear-facing child
sensors that are part of the front outboard restraint would be very close to the
passenger seat and seat belt. The sensors inflating airbag. A child in a
are designed to detect the presence of a forward-facing child restraint can be
properly seated occupant and determine if seriously injured or killed if the passenger
the front outboard passenger frontal airbag frontal airbag inflates and the passenger
and knee airbag should be allowed to inflate seat is in a forward position.
or not.
United States Even if the passenger sensing system has
According to accident statistics, children are turned off the front outboard passenger
safer when properly secured in a rear seat airbag(s), no system is fail-safe. No one
in the correct child restraint for their weight
can guarantee that an airbag will not
and size.
deploy under some unusual circumstance,
Whenever possible, children aged 12 and even though the airbag(s) are off.
under should be secured in a rear seating
position. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in
the front seat, even if the airbag is off.
Canada and Mexico Never put a rear-facing child seat in the If securing a forward-facing child restraint
front. This is because the risk to the in the front outboard passenger seat,
The words ON and OFF, or the symbols for rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag
on and off, will be visible during the system always move the seat as far back as it
inflates.
check. When the system check is complete, will go. It is better to secure child
either the word ON or OFF, or the symbol restraints in the rear seat. Consider using
for on or off will be visible. See Passenger another vehicle to transport the child
Airbag Status Indicator 0 90. when a rear seat is not available.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

The passenger sensing system is designed to For some children, including children in child 1. Turn the vehicle off.
turn off the front outboard passenger restraints, and for very small adults, the 2. Remove the child restraint from the
frontal airbag and knee airbag if: passenger sensing system may or may not vehicle.
. The front outboard passenger seat is turn off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag and knee airbag, depending 3. Remove any additional items from the
unoccupied. seat such as blankets, cushions, seat
. The system determines an infant is upon the person’s seating posture and body
build. Everyone in the vehicle who has covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.
present in a child restraint. 4. Reinstall the child restraint following the
outgrown child restraints should wear a seat
. A front outboard passenger takes his/her directions provided by the child restraint
belt properly — whether or not there is an
weight off of the seat for a period airbag for that person. manufacturer and refer to Securing Child
of time. Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear
. There is a critical problem with the airbag
system or the passenger sensing system.
{ Warning Seat) 0 69 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
If the airbag readiness light ever comes Belt in the Front Seat) 0 71.
When the passenger sensing system has on and stays on, it means that
turned off the front outboard passenger Make sure the seat belt retractor is
something may be wrong with the airbag
frontal airbag and knee airbag, the OFF locked by pulling the shoulder belt all
system. To help avoid injury to yourself
indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder the way out of the retractor when
or others, have the vehicle serviced right installing the child restraint, even if the
that the airbags are off. See Passenger
away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 90 child restraint is equipped with a seat
Airbag Status Indicator 0 90.
for more information, including important belt lock-off. When the retractor lock is
The passenger sensing system is designed to safety information. set, the belt can be tightened but not
turn on the front outboard passenger frontal pulled out of the retractor.
airbag and knee airbag anytime the system If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
senses that a person of adult size is sitting 5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint
Restraint and restarting the vehicle, the ON
properly in the front outboard passenger
seat. When the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system is designed to indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off.
has allowed the airbags to be enabled, the turn off the front outboard passenger Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback
ON indicator will light and stay lit as a frontal airbag and knee airbag if the system and adjust the seat cushion,
reminder that the airbags are active. determines that an infant is present in a if adjustable, to make sure that the
child restraint. If a child restraint has been vehicle seatback is not pushing the child
installed and the ON indicator is lit: restraint into the seat cushion.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Also make sure the child restraint is not If a person of adult size is sitting in the 6. Restart the vehicle and have the person
trapped under the vehicle head restraint. front outboard passenger seat, but the OFF remain in this position for two to
If this happens, adjust the head restraint. indicator is lit, it could be because that three minutes after the ON indicator
See Head Restraints 0 34. person is not sitting properly in the seat or is lit.
6. Restart the vehicle. that the child restraint locking feature is
The passenger sensing system may or may
engaged. Use the following steps to allow { Warning
the system to detect that person and enable
not turn off the airbags for a child in a child If the front outboard passenger airbag is
the front outboard passenger frontal airbag
restraint depending upon the child’s size. and knee airbag: turned off for an adult-sized occupant,
It is better to secure the child restraint in a the airbag will not be able to inflate and
rear seat. Never put a rear-facing child 1. Turn the vehicle off. help protect that person in a crash,
restraint in the front seat, even if the ON 2. Remove any additional material from the resulting in an increased risk of serious
indicator is not lit. seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat injury or even death. An adult-sized
covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. occupant should not ride in the front
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 3. Place the seatback in the fully upright outboard passenger seat, if the passenger
Adult-Sized Occupant position. airbag OFF indicator is lit.
4. Have the person sit upright in the seat,
centered on the seat cushion, with legs Additional Factors Affecting System
comfortably extended. Operation
5. If the shoulder portion of the belt is Seat belts help keep the passenger in
pulled out all the way, the child restraint position on the seat during vehicle
locking feature will be engaged. This maneuvers and braking, which helps the
may unintentionally cause the passenger passenger sensing system maintain the
sensing system to turn the airbag off for passenger airbag status. See “Seat Belts”
some adult-sized occupants. If this and “Child Restraints” in the Index for
happens, unbuckle the belt, let the belt additional information about the importance
go back all the way, and then buckle the of proper restraint use.
belt again without pulling the belt out
all the way.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

A thick layer of additional material, such as Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Adding Equipment to the
a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket
equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters, Vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
and seat massagers can affect how well the Airbags affect how the vehicle should be Adding accessories that change the vehicle's
passenger sensing system operates. We serviced. There are parts of the airbag frame, bumper system, height, front end,
recommend that you not use seat covers or system in several places around the vehicle. or side sheet metal may keep the airbag
other aftermarket equipment except when Your dealer and the service manual have system from working properly.
approved by GM for your specific vehicle. information about servicing the vehicle and The operation of the airbag system can also
See Adding Equipment to the the airbag system. To purchase a service be affected by changing, including
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 56 for more manual, see Publication Ordering improperly repairing or replacing, any parts
information about modifications that can Information 0 330. of the following:
affect how the system operates.
. Airbag system, including airbag modules,
The ON indicator may be lit if an object, { Warning front or side impact sensors, sensing and
such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is diagnostic module, or airbag wiring
laptop, or other electronic device, is put on turned off and the battery is . Front seats, including stitching, seams or
an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired, disconnected, an airbag can still inflate zippers
remove the object from the seat. during improper service. You can be . Seat belts
injured if you are close to an airbag
{ Warning when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
. Steering wheel, instrument panel,
overhead console, ceiling trim, or pillar
Stowing articles under the passenger seat They are probably part of the airbag garnish trim
or between the passenger seat cushion system. Be sure to follow proper service . Inner door seals, including speakers
and seatback may interfere with the procedures, and make sure the person
proper operation of the passenger performing work for you is qualified to Your dealer and the service manual have
sensing system. do so. information about the location of the airbag
modules and sensors, sensing and diagnostic
module, and airbag wiring along with the
proper replacement procedures.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

In addition, the vehicle has a passenger will be affected if the vehicle is modified for Replacing Airbag System Parts
sensing system for the front outboard any other reason, call Customer Assistance.
passenger position, which includes sensors See Customer Assistance Offices 0 325. after a Crash
that are part of the passenger seat. The
passenger sensing system may not operate Airbag System Check { Warning
properly if the original seat trim is replaced The airbag system does not need regularly A crash can damage the airbag systems
with non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; or scheduled maintenance or replacement. in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system
with GM covers, upholstery, or trim Make sure the airbag readiness light is may not properly protect you and your
designed for a different vehicle. Any object, working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 90. passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in
such as an aftermarket seat heater or a serious injury or even death. To help
comfort-enhancing pad or device, installed Caution make sure the airbag systems are
under or on top of the seat fabric, could
If an airbag covering is damaged, opened, working properly after a crash, have
also interfere with the operation of the
passenger sensing system. This could either or broken, the airbag may not work them inspected and any necessary
prevent proper deployment of the passenger properly. Do not open or break the airbag replacements made as soon as possible.
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing coverings. If there are any opened or
system from properly turning off the broken airbag coverings, have the airbag If an airbag inflates, you will need to
passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing covering and/or airbag module replaced. replace airbag system parts. See your dealer
System 0 53. For the location of the airbags, see Where for service.
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags, Are the Airbags? 0 48. See your dealer If the airbag readiness light stays on after
see Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 282 for for service. the vehicle is started or comes on when you
additional important information. are driving, the airbag system may not work
properly. Have the vehicle serviced right
If the vehicle must be modified because you away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 90.
have a disability and have questions about
whether the modifications will affect the
vehicle's airbag system, or if you have
questions about whether the airbag system
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Child Restraints belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear According to accident statistics, children are
Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under safer when properly restrained in a rear
Older Children Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 43. If a comfort guide seating position.
is not available, or if the shoulder belt In a crash, children who are not buckled up
still does not rest on the shoulder, then can strike other people who are buckled up,
return to the booster seat. or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older
. Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the children need to use seat belts properly.
hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue.
If no, return to the booster seat. { Warning
. Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for
Never allow more than one child to wear
the length of the trip? If yes, continue.
If no, return to the booster seat. the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot
properly spread the impact forces. In a
Q: What is the proper way to wear seat crash, they can be crushed together and
belts? seriously injured. A seat belt must be
A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder used by only one person at a time.
Older children who have outgrown booster belt and get the additional restraint a
seats should wear the vehicle’s seat belts. shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or neck.
The manufacturer instructions that come The lap belt should fit snugly below the
with the booster seat state the weight and hips, just touching the top of the thighs.
height limitations for that booster. Use a This applies belt force to the child's
booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until pelvic bones in a crash. It should never
the child passes the fit test below: be worn over the abdomen, which could
. Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the cause severe or even fatal internal
knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, injuries in a crash.
continue. If no, return to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 43.
shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes,
continue. If no, try using the rear seat
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Never allow a child to wear the seat belt tighten but cannot be loosened if it is
shoulder belt under both arms or behind locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is
their back. A child can be seriously pulled all the way out of the retractor.
injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder It unlocks when the shoulder belt is
belt properly. In a crash, the child would allowed to go all the way back into the
not be restrained by the shoulder belt. retractor, but it cannot do this if it is
The child could move too far forward wrapped around a child’s neck. If the
increasing the chance of head and neck shoulder belt is locked and tightened
injury. The child might also slide under around a child’s neck, the only way to
the lap belt. The belt force would then be loosen the belt is to cut it.
applied right on the abdomen. That could Infants and Young Children Never leave children unattended in a
cause serious or fatal injuries. The vehicle and never allow children to play
shoulder belt should go over the shoulder Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This
includes infants and all other children. with the seat belts.
and across the chest.
Neither the distance traveled nor the age
and size of the traveler changes the need, Every time infants and young children ride
for everyone, to use safety restraints. In in vehicles, they should have the protection
fact, the law in every state in the United provided by appropriate child restraints.
States and in every Canadian province says Neither the vehicle's seat belt system nor its
children up to some age must be restrained airbag system is designed for them.
while in a vehicle. Children who are not restrained properly can
strike other people, or can be thrown out of
{ Warning the vehicle.
Children can be seriously injured or
strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped
around their neck. The shoulder belt can
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

There are three basic types of child
{ Warning { Warning restraints:
Never hold an infant or a child while Children who are up against, or very . Forward-facing child restraints
riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an close to, any airbag when it inflates can . Rear-facing child restraints
infant or a child will become so heavy it be seriously injured or killed. Never put a . Belt-positioning booster seats
is not possible to hold it during a crash. rear-facing child restraint in the front
For example, in a crash at only outboard seat. Secure a rear-facing child The proper child restraint for your child
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to depends on their size, weight, and age, and
also on whether the child restraint is
will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) secure a forward-facing child restraint in
compatible with the vehicle in which it will
force on a person's arms. An infant or a rear seat. If you must secure a be used.
child should be secured in an appropriate forward-facing child restraint in the front
child restraint. outboard seat, always move the front For each type of child restraint, there are
passenger seat as far back as it will go. many different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is
designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it
is, the child restraint will have a label saying
that it meets federal motor vehicle safety
standards.
The instruction manual that is provided with
the child restraint states the weight and
height limitations for that particular child
restraint. In addition, there are many kinds
of child restraints available for children with
special needs.
Child restraints are devices used to restrain,

seat, or position children in the vehicle and
are sometimes called child seats or car seats.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
{ Warning Child Restraint Systems

To reduce the risk of neck and head
injury in a crash, infants and toddlers
should be secured in a rear-facing child
restraint until age two, or until they
reach the maximum height and weight
limits of their child restraint.
{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still so
Forward-Facing Child Restraint
small that the vehicle seat belt may not
remain low on the hip bones, as it Rear-Facing Infant Restraint A forward-facing child restraint provides
should. Instead, it may settle up around restraint for the child's body with the
the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt A rear-facing child restraint provides harness.
would apply force on a body area that is restraint with the seating surface against
unprotected by any bony structure. This the back of the infant.
alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. The harness system holds the infant in place
To reduce the risk of serious or fatal and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant
injuries during a crash, young children positioned in the restraint.
should always be secured in an
appropriate child restraint.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in 2. Instruction manual provided with the
the Vehicle child restraint
3. This vehicle owner's manual
{ Warning The child restraint instructions are
A child can be seriously injured or killed important, so if they are not available,
in a crash if the child restraint is not obtain a replacement copy from the
properly secured in the vehicle. Secure manufacturer.
the child restraint properly in the vehicle Keep in mind that an unsecured child
using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH restraint can move around in a collision or
system, following the instructions that sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle.
came with that child restraint and the Be sure to properly secure any child
Booster Seats instructions in this manual. restraint in the vehicle — even when no
child is in it.
A belt-positioning booster seat is used for To help reduce the chance of injury, the
In some areas Certified Child Passenger
children who have outgrown their child restraint must be secured in the
Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to
forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in
inspect and demonstrate how to correctly
designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt
use and install child restraints. In the U.S.,
seat belt system until the child is large portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the
refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety
enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and
Administration (NHTSA) website to locate
properly without a booster seat. See the Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 64 for
the nearest child safety seat inspection
seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 58. more information. Children can be
station. For CPST availability in Canada,
endangered in a crash if the child restraint is
check with Transport Canada or the
not properly secured in the vehicle.
Provincial Ministry of Transportation office.
When securing an add-on child restraint,
refer to the following:
1. Instruction labels provided on the child
restraint
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Securing the Child Within the Child When securing a child restraint with the
Restraint { Warning seat belts in a rear seat position, study the
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can instructions that came with the child
{ Warning be seriously injured or killed if the front restraint to make sure it is compatible with
passenger airbag inflates. This is because this vehicle.
A child can be seriously injured or killed
in a crash if the child is not properly the back of the rear-facing child restraint Child restraints and booster seats vary
would be very close to the inflating considerably in size, and some may fit in
secured in the child restraint. Secure the
airbag. A child in a forward-facing child certain seating positions better than others.
child properly following the instructions
restraint can be seriously injured or killed Do not install a child restraint in any rear
that came with that child restraint.
if the front passenger airbag inflates and seating position where it cannot be installed
the passenger seat is in a forward securely.
Where to Put the Restraint position. Depending on where you place the child
According to accident statistics, children and restraint and the size of the child restraint,
Even if the passenger sensing system has
infants are safer when properly restrained in you may not be able to access adjacent seat
an appropriate child restraint secured in a turned off the front passenger frontal
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can belts or LATCH anchors for additional
rear seating position. passengers or child restraints. Adjacent
guarantee that an airbag will not deploy
Whenever possible, children aged 12 and seating positions should not be used if the
under some unusual circumstance, even child restraint prevents access to or
under should be secured in a rear seating though it is turned off.
position. interferes with the routing of the seat belt.
Secure rear-facing child restraints in a The seat in front of an installed child
Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the
rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you restraint should be adjusted to ensure
front. This is because the risk to the
rear-facing child is so great if the airbag secure a forward-facing child restraint in proper installation according to the child
deploys. the front seat, always move the front restraint manual.
passenger seat as far back as it will go.
Wherever a child restraint is installed, be
It is better to secure the child restraint in sure to follow the instructions that came
a rear seat. with the child restraint and secure the child
See Passenger Sensing System 0 53 for restraint properly.
additional information.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Keep in mind that an unsecured child In order to use the LATCH system in your Make sure to follow the instructions that
restraint can move around in a collision or vehicle, you need a child restraint that has came with the child restraint, and also the
sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible instructions in this manual.
Be sure to properly secure any child rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can When installing a child restraint with a top
restraint in the vehicle — even when no be properly installed using either the LATCH tether, you must also use either the lower
child is in it. anchors or the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not anchors or the seat belts to properly secure
use both the seat belts and the LATCH the child restraint. A child restraint must
Lower Anchors and Tethers for anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or never be installed using only the top tether
Children (LATCH System) forward-facing child seat. and anchor.
The LATCH system secures a child restraint Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat belts to For a forward-facing 5-pt harness child
during driving or in a crash. LATCH secure the child and the booster seat. If the restraint where the combined weight of the
attachments on the child restraint are used manufacturer recommends that the booster child and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb),
to attach the child restraint to the anchors seat be secured with the LATCH system, this use either the lower LATCH anchorages with
in the vehicle. The LATCH system is designed can be done as long as the booster seat can the top tether anchorage, or the seat belt
to make installation of a child restraint be positioned properly and there is no with the top tether anchorage. Where the
easier. interference with the proper positioning of combined weight of the child and restraint
the lap-shoulder belt on the child. are greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat
belt with the top tether anchorage only.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints
Restraint Type Combined Weight of Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X
the Child + Child
LATCH – Lower Seat Belt Only LATCH – Lower Seat Belt and Top
Restraint
Anchors Only Anchors and Top Tether Anchor
Tether Anchor
Rear-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) X X
Restraint
Rear-Facing Child Greater than X
Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)
Forward-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) X X
Restraint
Forward-Facing Child Greater than X
Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)
See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Not all vehicle seating positions have lower Convertible models do not have top tether
Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 69 or anchors. In this case, the seat belt must be anchors to secure a child restraint. If a
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt used (with top tether where available) to national or local law requires that the top
in the Front Seat) 0 71. secure the child restraint. See Securing Child tether be anchored, do not use a child
Child restraints built after March 2014 will Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear restraint in this vehicle because a top tether
be labeled with the specific child weight up Seat) 0 69 or cannot be properly anchored.
to which the LATCH system can be used to Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
install the restraint. in the Front Seat) 0 71.
The following explains how to attach a child In Canada, the law requires that
restraint with these attachments in the forward-facing child restraints have a top
vehicle. tether, and that the tether be attached.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor the top tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that forward-facing
child restraints have a top tether, and that
the tether be attached. Be sure to read and
follow the instructions for the child restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor
Locations
Rear Seat - Coupe Model
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into A top tether (3,4) is used to secure the top
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top
each LATCH seating position that will tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The
accommodate a child restraint with lower top tether attachment hook (2) on the child
attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether anchor
in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward
movement and rotation of the child restraint
during driving or in a crash.
The child restraint may have a single I : Seating positions with top tether
tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will anchors.
have a single attachment hook (2) to secure H : Seating positions with two lower
the top tether to the anchor. anchors.
Some child restraints that have a top tether
are designed for use with or without the
top tether being attached. Others require
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Rear Seat - Convertible Model On coupe models, the top tether anchors are
on the rear seatback filler panel.
To assist in locating the top tether anchors,

the top tether anchor symbol is on the
cover of the anchor.
The outboard lower anchors are behind the Convertible models do not have top tether
vertical openings in the seat trim. anchors to be used to secure a child
H : Seating positions with two lower restraint in any seating position.
anchors. Top Tether Anchors
Be sure to use an anchor located directly
Lower Anchors behind the seating position where the child
restraint will be placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a position
without a top tether anchor if a national or
local law requires that the top tether be
attached, or if the instructions that come
with the child restraint say that the top
tether must be attached.
To assist in locating the lower anchors, each
seating position with lower anchors has two According to accident statistics, children and
labels, near the crease between the seatback infants are safer when properly restrained in
and the seat cushion. a child restraint system or infant restraint
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

system secured in a rear seating position.
See Where to Put the Restraint 0 63 for { Warning Caution
additional information. Children can be seriously injured or Do not let the LATCH attachments rub
strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped against the vehicle’s seat belts. This may
Securing a Child Restraint Designed for damage these parts. If necessary, move
around their neck. The shoulder belt can
the LATCH System buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the
tighten but cannot be loosened if it is
locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is LATCH attachments.
{ Warning pulled all the way out of the retractor. Do not fold the rear seatback when the
A child could be seriously injured or killed It unlocks when the shoulder belt is seat is occupied. Do not fold the empty
in a crash if the child restraint is not allowed to go all the way back into the rear seat with a seat belt buckled. This
properly attached to the vehicle using retractor, but it cannot do this if it is could damage the seat belt or the seat.
either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle wrapped around a child’s neck. If the Unbuckle and return the seat belt to its
seat belt. Follow the instructions that shoulder belt is locked and tightened stowed position, before folding the seat.
came with the child restraint and the around a child’s neck, the only way to
instructions in this manual. loosen the belt is to cut it. If you need to secure more than one child
restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put
Buckle any unused seat belts behind the
the Restraint 0 63.
{ Warning child restraint so children cannot reach
them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 1. Attach and tighten the lower
To reduce the risk of serious or fatal out of the retractor to set the lock, and attachments to the lower anchors. If the
injuries during a crash, do not attach child restraint does not have lower
tighten the belt behind the child restraint
more than one child restraint to a single attachments or the desired seating
after the child restraint has been
anchor. Attaching more than one child position does not have lower anchors,
installed. secure the child restraint with the top
restraint to a single anchor could cause
the anchor or attachment to come loose tether and the seat belt. Refer to the
or even break during a crash. A child or child restraint manufacturer instructions
others could be injured. and the instructions in this manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors for the
desired seating position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments on the child restraint Warning (Continued)
to the lower anchors. even death in a crash. To help make sure
2. If the child restraint manufacturer the LATCH system is working properly
recommends that the top tether be after a crash, see your dealer to have the
attached, attach and tighten the top system inspected and any necessary
tether to the top tether anchor, replacements made as soon as possible.
if equipped. Refer to the child restraint
instructions and the following steps: If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it
2.1. Find the top tether anchor. If the child restraint has a dual was being used during a crash, new LATCH
tether, route the tether over the system parts may be needed.
2.2. Route, attach, and tighten the top
seatback. New parts and repairs may be necessary
tether according to the child
restraint instructions and the 3. Before placing a child in the child even if the LATCH system was not being
following instructions: restraint, make sure it is securely held in used at the time of the crash.
place. To check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt to move Securing Child Restraints (With
it side to side and back and forth. There the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)
should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement, for proper installation. When securing a child restraint in a rear
seating position, study the instructions that
Replacing LATCH System Parts came with the child restraint to make sure
After a Crash it is compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH system,
If the child restraint has a single

{ Warning see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 64 for how and where to
tether, route the tether over the A crash can damage the LATCH system in
install your child restraint using LATCH. If a
seatback. the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system child restraint is secured in the vehicle using
may not properly secure the child
restraint, resulting in serious injury or
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see
Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 64 for top tether anchor
locations.
Do not secure a child restraint in a position
local law requires that the top tether be
anchored, or if the instructions that come
with the child restraint say that the top
tether must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have a top
tether, and that the tether be attached. 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of
it clicks. the retractor to set the lock. When the
If the child restraint or vehicle seat position
Position the release button on the retractor lock is set, the belt can be
does not have the LATCH system, you will
buckle, away from the child restraint, so tightened but not pulled out of the
be using the seat belt to secure the child
that the seat belt could be quickly retractor.
restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint. unbuckled if necessary.
If more than one child restraint needs to be
installed in the rear seat, be sure to read
Where to Put the Restraint 0 63.
1. Put the child restraint on the seat.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap
and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat
belt through or around the child
restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

6. If the child restraint has a top tether, See Passenger Sensing System 0 53 and
follow the child restraint manufacturer’s Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 90 for
instructions regarding the use of the top more information, including important
tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers safety information.
for Children (LATCH System) 0 64. Never put a rear-facing child seat in the
7. Before placing a child in the child front. This is because the risk to the
restraint, make sure it is securely held in rear-facing child is so great if the airbag
place. To check, grasp the child restraint deploys.
at the seat belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back and forth.
When the child restraint is properly
{ Warning
installed, there should be no more than A child in a rear-facing child restraint can
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. be seriously injured or killed if the front
5. To tighten the belt, push down on the outboard passenger frontal airbag
child restraint, pull the shoulder portion To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the inflates. This is because the back of the
of the belt to tighten the lap portion of vehicle seat belt and let it return to the
rear-facing child restraint would be very
the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back stowed position. If the top tether is attached
close to the inflating airbag. A child in a
into the retractor. When installing a to a top tether anchor, disconnect it.
forward-facing child restraint can be
forward-facing child restraint, it may be
helpful to use your knee to push down Securing Child Restraints (With seriously injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates
on the child restraint as you tighten the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) and the passenger seat is in a forward
the belt.
This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a position.
Try to pull the belt out of the retractor safer place to secure a forward-facing child
to make sure the retractor is locked. restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint Even if the passenger sensing system has
If the retractor is not locked, repeat 0 63. turned off the front outboard passenger
Steps 4 and 5. airbag(s), no system is fail-safe. No one
In addition, the vehicle has a passenger can guarantee that an airbag will not
sensing system which is designed to turn off deploy under some unusual circumstance,
the front outboard passenger frontal airbag
even though the airbag(s) are off.
and knee airbag under certain conditions.
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure
Warning (Continued) the child restraint in this position, follow the
Secure rear-facing child restraints in a instructions that came with the child
rear seat, even if the airbag(s) are off. restraint and the following instructions:
If you secure a forward-facing child 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go
restraint in the front outboard passenger before securing the forward-facing child
seat, always move the seat as far back as restraint. Move the seat upward or the
it will go. It is better to secure the child seatback to an upright position,
restraint in a rear seat. if needed, to get a tight installation of
the child restraint.
See Passenger Sensing System 0 53 for
When the passenger sensing system has
additional information.
turned off the front outboard passenger
If the child restraint uses a top tether, see frontal airbag and knee airbag, the OFF 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until
Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children indicator on the passenger airbag status it clicks.
(LATCH System) 0 64 for top tether anchor indicator should light and stay lit when
Position the release button on the
locations. you start the vehicle. See Passenger
buckle, away from the child restraint, so
Airbag Status Indicator 0 90.
Do not secure a child seat in a position that the seat belt could be quickly
2. Put the child restraint on the seat. unbuckled if necessary.
local law requires that the top tether be 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap
anchored, or if the instructions that come and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat
with the child restraint say that the top belt through or around the child
tether must be anchored. restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have a top
tether, and that the tether be attached.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

7. Before placing a child in the child
restraint, make sure it is securely held in
place. To check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back and forth.
When the child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbags are off, the OFF indicator in
the passenger airbag status indicator will
come on and stay on when the vehicle is
started.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 6. To tighten the belt, push down on the If a child restraint has been installed and
the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion the ON indicator is lit, see “If the On
retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” under
tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back Passenger Sensing System 0 53.
retractor. into the retractor. When installing a
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the
forward-facing child restraint, it may be
vehicle seat belt and let it return to the
helpful to use your knee to push down
stowed position.
on the child restraint as you tighten
the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is locked.
If the retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
74 Storage
Storage Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments { Warning
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Do not store heavy or sharp objects in
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 storage compartments. In a crash, these
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 objects may cause the cover to open and
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
could result in injury.
Additional Storage Features
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Glove Box
Open the glove box by lifting up on the
lever. Use the key to lock and unlock the
glove box. Pull the loop on the center of the rear seat
back. The rear seat back will fold down.
Rear Storage
Rear Trunk Partition
Rear Seat Trunk Access (Coupe) If equipped with a convertible top, there is a
If equipped, there is access to the trunk trunk partition to keep cargo from getting in
from inside of the vehicle. the way of the convertible top. The trunk
partition must be in place for the
convertible top to move. If the trunk
partition is not properly in place, a message
will display and a chime sounds.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Storage 75
Center Console Storage Additional Storage Features
Convenience Net
The trunk partition can be attached or

detached to upper trunk brackets. With the
convertible top up, the trunk partition can Press to open. There are two USB ports and
be unsnapped and laid flat. an auxiliary jack inside. See the infotainment
manual. For vehicles with a convenience net inside
Pull the partition up and snap it into place
the trunk, it can be used to secure loose
on both sides and the bottom of the trunk.
items.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
76 Instruments and Controls

Instruments and Controls Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . 90 Engine Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Controls Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Vehicle Personalization
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . 93
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Performance Shifting Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Boost Gauge (Uplevel Cluster Only) . . . . 87 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge (Uplevel Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Cluster Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Information Displays
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 88 Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . 97
Voltmeter Gauge (Uplevel Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Cluster Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Instruments and Controls 77

Controls Steering Wheel Controls Horn
Steering Wheel Adjustment The infotainment system can be operated Press a on the steering wheel pad to
by using the steering wheel controls. See sound the horn.
Steering Wheel Controls 0 117.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
Heated Steering Wheel
The windshield wiper/washer lever is on the

right side of the steering column. With the
ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, move the
windshield wiper lever to select the wiper
To adjust the tilt and telescoping steering speed.
wheel:
HI : Use for fast wipes.
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down. ( : If equipped, press to turn the heated LO : Use for slow wipes.
steering wheel on or off. A light next to the
3. Pull or push the steering wheel closer or
button displays when the feature is
away from you.
turned on.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering
wheel in place. The steering wheel takes about
three minutes to be fully heated.
Do not adjust the steering wheel while
driving.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

INT : Move the lever up to INT for
{ Warning Compass
intermittent wipes, then turn the x INT
In freezing weather, do not use the The vehicle has a compass display in the
band up for more frequent wipes or down
Driver Information Center (DIC). The compass
for less frequent wipes. washer until the windshield is warmed.
receives its heading and other information
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice
from the Global Positioning System (GPS)
on the windshield, blocking your vision. antenna, StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move the
wiper lever down. For several wipes, hold Control (ESC), and vehicle speed information.
the wiper lever down. { Warning Avoid covering the GPS antenna, located on
the roof, for long periods of time with
n L : Pull the windshield wiper lever Before driving the vehicle, always clear objects that may interfere with the
toward you to spray windshield washer fluid snow and ice from the hood, windshield, antenna's ability to receive a satellite signal.
and activate the wipers. The wipers will roof, and rear of the vehicle, including all The compass system is designed to operate
continue until the lever is released or the lamps and windows. Reduced visibility for a certain number of miles or degrees of
maximum wash time is reached. When the from snow and ice buildup could lead to turn before needing a signal from the GPS
windshield wiper lever is released, additional a crash. satellites. When the compass display shows
wipes may occur depending on how long
CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in
the windshield washer had been activated. Wiper Parking an open area where it can receive a GPS
See Washer Fluid 0 253 for information on
If the ignition is turned off while the wipers signal. The compass system will
filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir.
are on LO, HI, or INT, they will automatically determine when the GPS
Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades immediately stop. signal is restored and provide a heading
and windshield before using them. If frozen again.
to the windshield, carefully loosen or thaw If the windshield wiper lever is then moved
them. Damaged blades should be replaced. to OFF before the driver door is opened or Clock
See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 257. within 10 minutes, the wipers will restart
and move to the base of the windshield. Set the time and date using the
Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper infotainment system. See "Time / Date"
motor. If the ignition is turned off while the wipers under Settings 0 156.
are performing wipes due to windshield
washing, the wipers continue to run until
they reach the base of the windshield.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Power Outlets When adding electrical equipment, be sure
{ Warning
to follow the proper installation instructions
The vehicle has an accessory power outlet included with the equipment. See Add-On Wireless charging can affect the
on the center floor console in front of the Electrical Equipment 0 233. operation of an implanted pacemaker or
cupholders. It can be used to plug in
other medical devices. If you have one, it
electrical equipment, such as a cell phone or Caution
an MP3 player. is recommended to consult with your
Hanging heavy equipment from the doctor before using the wireless charging
The accessory power outlet does not work power outlet can cause damage not system.
when the ignition is turned off and the covered by the vehicle warranty. The
driver door is opened. This helps to preserve power outlets are designed for accessory The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
the battery life of the vehicle. power plugs only, such as cell phone or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must be
Certain power accessory plugs may not be charge cords. active. The wireless charging feature may
compatible with the accessory power outlet not correctly indicate charging when the
and could overload vehicle and adapter Wireless Charging vehicle is in RAP. See Retained Accessory
fuses. If a problem is experienced, see your Power (RAP) 0 203.
dealer. If equipped, the vehicle has wireless
charging in the storage bin at the back of The operating temperature is −20 °C (−4 °F)
the floor console. The system operates at to 60 °C (140 °F) for the charging system
Caution and 0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for the
145 kHz and wirelessly charges one Qi
Adding any electrical equipment to the compatible smartphone. The power output smartphone.
vehicle may damage it or keep other of the system is capable of charging at a
components from working as they rate up to 1 amp (5W), as requested by the { Warning
should. The repairs would not be covered compatible smartphone. See Radio Remove all objects from the charging pad
by the vehicle warranty. Do not use Frequency Statement 0 331. before charging your compatible
equipment exceeding smartphone. Objects, such as coins, keys,
maximum amperage rating of rings, paper clips, or cards, between the
15 amperes. Check with your dealer smartphone and charging pad will
before adding electrical equipment. become very hot. On the rare occasion
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

2. Place the smartphone face up on the Software Acknowledgements
Warning (Continued) charging pad. Certain Wireless Charging Module product
that the charging system does not detect To maximize the charge rate, ensure the from LG Electronics, Inc. ("LGE") contains the
an object, and the object gets wedged smartphone is fully seated and centered open source software detailed below. Refer
between the smartphone and charger, in the holder with nothing under it. to the indicated open source licenses (as are
remove the smartphone and allow the A thick smartphone case may prevent included following this notice) for the terms
object to cool before removing it from the wireless charger from working, and conditions of their use.
the charging pad, to prevent burns. or may reduce the charging performance.
See your dealer for additional OSS Notice Information
information. To obtain the source code that is
3. The $ will appear on the V on the contained in this product, please visit
http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to
infotainment display. This indicates that
the source code, all referred license terms,
the smartphone is properly positioned
warranty disclaimers and copyright notices
and charging. If a smartphone is placed
are available for download. LG Electronics
on the charging pad and $ does not will also provide open source code to you
appear, remove the smartphone from the on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of
pad, turn it 180 degrees, and wait performing such distribution (such as the
three seconds before placing/aligning the cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon
smartphone on the pad again. email request to opensource@lge.com. This
The smartphone may become warm offer is valid for three (3) years from the
during charging. This is normal. In date on which you purchased the product.
To charge a compatible smartphone: warmer temperatures, the speed of
1. Remove all objects from the charging charging may be reduced.
pad. The system may not charge if there
are any objects between the smartphone
and charging pad.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Freescale-WCT library THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights reserved. "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED Indicators
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
1. Redistributions of source code must Warning lights and gauges can signal that
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
retain the above copyright notice, this something is wrong before it becomes
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
list of conditions and the following serious enough to cause an expensive repair
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
disclaimer. or replacement. Paying attention to the
NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER
warning lights and gauges could prevent
2. Redistributions in binary form must OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
injury.
reproduce the above copyright notice, DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
this list of conditions and the following EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES Some warning lights come on briefly when
disclaimer in the documentation and/or (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, the engine is started to indicate they are
other materials provided with the PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR working. When one of the warning lights
distribution. SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; comes on and stays on while driving,
3. Neither the name of the copyright holder OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER or when one of the gauges shows there
nor the names of its contributors may be CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, may be a problem, check the section that
used to endorse or promote products WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs
derived from this software without TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR can be costly and even dangerous.
specific prior written permission. OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF
THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Instrument Cluster
Base Level English Shown, Metric Similar
1. Tachometer 0 85 4. Speedometer 0 85
2. Fuel Gauge 0 86 5. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 97
3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
0 88
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

3. Scroll down to highlight Display Theme,
then press p to enter the Display
Theme menu.
4. Press SEL to select the desired cluster
configuration.
5. Exit the Display Theme menu by
pressing o.
Cluster Menu
There is an interactive display area in the
center of the instrument cluster.
Uplevel English Standard Theme Shown, Metric Similar
1. Tachometer 0 85 See the Camaro High Performance

2. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge (Uplevel supplement for more information.
Cluster Only) 0 87
3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
Reconfigurable Instrument Cluster
0 88 To change the theme for the uplevel cluster:
4. Fuel Gauge 0 86 1. Find the Options page in one of the Use the right steering wheel control to open
5. Voltmeter Gauge (Uplevel Cluster Only) interactive display zones on the cluster. and scroll through the different items and
0 89 displays.
2. Press SEL to enter the Options menu.
6. Speedometer 0 85
7. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 97
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Press o to access the cluster applications. acceleration, the performance time will Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the
Use w or x to scroll through the list of record the time. To reset the timer, temperature of the transmission fluid in
applications. Press SEL to select the highlight Reset and press SEL. either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees
application from the list. G-Force : Gives the driver an indication of Fahrenheit (°F).
. Info. This is where you can view the the vehicle performance in cornering. The Tire Temperature : If equipped, displays tire
Driver Information Center (DIC) displays. G-force is displayed in the center of the DIC temperature status. Unknown may display if
See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 97. as a numerical value. information is unavailable.
. Performance (Uplevel Cluster) Lap Timer : Use to start, stop, or reset the Tire temperature states:
. Audio (If Equipped) lap timer. A stopwatch icon will be . Cold — Drive with caution as tire
. Phone (If Equipped) displayed when the lap timer is active. Press performance may be degraded.
. Navigation (If Equipped)
SEL while the Lap Timer page is active to . Cool — Drive with caution as tire
start the timer. If the lap timer is active, performance may be degraded.
. Options pressing SEL on any page will stop the
. Normal — Tires are at normal driving
Performance (Uplevel Cluster) current lap timer and start a new lap. Also,
pressing and holding SEL on any page will temperature.
Press SEL to enter the Performance menu. . Warm — Tires are ready for aggressive
stop the lap timer.
Use w or x to scroll through the available driving.
items. Oil Temperature : Shows the current oil
. Overheated — Tire temperature may be
temperature in either degrees Celsius (°C) or
Friction Bubble : A four quadrant visual degrees Fahrenheit (°F). higher than optimal.
display, indicative of the four corners of the Audio
car, with a “bubble” showing where the Oil Pressure : Shows the current oil pressure
most inertia is being exerted on the vehicle. in either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per If equipped, while the audio app is open,
square inch (psi). use w or x to change the radio station or
Performance Timer : Press p when seek to the next or previous track,
Battery Voltage : Displays the current
Performance Timer is displayed to enter the depending on the current audio source.
battery voltage, if equipped. Battery voltage
menu. Use w or x to select an interval. changes are normal while driving. Press p to enter the Audio menu. In the
Press SEL to save it. On the next Audio menu browse for music, select from
the favorites, or change the audio source.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Phone then use w or x to adjust the value. Press Info Pages : Press p while Info Pages is
If equipped, press p to enter the Phone SEL to set the speed. Once the speed is set, highlighted to select the items to be
menu. In the Phone menu, if there is no this feature can be turned off by pressing displayed in the DIC info displays. See Driver
active phone call, view recent calls, or scroll SEL while viewing this page. If the selected Information Center (DIC) 0 97.
through contacts. If there is an active call, speed limit is exceeded, a pop-up warning is Software Info : Displays open source
mute or unmute the phone or switch to displayed with a chime. software information.
handset or hands-free operation. Display Theme (Uplevel) : Press SEL while
Navigation Display Theme is highlighted to change the Speedometer
configuration of the uplevel cluster. See The speedometer shows the vehicle's speed
If equipped, press p to enter the “Reconfigurable Instrument Cluster” earlier in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or
Navigation menu. If there is no active route, in this section. miles per hour (mph).
a compass will be displayed. If there is an Launch Control : If equipped, the Launch
active route, press SEL to cancel route Control display allows the driver to adjust Odometer
guidance or turn the voice prompts on/off. the parameters of the Launch Control The odometer shows how far the vehicle has
Options System. See Track Events and Competitive been driven, in either kilometers or miles.
Press SEL to enter the Options menu. Use Driving 0 185.
Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation : Trip Odometer
w or x to scroll through items in
the menu. If equipped, this feature allows for adjusting The trip odometer shows how far the
the angle of the HUD image. Press SEL on vehicle has been driven since the trip
Units : Press p while Units is displayed to the steering wheel controls while Head-Up odometer was last reset.
enter the Units menu. Choose US or Metric Display Rotation is highlighted to enter
units by pressing SEL while the desired item The trip odometer is accessed and reset
Adjust Mode. Press w or x to highlight through the Driver Information Center (DIC).
is highlighted. OK, then press SEL to save the setting. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 97.
Speed Warning : The Speed Warning display Cancel can also be selected to cancel the
allows the driver to set a speed that they setting. The vehicle must be on P (Park). Tachometer
do not want to exceed. To set the Speed
The tachometer displays the engine speed in
Warning, press p when Speed Warning is revolutions per minute (rpm).
displayed. Enable the speed warning and
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge
Caution indicates about how much fuel is left in
If the engine is operated with the rpm in the tank.
the warning area at the high end of the
An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates the
tachometer, the vehicle could be side of the vehicle the fuel door is on.
damaged, and the damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not When the indicator nears empty, the low
operate the engine with the rpm in the fuel light comes on. There is still a little fuel
warning area. left, but the fuel tank should be filled soon.
Here are four things that some owners ask
Fuel Gauge about. None of these show a problem with
the fuel gauge:
English Base Level Cluster . At the service station, the fuel pump
shuts off before the gauge reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up
than the gauge indicated. For example,
the gauge indicated the tank was half
full, but it actually took a little more or
less than half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while turning a
corner or speeding up.
. The gauge takes a few seconds to
Metric Base Level Cluster stabilize after the ignition is turned on,
and goes back to empty when the
ignition is turned off.
Uplevel Cluster
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Boost Gauge (Uplevel Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
Cluster Only) (Uplevel Cluster Only)
See the Camaro High Performance
supplement for more information.
English
If equipped, this gauge indicates vacuum
during light to moderate throttle and boost Metric, Standard Theme Shown
under heavier throttle.
Metric It displays the air pressure level in the
intake manifold before it enters the engine's
combustion chamber.
The gauge is automatically centered at zero
every time the engine is started. Actual
vacuum or boost is displayed from this zero
point. Changes in ambient pressure, such as
driving in mountains and changing weather,
will slightly change the zero reading.
English, Standard Theme Shown

14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

The engine oil pressure gauge shows the Engine Coolant Temperature
engine oil pressure in kPa (kilopascals) when
the engine is running. Gauge
Oil pressure can vary with engine speed,
outside temperature and oil viscosity.
On some models, the oil pump will vary
engine oil pressure according to engine
needs. Oil pressure may change quickly as
the engine speed or load varies. This is
normal.
If the oil pressure warning light or Driver
Information Center (DIC) message indicates Metric Uplevel Cluster
oil pressure outside the normal operating
range, check the vehicle's oil as soon as
possible. See Engine Oil 0 242. Metric Base Level Cluster
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil maintenance
can damage the engine. Driving with the
engine oil low can also damage the
engine. The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil
level as soon as possible. Add oil if
required, but if the oil level is within the
operating range and the oil pressure is
still low, have the vehicle serviced. English Uplevel Cluster
Always follow the maintenance schedule This gauge shows the engine coolant
for changing engine oil. temperature.
English Base Level Cluster
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

If the gauge pointer moves to the high end, When the engine is running, this gauge Seat Belt Reminders
the engine is too hot. shows the condition of the charging system.
This reading indicates the same thing as the The gauge can transition from a higher to Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light
warning light. It means that the engine lower or a lower to higher reading. This is There is a driver seat belt reminder light on
coolant has overheated. If the vehicle has normal. If the vehicle is operating outside the instrument cluster.
been operating under normal driving the normal operating range, the charging
conditions, pull off the road, stop the system light comes on. See Charging System
vehicle, and turn off the engine as soon as Light 0 91.
possible. See Engine Overheating 0 252 for Readings outside the normal operating
more information. range can also occur when a large number
of electrical accessories are operating in the
Voltmeter Gauge (Uplevel vehicle and the engine is left idling for an
Cluster Only) extended period. This condition is normal When the vehicle is started, this light
since the charging system is not able to flashes and a chime may come on to remind
provide full power at engine idle. As engine the driver to fasten their seat belt.
speeds are increased, this condition should Then the light stays on solid until the belt is
correct itself as higher engine speeds allow buckled. This cycle may continue several
the charging system to create maximum times if the driver remains or becomes
power. unbuckled while the vehicle is moving.
The vehicle can only be driven for a short If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the
time with the readings outside the normal light nor the chime comes on.
operating range. If the vehicle must be
driven, turn off all accessories, such as the Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder
radio and air conditioner, and unplug all Light
chargers and accessories.
The vehicle may have a front passenger seat
Standard Theme Readings outside the normal operating belt reminder light near the passenger
range indicate a possible problem in the airbag status indicator. See Passenger
When the ignition is on, this gauge indicates electrical system. Have the vehicle serviced Sensing System 0 53.
the battery voltage. as soon as possible.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

the airbag modules, the wiring, and the Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
crash sensing and diagnostic module. For
more information on the airbag system, see The vehicle has a passenger sensing system.
Airbag System 0 47. See Passenger Sensing System 0 53 for
important safety information. The overhead
console has a passenger airbag status
indicator.
When the vehicle is started, this light
flashes and a chime may come on to remind
passengers to fasten their seat belt.
Then the light stays on solid until the belt is
buckled. This cycle continues several times if The airbag readiness light comes on for
the front passenger remains or becomes several seconds when the vehicle is started.
unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. If the light does not come on then, have it
fixed immediately. United States
If the front passenger seat belt is buckled,
neither the chime nor the light comes on.
The front passenger seat belt reminder light
{ Warning
and chime may come on if an object is put If the airbag readiness light stays on
on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, after the vehicle is started or comes on
grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic while driving, it means the airbag system
device. To turn off the reminder light and/or might not be working properly. The
chime, remove the object from the seat or airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in Canada and Mexico
buckle the seat belt. a crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid injury, When the vehicle is started, the passenger
Airbag Readiness Light have the vehicle serviced right away.
airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF,
or the symbols for on and off, for several
This light shows if there is an electrical seconds as a system check. Then, after
problem with the airbag system. The system If there is a problem with the airbag
system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) several seconds, the status indicator will
check includes the airbag sensor(s), the light either ON or OFF, or either the on or
passenger sensing system, the pretensioners, message may also come on.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

off symbol, to let you know the status of If a short distance must be driven with the
the front outboard passenger frontal airbag Warning (Continued) light on, be sure to turn off all accessories,
and knee airbag. away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 90 such as the radio and air conditioner. Find a
If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on for more information, including important safe place to stop the vehicle. Continuous
the passenger airbag status indicator, it safety information. driving may stall the vehicle abruptly.
means that the front outboard passenger Malfunction Indicator Lamp
frontal airbag and knee airbag are allowed Charging System Light
to inflate. This light is part of the vehicle’s emission
control on-board diagnostic system. If this
If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on
light is on while the engine is running, a
the passenger airbag status indicator, it
malfunction has been detected and the
means that the passenger sensing system
vehicle may require service. The light should
has turned off the front outboard passenger
come on to show that it is working when
frontal airbag and knee airbag.
the ignition is in Service Mode. See Ignition
If, after several seconds, both status The charging system light comes on briefly Positions 0 199.
indicator lights remain on, or if there are no when the ignition is turned on, but the
lights at all, there may be a problem with engine is not running, as a check to show
the lights or the passenger sensing system. the light is working. It should go out when
See your dealer for service. the engine is started.
If the light stays on, or comes on while
{ Warning driving, there may be a problem with the
If the airbag readiness light ever comes electrical charging system. Have it checked Malfunctions are often indicated by the
on and stays on, it means that by your dealer. Driving while this light is on system before any problem is noticeable.
something may be wrong with the airbag could drain the battery. Being aware of the light and seeking service
system. To help avoid injury to yourself When this light comes on, or is flashing, the promptly when it comes on may prevent
or others, have the vehicle serviced right Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays damage.
(Continued) a message.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle tank of the proper fuel to turn the light
Caution speed and avoid hard accelerations and off. See Recommended Fuel (3.6L
If the vehicle is driven continually with uphill grades. V6 Engine) 0 229 or
this light on, the emission control system Recommended Fuel (2.0L L4 Turbo Engine
If the light continues to flash, find a safe
may not work as well, the fuel economy place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait and 6.2L V8 Engine) 0 230 or
may be lower, and the vehicle may not at least 10 seconds before restarting the Recommended Fuel (6.2L V8 Supercharged
run smoothly. This could lead to costly engine. If the light is still flashing, follow Engine) 0 230.
repairs that might not be covered by the the previous guidelines and see your dealer If the light remains on, see your dealer.
vehicle warranty. for service as soon as possible.
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance
If the light is on steady : A malfunction has Programs
Caution been detected. Diagnosis and service may be
required. If the vehicle requires an Emissions
Modifications to the engine, transmission, Inspection/Maintenance test, the test
exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the Check the following: equipment will likely connect to the
use of replacement tires that do not . If fuel has been added to the vehicle vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC).
meet the original tire specifications, can using the capless funnel adapter, make
cause this light to come on. This could sure that it has been removed. See
lead to costly repairs not covered by the “Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can”
vehicle warranty. This could also affect under Filling the Tank 0 231. The
the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions diagnostic system can detect if the
Inspection/Maintenance test. See adapter has been left installed in the
Accessories and Modifications 0 236. vehicle, allowing fuel to evaporate into
the atmosphere. A few driving trips with The DLC is under the instrument panel to
If the light is flashing : A malfunction has the adapter removed may turn off the the left of the steering wheel. Connecting
been detected that could damage the light. devices that are not used to perform an
emission control system and increase vehicle . Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to
emissions. Diagnosis and service may be engine operation and poor driveability, service the vehicle may affect vehicle
required. which may go away once the engine is
warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel
brand. It may require at least one full
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment This light should come on briefly when the Electric Parking Brake Light
0 233. See your dealer if assistance is vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on
needed. then, have it fixed so it will be ready to
The vehicle may not pass inspection if: warn you if there is a problem.
. The light is on when the engine is If the light comes on and stays on at start
running. up, there is a brake problem. Have the brake
. The light does not come on when the system inspected right away.
ignition is in Service Mode. Metric English
If the light comes on while driving, pull off
. Critical emission control systems have not the road and stop carefully. The brake pedal
might be harder to push, or the brake pedal This light comes on when the parking brake
been completely diagnosed. If this
may go closer to the floor. It could take is applied. If the light continues flashing
happens, the vehicle would not be ready
longer to stop. If the light is still on, have after the parking brake is released, or while
for inspection and might require
the vehicle towed for service. See Towing driving, there is a problem with the Electric
several days of routine driving before the
the Vehicle 0 293. Parking Brake system. A message may also
system is ready for inspection. This can
display in the Driver Information
happen if the 12-volt battery has recently
Center (DIC).
been replaced or run down, or if the { Warning
vehicle has been recently serviced. The brake system might not be working If the light does not come on, or remains
properly if the brake system warning flashing, see your dealer.
See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass
or cannot be made ready for the test. light is on. Driving with the brake system Service Electric Parking Brake
warning light on can lead to a crash.
Brake System Warning Light If the light is still on after the vehicle has Light
been pulled off the road and carefully
stopped, have the vehicle towed for
service.
Metric English
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

The Service Electric Parking brake light If the light comes on while driving, safely competitive manner, and adjusts the shifting
should come on briefly when starting the stop as soon as it is possible and turn off of the gears accordingly. See Driver Mode
vehicle. If it does not come on, have the the vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle again Control 0 216.
vehicle serviced by your dealer. to reset the system.
If this light stays on, there is a problem If the ABS warning light stays on, or comes
Vehicle Ahead Indicator
with a system on the vehicle that is causing on again while driving, the vehicle needs
the parking brake system to work at a service. A chime may also sound when the
reduced level. The vehicle can still be driven, light stays on.
but should be taken to a dealer as soon as If the ABS warning light is the only light on,
possible. See Electric Parking Brake 0 213. the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS is
A message may also display in the Driver not functioning.
Information Center (DIC). If equipped, this indicator will display green
If both the ABS warning light and the brake
Antilock Brake System (ABS) system warning light are on, ABS is not when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber
functioning and there is a problem with the when you are following a vehicle ahead
Warning Light much too closely.
regular brakes. See your dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light 0 93. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
0 226.
Performance Shifting Light Traction Off Light
This warning light should come on briefly

when the vehicle is turned on. If the light
does not come on, have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn if there is a problem.
If equipped, this light may display green
when Sport Mode is activated and certain
driving conditions are met. Sport Mode
detects when the vehicle is being driven in a
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

This light comes on briefly while starting This light comes on when the StabiliTrak/ If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS
the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system
serviced by your dealer. If the system is turned off. If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the have been disabled. A Driver Information
working normally, the indicator light then Traction Control System (TCS) is also off. Center (DIC) message may display. Check the
turns off. If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off, the DIC messages to determine which feature(s)
The traction off light comes on when the system does not assist in controlling the is no longer functioning and whether the
Traction Control System (TCS) has been vehicle. Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak/ vehicle requires service.
turned off by pressing and releasing the ESC systems, and the warning light If the light is on and flashing, the TCS and/
TCS/StabiliTrak/ESC button. turns off. or the StabiliTrak/ESC system is actively
This light and the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light See Traction Control/Electronic Stability working.
come on when StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control 0 214. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) is turned off. Control 0 214.
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited.
Traction Control System (TCS)/
Adjust driving accordingly. StabiliTrak Light Tire Pressure Light
See Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 214.
StabiliTrak OFF Light
This light comes on briefly when the engine For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor
is started. System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly
when the engine is started. It provides
If the light does not come on, have the information about tire pressures and
vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the the TPMS.
This light comes on briefly while starting system is working normally, the indicator
the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle light turns off. When the Light Is On Steady
serviced by your dealer. This indicates that one or more of the tires
are significantly underinflated.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire This light is near the fuel gauge and comes
pressure message may also display. Stop as
Caution (Continued) on briefly when the ignition is turned on as
soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the still low, have the vehicle serviced. a check to show it is working.
pressure value shown on the Tire and Always follow the maintenance schedule
It also comes on when the fuel tank is low
Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure for changing engine oil. on fuel. The light turns off when fuel is
0 273. added. If it does not, have the vehicle
When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On serviced.
Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute and
Security Light
then stays on, there may be a problem with
the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected,
the light will come on at every ignition
cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation This light should come on briefly as the
0 276. engine is started. If it does not come on,
have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it means The security light should come on briefly as
that oil is not flowing through the engine the engine is started. If it does not come on,
Caution properly. The vehicle could be low on oil have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
Lack of proper engine oil maintenance and might have some other system If the system is working normally, the
can damage the engine. Driving with the problem. See your dealer. indicator light turns off.
engine oil low can also damage the
engine. The repairs would not be covered Low Fuel Warning Light If the light stays on and the engine does
not start, there could be a problem with the
by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil
theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer
level as soon as possible. Add oil if Operation 0 21.
required, but if the oil level is within the
operating range and the oil pressure is
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

High-Beam On Light Cruise Control Light Information Displays
Driver Information Center (DIC)
The DIC displays are shown in the center of
the instrument cluster in the Info
application. See Instrument Cluster 0 82. The
Info application is only available when the
This light comes on when the high-beam The cruise control light is white when the ignition is on. The displays show the status
headlamps are in use. cruise control is on and ready, and turns of many vehicle systems. The controls for
green when the cruise control is set and the DIC are on the right steering wheel
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer control.
0 108. active.
The light goes out when the cruise control is
Lamps On Reminder turned off. See Cruise Control 0 220.
Door Ajar Light
This light comes on when the exterior lamps

are in use, except when only the Daytime
Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior This light comes on when a door is open or
Lamp Controls 0 108. not securely latched. Before driving, check
that all doors are properly closed. w or x : Press to move up or down in
a list.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

o or p : Press o to open application approximate average fuel economy that the average of the vehicle's fuel economy over
menus on the left. Press p to open vehicle has right now, and will change as recent driving history and the amount of
interaction menus on the right. driving conditions change. The Average Fuel fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
Economy can be reset by pressing and Instantaneous Fuel Economy displays the
SEL : Press to select a menu item. Press and holding SEL while this display is active.
hold to reset values on certain screens. current fuel economy in either liters per
Average Speed: Displays the average speed 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per
DIC Info Pages of the vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) gallon (mpg). This number reflects only the
or miles per hour (mph). This average is approximate fuel economy that the vehicle
The following is the list of all possible DIC
calculated based on the various vehicle has right now and changes frequently as
info displays. Depending on the vehicle,
speeds recorded since the last reset of this driving conditions change.
some may not be available. Some items
value. The average speed can be reset by This display may also show the number of
may not be turned on by default but can be
pressing and holding SEL while this display cylinders the vehicle is running on. See
turned on through the Options app.
is active. Active Fuel Management 0 205.
Current Speed : Displays the vehicle speed
Fuel Range (Base Cluster) : Fuel Range Fuel Economy Last XXX : Displays the
in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
displays the approximate distance the average fuel economy over a set number of
per hour (mph).
vehicle can be driven without refueling. LOW kilometers or miles.
Trip A or B/Average Fuel Economy : Trip will be displayed when the vehicle is low on
displays the current distance traveled, in fuel. The fuel range estimate is based on an Average Speed : Displays the average speed
either kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since average of the vehicle's fuel economy over of the vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)
the trip odometer was last reset. The trip recent driving history and the amount of or miles per hour (mph). This average is
odometer can be reset by pressing and fuel remaining in the fuel tank. calculated based on the various vehicle
holding SEL while this display is active. speeds recorded since the last reset of this
Fuel Information (Base Cluster) or Fuel value. The average speed can be reset by
Average Fuel Economy displays the Range/Instantaneous Fuel Economy (Uplevel pressing and holding SEL while this display
approximate average liters per Cluster) : Fuel Range displays the is active.
100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per approximate distance the vehicle can be
gallon (mpg). This number is calculated driven without refueling. LOW will be Timer : This display can be used as a timer.
based on the number of L/100 km (mpg) displayed when the vehicle is low on fuel. To start/stop the timer, press p while this
recorded since the last time this menu item The fuel range estimate is based on an display is active and then SEL to start/stop
was reset. This number reflects only the the timer. The display will show the amount
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

of time that has passed since the timer was current air filter life remains. Messages will Battery Voltage : Displays the current
last reset. To reset the timer to zero, press display based on the engine air filter life battery voltage. The battery voltage can
and hold SEL or use p to access the menu and the state of the system. When the fluctuate while viewing this information on
while this display is active. REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE message the DIC. This is normal.
displays, the engine air filter should be Speed Limit (Uplevel Cluster) : Displays sign
Oil Life : Displays an estimate of the oil's replaced at the time of the next oil change.
remaining useful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE information, which comes from a roadway
When the REPLACE NOW message displays, database in the onboard navigation.
99% is displayed, that means 99% of the the engine air filter should be replaced as
current oil life remains. soon as possible. Oil Temperature (Base Cluster) : Shows the
When the remaining oil life is low, the current oil temperature in either degrees
The Air Filter Life display must be reset after Celsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F). This
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will the engine air filter replacement. To reset,
appear on the display. The oil should be display is available in the Performance app
see Engine Air Filter Life System (2.0L LTG on the uplevel cluster.
changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil and 3.6L LGX Engines Only) 0 246.
0 242. In addition to the engine oil life Oil Pressure (Base Cluster) : Shows the
system monitoring the oil life, additional Engine Hours : If equipped, shows the total current oil pressure in either kilopascal (kPa)
maintenance is recommended. See number of hours the engine has run. or in pounds per square inch (psi). This
Maintenance Schedule 0 304. Coolant Temperature : Displays the coolant display is available in the Performance app
The Oil Life display must be reset after each temperature in either degrees Celsius (°C) or on the uplevel cluster.
oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not degrees Fahrenheit (°F).
Performance Timer (Base Cluster) : Press p
reset the Oil Life display accidentally at any Tire Pressure : Displays the approximate when Performance Timer is displayed to
time other than when the oil has just been pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is
changed. It cannot be reset accurately until enter the menu. Press p while Set Start
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in
the next oil change. To reset the engine oil pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure Speed is highlighted then use w or x to
life system, see Engine Oil Life System is low, the value for that tire is shown in enter the start speed. Press SEL to save it.
0 244. amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor System Press p while Set End Speed is highlighted
Air Filter Life : If equipped, shows an 0 275 and then use w or x to enter the end speed.
estimate of the engine air filter’s remaining Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 276. Press SEL to save it. After the start and end
useful life and the state of the system. speeds have been entered, press o to set
Engine Air Filter Life 95% means 95% of the the Sport display to the set speeds and the
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

performance timer is ready to use. On the (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F). This display The HUD information can be displayed in
next acceleration, the performance time will is available in the Performance app on the various languages. The speedometer reading
record the time. To reset the timer, uplevel cluster. and other numerical values can be displayed
highlight Reset on the performance timer Blank : Shows no information. in either English or metric units.
menu and press SEL. This display is available The language of the HUD information
in the Performance app on the uplevel Head-Up Display (HUD) displayed can be changed. The speedometer
cluster. reading and other numerical values can be
Lap Timer (Base Cluster) : Use to start, stop, { Warning displayed in either English or metric units.
or reset the lap timer. A stopwatch icon will If the HUD image is too bright or too The language selection is changed through
be displayed when the lap timer is active. high in your field of view, it may take the radio and the units of measurement is
Press SEL while the Lap Timer page is active changed through the instrument cluster. See
you more time to see things you need to
to start the timer. If the lamp timer is Settings 0 156 and “Options” under
see when it is dark outside. Be sure to
active, pressing SEL on any page will stop Instrument Cluster 0 82.
the current lap timer and start a new lap. keep the HUD image dim and placed low
Also, pressing and holding SEL on any page in your field of view.
will stop the lap timer. This display is
available in the Performance app on the If equipped with HUD, some information
uplevel cluster. concerning the operation of the vehicle is
projected onto the windshield.
G-Force (Base Cluster) : Gives the driver an
indication of the vehicle performance in The HUD information appears as an image
cornering. The G-force is displayed in the focused out toward the front of the vehicle. HUD Display on the Windshield
center of the DIC as a numerical value. This
Caution The HUD may display different alerts and
display is available in the Performance app
If you try to use the HUD image as a information for vehicles equipped with these
on the uplevel cluster.
parking aid, you may misjudge the features:
Transmission Fluid Temperature (Base . Speed
distance and damage your vehicle. Do not
Cluster) : Shows the temperature of the . Audio
transmission fluid in either degrees Celsius use the HUD image as a parking aid.
. Phone
. Navigation
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. Performance D : Lift and hold to brighten the display.
. Vehicle Messages Press and hold to dim the display. Hold to
turn the display off.
The HUD image will automatically dim and
brighten to compensate for outside lighting.
The HUD brightness control can also be
adjusted as needed. Metric
The HUD image can temporarily light up
depending on the angle and position of the
sunlight on the HUD display. This is normal.
Polarized sunglasses could make the HUD
image harder to see.
Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation Option
English
The HUD control is to the left of the The HUD rotation main view is located in
steering wheel. the options menu. From the main menu, Speed View : This displays digital Speed (in
press p to enter adjust mode. Press w for English or metric units), Speed Limit along
To adjust the HUD image:
counter-clockwise and x for clockwise. with Indicators such as Vehicle Ahead, Lane
1. Adjust the driver seat. Departure Warning/Lane Keep Assist,
Press SEL to save and o to cancel and exit. Adaptive Cruise Control and Set Speed.
2. Start the engine.
3. Use the following settings to adjust HUD Views
the HUD. There are four views in the HUD. Some
vehicle information and vehicle messages or
$ : Press or lift to center the HUD image. alerts may be displayed in any view.
The HUD image can only be adjusted up and
down, not side to side.
! : Press to select the display view. Each Metric
press will change the display view.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Performance View : This displays digital
speed, indicators from speed view along
with rpm reading, transmission positions,
gear shift indicator (if equipped), Shift
Timing Light Position (if equipped), and
lateral acceleration (G) indicators.
English English If equipped, the shift timing lights at the
top of the display will appear with increases
Audio/Phone View : This displays digital Navigation View : This displays digital in engine rpm. The rows of lights get closer
speed, indicators from Speed view along speed, indicators from Speed view along together as the shift point gets closer. Shift
with audio/phone information. with Turn-by-Turn Navigation information in the transmission before the lights come
All HUD views may briefly display audio some vehicles. When navigation routing is together in the display. Shift immediately if
information when the steering wheel not active, the compass heading is the lights are flashing. See Manual Mode
controls are used to adjust the audio displayed. 0 208 or
settings appearing in the instrument cluster. Manual Transmission 0 209.
Incoming phone calls appearing in the Care of the HUD
instrument cluster may also display in any
Clean the inside of the windshield as needed
HUD view.
to remove any dirt or film that could reduce
the sharpness or clarity of the HUD image.
Metric Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth
sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe the lens
gently, then dry it.
HUD Troubleshooting
Metric If you cannot see the HUD image when the
ignition is on, check that:
. Nothing Is covering the HUD lens.
English
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. The HUD brightness is not too dim or too Follow the instructions given in the ability to accelerate. If this message is on,
bright. messages. The system displays messages but there is no observed reduction in
. The HUD is adjusted to the proper height. regarding the following topics: performance, proceed to your destination.
. Polarized sunglasses are not worn. . Service Messages Under certain conditions the performance
. Windshield and HUD lens are clean. . Fluid Levels may be reduced the next time the vehicle is
driven. The vehicle may be driven while this
. Vehicle Security
If the HUD image is not correct, contact message is on, but maximum acceleration
your dealer. . Brakes and speed may be reduced. Anytime this
. Steering message stays on, or displays repeatedly,
The windshield is part of the HUD system.
See Windshield Replacement 0 257. . Ride Control Systems the vehicle should be taken to your dealer
. Driver Assistance Systems for service as soon as possible.
Vehicle Messages . Cruise Control Under certain operating conditions,
. Lighting and Bulb Replacement propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting
Messages displayed on the DIC indicate the after the ignition has been off for
. Wiper/Washer Systems
status of the vehicle or some action that 30 seconds.
may be needed to correct a condition. . Doors and Windows
Multiple messages may appear one after . Seat Belts Vehicle Speed Messages
another. . Airbag Systems
SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH)
The messages that do not require . Engine and Transmission
immediate action can be acknowledged and . Tire Pressure This message shows that the vehicle speed
cleared by pressing SEL. The messages that has been limited to the speed displayed. The
. Engine Air Filter Life
require immediate action cannot be cleared limited speed is a protection for various
. Battery propulsion and vehicle systems, such as
until that action is performed.
lubrication, thermal, brakes, suspension,
All messages should be taken seriously; Engine Power Messages Teen Driver if equipped, or tires.
clearing the message does not correct the
problem. ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
If a SERVICE message appears, see your This message displays when the vehicle's
dealer. propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in
propulsion power can affect the vehicle's
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Vehicle Personalization Engine Sound Auto Cooled Seats
Touch Engine Sound, then choose from the When enabled, this feature will
The following are all possible vehicle
available options. See Driver Mode Control automatically activate the ventilated seats
personalization features. Depending on the
0 216. at the level required by the interior
vehicle, some may not be available.
Steering temperature. See Heated and Ventilated
For System, Apps, and Personal features and Front Seats 0 39.
functions, see Settings 0 156. Touch Steering, then choose from the
available options. See Driver Mode Control Touch Off or On.
To access the vehicle personalization menu:
0 216. Auto Heated Seats
1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home
Page of the infotainment display. Suspension This setting automatically turns on and
Touch Suspension, then choose from the regulates the heated seats when the cabin
2. Touch Vehicle to display a list of temperature is cool. The auto heated seats
available options. available options. See Driver Mode Control
0 216. can be turned off by using the heated seat
3. Touch to select the desired feature buttons on the center stack. See Heated and
setting. Climate and Air Quality Ventilated Front Seats 0 39.
4. Touch 9 or R to turn a feature off or on. Touch and the following may display: Touch Off or On.
5. Touch z to go to the top level of the . Auto Fan Speed Auto Defog
Settings menu. . Auto Cooled Seats
When turned on and high humidity is
The menu may contain the following: . Auto Heated Seats detected, the climate control system may
. Auto Defog adjust to outside air supply and turn on the
Driving Mode . Auto Rear Defog air conditioner or the heater. The fan speed
Touch and the following may display: may slightly increase to help prevent
Auto Fan Speed fogging. When high humidity is no longer
. Engine Sound
This feature will set the auto fan speed. detected, the system will return to its prior
. Steering
operation.
. Suspension Touch Low, Medium, or High.
Touch Off or On.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Auto Rear Defog Park Assist Touch the controls on the infotainment
When on, this feature turns on the rear If equipped, this feature can assist in display to adjust the volume.
defogger at vehicle start when the interior backing up and parking the vehicle. See Reverse Tilt Mirror
temperature is cold and fog is likely. The Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing When on, the driver, passenger, or both
auto rear defog function can be disabled by 0 224. driver and passenger outside mirrors will tilt
pressing 1. When off, the feature can be Touch Off or On. downward when the vehicle is shifted into
turned on by pressing 1. See “Rear R (Reverse) to improve visibility of the
Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols
Window Defogger” under Dual Automatic ground near the rear wheels. They may
Climate Control System 0 176. This setting enables the Rear Camera Park move from their tilted position when the
Assist Symbols. See Assistance Systems for vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) or
Touch Off or On. Parking or Backing 0 224. turned off. See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 23.
Collision/Detection Systems Touch Off or On. Touch Off, On - Driver and Passenger, On -
Touch and the following may display: Rear Cross Traffic Alert Driver, or On - Passenger.
. Lane Change Alert
This allows the Rear Cross Traffic Alert Lighting
. Park Assist feature to be turned on or off. See “Rear Touch and the following may display:
. Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols Cross Traffic Alert” in Assistance Systems for
. Ambient Lighting
. Rear Cross Traffic Alert Parking or Backing 0 224.
. Vehicle Locator Lights
Lane Change Alert Touch Off or On.
. Exit Lighting
This allows the Lane Change Alert feature to Comfort and Convenience Ambient Lighting
be turned on or off. See Lane Change Alert
(LCA) 0 228. Touch and the following may display: This setting allows the selection of available
. Chime Volume colors for the ambient lighting in the
When Lane Change Alert is disabled, Side vehicle.
. Reverse Tilt Mirror
Blind Zone Alert is also disabled.
Chime Volume The Link to Drive Mode option will change
Touch Off or On. the ambient lighting to match the color
This setting determines the chime volume
being used in the instrument cluster based
level.
on the setting of the drive mode button.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

This feature can be turned off or on. Auto Door Unlock Remote Unlock Light Feedback
Vehicle Locator Lights This allows selection of which of the doors This setting flashes the exterior lamps when
This setting flashes the vehicle’s headlamps will automatically unlock when the vehicle is the vehicle is unlocked with the RKE
shifted into P (Park) with an automatic transmitter.
when K is pressed on the Remote Keyless transmission or when the vehicle is turned
Entry (RKE) transmitter. Touch Off or Flash Lights.
off with a manual transmission.
Touch Off or On. Remote Lock Feedback
Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
Exit Lighting This setting specifies how the vehicle
Delayed Door Lock responds when the vehicle is locked with
This setting specifies how long the When on, this feature will delay the locking the RKE transmitter.
headlamps stay on after the vehicle is of the doors. To override the delay, press
turned off and exited. Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only,
the power door lock switch on the door. or Horn Only.
Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, Touch Off or On.
or 120 Seconds. Remote Door Unlock
Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start This setting specifies whether all doors,
Power Door Locks
Touch and the following may display: or just the driver door, unlock when pressing
Touch and the following may display: K on the RKE transmitter.
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback
. Open Door Anti Lock Out
. Remote Lock Feedback Touch All Doors or Driver Door.
. Auto Door Unlock
. Remote Door Unlock Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
. Delayed Door Lock
. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
Open Door Anti Lock Out If equipped and turned on, this feature will
. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
turn the ventilated seats on when using
This setting prevents the driver door from . Remote Window Operation remote start on warm days.
locking when the door is open. If this . Passive Door Unlock
setting is on, the Delayed Door Lock menu Touch Off, On-Driver and Passenger,
. Passive Door Lock or On-Driver.
will not be available.
. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
Touch Off or On.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Touch Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On. Teen Driver
This setting automatically turns on the Remote Left in Vehicle Alert See Teen Driver 0 162.
heated seats when using the remote start This feature sounds an alert when the RKE
function on cold days. See Heated and Valet Mode
transmitter is left in the vehicle. This menu
Ventilated Front Seats 0 39 and also enables Remote No Longer in Vehicle This will lock the infotainment system and
Remote Vehicle Start 0 14. Alert. steering wheel controls. It may also limit
Touch Off, On-Driver and Passenger, access to vehicle storage locations,
Touch Off or On. if equipped.
or On-Driver.
Remote Window Operation Seating Position To enable valet mode:
If equipped, this feature enables remote Touch and the following may display: 1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad.
operation of the windows with the RKE . Seat Entry Memory 2. Touch Enter to go to the confirmation
transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) . Seat Exit Memory screen.
System Operation 0 7. 3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Seat Entry Memory
Touch Off or On. Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the
This feature automatically recalls the
Passive Door Unlock previously stored 1 or 2 button positions system. Touch Back to go back to the
when the ignition is changed from off to on previous menu.
This setting specifies which doors unlock
when using the button on the driver door or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory Seats 0 36.
handle to unlock the vehicle. Touch Off or On.
Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door Only. Seat Exit Memory
Passive Door Lock This feature automatically recalls the
This setting specifies if the vehicle will previously stored exit button positions when
automatically lock, or lock and provide an the ignition is changed from on or ACC/
alert after all the doors are closed, and you ACCESSORY to off if the driver door is open
walk away from the vehicle with the RKE or opened. See Memory Seats 0 36.
transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Touch Off or On.
System Operation 0 7.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
108 Lighting
Lighting Exterior Lighting AUTO also controls the Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). See Daytime Running Lamps
Exterior Lamp Controls (DRL) 0 109.
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 ; : Turns on the parking lamps including
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . 108 all lamps, except the headlamps.
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . 109
5 : Turns on the headlamps together with
the parking lamps and instrument panel
Automatic Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . 109
lights.
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . 110 A warning chime sounds if the driver door is
opened when the ignition is off and the
Interior Lighting headlamps or parking lamps are on.
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 The exterior lamp control is on the left side Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 of the steering wheel.
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Changer
There are four positions:
Push the turn signal lever away from you
Lighting Features P : Briefly turn to this position to turn the and release to turn the high beams on. To
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 exterior lamps off and deactivate the AUTO return to low beams, push the lever again
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 mode. Turn again to reactivate the AUTO or pull it toward you and release.
Theater Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 mode. When released, the control returns to
Battery Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 the AUTO position.
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . 113 In Canada, the headlamps will automatically
reactivate when the vehicle is shifted out of
P (Park).
AUTO : Automatically turns the exterior
lamps on and off, depending on outside This indicator light turns on in the
lighting. instrument cluster when the high-beam
headlamps are on.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Lighting 109
Flash-to-Pass The headlamps automatically change from sold in Canada, the transmission must be in
DRL to the regular headlamps depending on P (Park), before the automatic headlamp
The flash-to-pass feature works with the low the darkness of the surroundings. The other system can be turned off.
beams or Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) on lamps that come on with the headlamps will
or off. also come on.
To flash the high beams, pull the turn signal When it is bright enough outside, the
lever all the way toward you, then headlamps will go off and the DRL will
release it. come on.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) To turn the DRL off or on again, turn the
exterior lamps control to P and then
DRL can make it easier for others to see the
front of your vehicle during the day. DRL are release. For vehicles first sold in Canada, the
required on all vehicles first sold in Canada. DRL can only be turned off when the vehicle
is parked. The vehicle has a light sensor on the top of
A light sensor on top of the instrument the instrument panel. Do not cover this
panel makes the DRL work, so be sure it is The regular headlamp system should be sensor, otherwise the system will come on
not covered. turned on when needed. whenever the ignition is on.
The dedicated DRL will come on when all of Automatic Headlamp System The system may also turn on the headlamps
the following conditions are met: when driving through a parking garage,
When it is dark enough outside and the heavy overcast weather, or a tunnel. This is
. The ignition is on. headlamp switch is in AUTO, the automatic
. The exterior lamps control is in AUTO,
normal.
headlamp system will turn on the
or has been briefly turned to P to turn headlamps at the normal brightness along There is a delay in the transition between
the automatic light control on again. with other lamps such as the taillamps, the daytime and nighttime operation of the
. The light sensor determines it is daytime. sidemarker lamps, parking lamps, license Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) and the
plate lamps, and the instrument panel automatic headlamp system so that driving
. The transmission is not in P (Park).
lights. The radio lights will also be dim. under bridges or bright overhead street
When the DRL are on, the headlamps, lights does not affect the system. The DRL
To turn off the automatic headlamp system, and automatic headlamp system will only
taillamps, sidemarker lamps, instrument
panel lights, and other lamps will not be on. turn the exterior lamps switch to the P
position and then release. For vehicles first
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
110 Lighting
be affected when the light sensor sees a Hazard Warning Flashers Move the lever all the way up or down to
change in lighting lasting longer than the signal a turn.
delay. An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes
If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the in the direction of the turn or lane change.
automatic headlamp system comes on Raise or lower the lever until the arrow
immediately. If it is light outside when the starts to flash to signal a lane change. Hold
vehicle leaves the garage, there will be a it there until the lane change is completed.
slight delay before the automatic headlamp If the lever is briefly pressed and released,
system changes to the DRL. During that the turn signal flashes three times.
delay, the instrument cluster may not be as
bright as usual. Make sure the instrument The lever returns to its starting position
panel brightness control is in the full bright | : Press to make the front and rear turn whenever it is released.
position. See Instrument Panel Illumination signal lamps flash on and off. This warns
If after signaling a turn or lane change the
Control 0 111. others that you are having trouble. Press
arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on, a
again to turn the flashers off.
Lights On with Wipers signal bulb may be burned out.
The hazard warning flashers turn on
If the windshield wipers are activated in Have any burned out bulbs replaced. If a
automatically if the airbags deploy.
daylight with the engine on, and the bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See
exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the Turn and Lane-Change Signals Electrical System Overload 0 260.
headlamps, parking lamps, and other
exterior lamps come on. The transition time
for the lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are not
operating, these lamps turn off. Move the
exterior lamp control to P or ; to
disable this feature.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Lighting 111
Interior Lighting Interior Lamps Reading Lamps
Interior Spectrum Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
If equipped, this feature allows the color of
Control the interior lighting in the vehicle to be
chosen.
See “Ambient Lighting” in Vehicle
Touch to select from the following:
OFF : Turns the feature off.
The reading lamps are in the overhead
LIGHT STRIPS : Turns on standard mode. console. The lamps go on when any door is
Touch the light strip color to select a color opened, K on the RKE transmitter is
for the interior lighting.
pressed, or when the ignition is switched
DEMO MODE : When the shift lever is in off. When the doors are closed, press m or
P (Park) (automatic transmission) or the park
brake is applied (manual transmission),
n to turn on each lamp.
This feature adjusts the brightness of the touch to turn the feature on in colors To operate, the ignition must be on, in ACC/
steering wheel controls and instrument chosen by the vehicle. When the shift lever ACCESSORY, or using Retained Accessory
panel lights. The knob for this feature is on is not in P (Park) or the park brake is not Power (RAP).
the left side of the instrument panel. applied, the interior color will default to the
Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise last active color selected in light
to brighten or dim the instrument panel strips mode.
lights at night. Turn the knob completely LINK TO DRIVE MODE : The light color is
clockwise to turn on the interior lamps. matched to the color being used for the
drive mode.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
112 Lighting
Lighting Features The exterior and interior lamps remain on The battery can be discharged at idle if the
after the door is closed for a set amount of electrical loads are very high. This is true for
Entry Lighting time then automatically turn off. all vehicles. This is because the generator
Exit lighting for exterior lights can be (alternator) may not be spinning fast
Some exterior lamps and interior lamps turn enough at idle to produce all of the power
on briefly at night, or in areas with limited changed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 104.
needed for very high electrical loads.
lighting, when K is pressed on the Remote Theater Dimming A high electrical load occurs when several of
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. After about the following are on, such as: headlamps,
30 seconds the exterior lamps turn off. This feature allows for a three to five
second fade out of the interior lamps high beams, rear window defogger, climate
Entry lighting can be disabled manually by instead of having them turn off control fan at high speed, heated seats,
turning the ignition on or to ACC/ immediately. engine cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads
ACCESSORY, or by pressing Q on the RKE plugged into accessory power outlets.
transmitter. When any door is opened or Battery Load Management EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of
remote unlock pressed, all interior lights The vehicle has Electric Power Management the battery. It does this by balancing the
turn on and then interior lamps dim to off (EPM) that estimates the battery's generator's output and the vehicle's
after 20 seconds. temperature and state of charge. It then electrical needs. It can increase engine idle
The entry lighting feature for exterior adjusts the voltage for best performance speed to generate more power whenever
lighting can be changed. See “Vehicle and extended life of the battery. needed. It can temporarily reduce the power
Locator Lights” under Vehicle Personalization demands of some accessories.
When the battery's state of charge is low,
0 104. the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring Normally, these actions occur in steps or
the charge back up. When the state of levels, without being noticeable. In rare
Exit Lighting charge is high, the voltage is lowered cases at the highest levels of corrective
Some exterior lamps come on at night or in slightly to prevent overcharging. If the action, this action may be noticeable to the
areas with limited lighting when the driver vehicle has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage driver. If so, a DIC message might be
door is opened after the ignition is display on the Driver Information Center displayed and it is recommended that the
turned off. (DIC), you may see the voltage move up or driver reduce the electrical loads as much as
down. This is normal. If there is a problem, possible.
The interior lamps come on after the
ignition is turned off or any door is opened. an alert will be displayed.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Lighting 113
Battery Power Protection
This feature shuts off the interior lamps if
they are left on for more than 10 minutes
when the ignition is off. This helps to
prevent the battery from running down.
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver

The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes
after the ignition is turned off, if the parking
lamps or headlamps have been manually
left on. This protects against draining the
battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn
the exterior lamp control to the off position
and then back to the parking lamp or
headlamp position.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in
ACC/ACCESSORY.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
114 Infotainment System

Infotainment System OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . 139
Introduction
Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Read the following pages to become familiar
Introduction Problems with Route Guidance . . . . . . . . 139 with the features.
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 If the System Needs Service . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 { Warning
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Database Coverage Explanations . . . . . . 140
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Taking your eyes off the road for too
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Voice Recognition long or too often while using any
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 infotainment feature can cause a crash.
Radio You or others could be injured or killed.
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Performance Data Recorder (PDR) Do not give extended attention to
HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Performance Data Recorder (PDR) . . . . . 146 infotainment tasks while driving. Limit
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 your glances at the vehicle displays and
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 focus your attention on driving. Use voice
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a commands whenever possible.
Phone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Audio Players Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . 154 The infotainment system has built-in
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . 124 features intended to help avoid distraction
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Settings by disabling some features when driving.
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 These features may gray out when they are
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 unavailable. Many infotainment features are
also available through the instrument cluster
OnStar System Trademarks and License Agreements and steering wheel controls.
OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Before driving:
Navigation . Become familiar with the operation,
Using the Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . 129 center stack controls, steering wheel
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 controls, and infotainment display.
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Infotainment System 115

. Set up the audio by presetting favorite
stations, setting the tone, and adjusting
the speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in advance so they
can be called easily by pressing a single
control or by using a single voice
command.
See Distracted Driving 0 182.
Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)
If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the
vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the
factory-installed audio system, radio, Uplevel Radio Shown, Base Radio Similar
speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction
system, and exhaust system to work . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to
properly. Deactivation is required by your 1. { (Home Page)
. Press to go to the Home Page. See the beginning of the current or
dealer if related aftermarket equipment is
previous track. Press and hold to
installed. “Home Page” later in this section.
quickly reverse through a track.
. Press to exit Android Auto or Apple Release to return to playing speed.
Overview CarPlay. To enter back into Android See USB Port 0 124 or
Infotainment System Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and Bluetooth Audio 0 127.
hold. See Apple CarPlay and
The infotainment system is controlled by 3. O (Power)
Android Auto 0 154.
using the infotainment display, controls on . Press to turn the power on.
2. 7
the center stack, steering wheel controls, . Press and hold to turn the
and voice recognition. . Radio: Press and release to go to
power off.
the previous station or channel.
Press and hold to fast seek the . Press to mute/unmute the system
next strongest previous station or when on.
channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 120.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. When the power is on and the 5. S BACK or 5 Managing Home Page Icons
system is not muted, a quick 1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page
. Press S BACK to return to the
status pane will display when O is icons to enter edit mode.
previous display in a menu.
pressed. Pressing O will mute the 2. Continue holding the icon and drag it to
. Press 5 and release to access the
system and trigger this pane to the desired position.
show a long press is required to phone display or answer an
incoming call. 3. Release your finger to drop the icon in
actually power down the system.
the desired position.
. Turn to decrease or increase the Home Page
volume. 4. To move an application to another page,
The Home Page is where vehicle application drag the icon to the edge of the display
4. 6 icons are accessed. Some applications are toward the desired page.
. Radio: Press and release to go to disabled when the vehicle is moving.
5. Continue dragging and dropping
the next station or channel. Press The Home Page can be set up to have up to application icons as desired.
and hold to fast seek the next four pages with eight icons per page.
strongest station or channel.
. USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the
Swipe left or right across the display to
access the pages of icons.
next track. Press and hold to fast
forward through a track. Release to
return to playing speed. See USB
Port 0 124 or
Bluetooth Audio 0 127.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Steering Wheel Controls g (1) : Press to answer an incoming call or
start voice recognition. See Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 150 or
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 151.
R (1) : Press to decline an incoming call
or end a current call. Press to mute or
unmute the infotainment system when not
on a call.
x + or x − (2) : Press to increase or decrease
volume.
l FAV or FAV g (3) : Press to display a
list of favorites. Press again to select the
next or previous favorite when listening to
the radio.
Using the System

Audio
Touch the Audio icon to display the active
audio source page. Examples of available
sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if
equipped), USB, and Bluetooth.
Phone
Touch the Phone icon to display the Phone
If equipped, some audio controls can be main page. See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 150
adjusted at the steering wheel. or
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 151.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Nav Apple CarPlay Availability of apps and connectivity varies
by vehicle, conditions, and location. Data
Touch the Nav icon (if equipped) to display Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to activate
plan rates apply. Features are subject to
the navigation map. See Using the Apple CarPlay (if equipped) after a
change. For more information, see
Navigation System 0 129. supported device is connected. See Apple
www.my.chevrolet.com/learn.
CarPlay and Android Auto 0 154.
Climate OnStar Services
Touch the Climate icon to display the
Android Auto
If equipped, touch the OnStar Services icon
Climate main page. See Dual Automatic Touch the Android Auto icon to activate
to display the OnStar Services and Account
Climate Control System 0 176. Android Auto (if equipped) after a supported
pages. See OnStar Overview 0 334 and
device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and
Wi-Fi Hotspot OnStar System 0 128.
Android Auto 0 154.
Touch the Wi-Fi Hotspot icon to display the Camera
Wi-Fi Hotspot information. See Settings
Apps
If equipped, touch the Camera icon to access
0 156. If equipped, in-vehicle apps are available for
the camera application. See Assistance
download. Touch the Apps icon on the
Users Systems for Parking or Backing 0 224.
Home Page to begin.
If equipped, touch the Users icon to sign in Downloading and using in-vehicle apps Shortcut Tray
or create a new user profile, and follow the requires Internet connectivity which can be The shortcut tray is near the bottom of the
on-screen instructions. accessed with a data plan through the display. It shows up to four applications.
Only four user profiles can be active at one vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE Wi-Fi hotspot,
time in the vehicle. It may be necessary to if equipped, or a compatible mobile device Infotainment Display Features
remove a profile from the menu before hotspot. On most mobile devices, activation Infotainment display features show on the
creating or signing into an existing profile. of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the device’s display when available. When a feature is
The removed profile can be logged into at a Settings menu under Mobile Network unavailable, it may gray out. When a
later time. Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, feature is touched, it may highlight.
or similar.
Settings
Touch the Settings icon to display the
Settings menu. See Settings 0 156.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Haptic Feedback Touch and Hold done up, down, right, or left. This feature is
only available when vehicle is parked and
If equipped, haptic feedback is a pulse that
not in motion.
occurs when an icon or option is touched on
the display or when controls on the center Nudge
stack are pressed.
Infotainment Gestures
Use the following finger gestures to control
the infotainment system.
Touch/Tap
Touch and hold can be used to start another
gesture, or to move or delete an application.
Drag
Nudge is used to move items a short
distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold
and move the selected item up or down to
a new location.
Fling or Swipe
Touch/tap is used to select an icon or

option, activate an application, or change
the location inside a map.
Drag is used to move applications on the
Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the
item, it must be held and moved along the
display to the new location. This can be
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a Pinch Software Updates
list, pan the map, or change page views. Do
this by placing a finger on the display then Over-the-Air Software Updates
moving it rapidly up and down or right If equipped, see “Updates” under Settings
and left. 0 156 for details on software updates.
Spread
Radio
AM-FM Radio
Pinch is used to zoom out on a map, certain Playing the Radio
images, or a web page. Place finger and From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon
thumb apart on the display, then move to display the active audio source page.
them together. Choose from the three most recently used
sources listed at the left side of the display
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle or touch the More option to display a list of
Spread is used to zoom in on a map, certain Information and Radio Displays
images, or a web page. Place finger and available sources. Examples of available
thumb together on the display, then move For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if
them apart. vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to equipped), MyMedia, USB, AUX, and
wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface Bluetooth.
with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle
brush to remove dirt that could scratch the Infotainment System Sound Menu
surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by From any of the audio source main pages,
gently rubbing to clean. Never use window touch Sound to display the following:
cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash
Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange,
the microfiber cloth separately, using mild
Treble, and Surround (if equipped) using the
soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener.
options on the infotainment display.
Rinse thoroughly and air dry before
next use.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by using the Direct Tune A valid AM or FM station will automatically
controls on the infotainment display or by tune to the new frequency but not close the
tapping/dragging the crosshair. Direct Tune display. When listening to SXM
(if equipped), touch Go after entering the
Finding a Station channel. Touch the Back icon on the
Seeking a Station infotainment display or touch z to exit out
of Direct Tune.
The tune arrows on the right side of the
Direct Tune display will tune through the
complete station or channel list one station
Access Direct Tune by touching the Tune step at a time per touch. A touch and hold
icon on the infotainment display to bring up advances through stations or channels
the keypad. Navigate through all frequencies quickly.
using the arrows on the right side of the If equipped, HD Radio multicast stations
Direct Tune display. Directly enter a station cannot be tuned directly through the Direct
From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped) or channel using the keypad. When a new Tune feature. Only the analog or
option, press 6 or 7 on the center stack station or channel is entered, the HD1 station can use that feature. Use the
to search for the previous or next strong information about that station or channel display arrows to adjust to the multicast
station or channel. displays on the right side. This information stations.
will update with each new valid frequency.
Browsing Stations Touch H to save the station or channel as
Touch the Browse option to list all available a favorite.
stations or channels. Navigate up and down The keypad will gray out entries that do not
through all stations by scrolling the list. contribute to a valid frequency and will
Touch the station or channel you want to automatically place a decimal point within
listen to. Touch H to save the station or the frequency number.
channel as a favorite.
Touch (X) to delete one number at a time.
If equipped, touch Update Station List to Touch and hold (X) to delete all numbers.
update the active stations in your area.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

AM, FM, and SXM Categories Favorites can also be stored by touching H seconds. The radio will also display icons
in a station or channel list. This will representing additional channels (HD2,
highlight indicating that it is now saved as a ...HD8), that may be available. When the
favorite. radio successfully tunes to a HD station,
the HD logo will display and digital
The number of favorites displayed is audio will play.
automatically adjusted by default, but can
be manually adjusted in Settings in the 2. Touch the display arrows to tune to the
System tab under Favorites and then Set previous or next HD Radio station.
Number of Audio Favorites. It can also be There may be a delay before the station
adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab under starts playing.
From the AM stations, if equipped with HD Audio and then Set Number of Audio
The HD Radio station number is indicated
Radio, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display, Favorites.
next to the HD logo.
touch Categories at the top of the Browse
menu to access the categories list. The list HD Radio Technology HD Radio stations can be saved as favorites.
contains names associated with the AM or If equipped, HD Radio is a free service with For a list of all stations, see
FM stations, or SXM channels. Touch a features such as digital quality sound, more www.hdradio.com.
category name to display a list of stations stations available on a single frequency such HD Radio Troubleshooting
or channels for that category. Touching a as HD2 and HD3, and display information
station or channel from the list will tune the such as artist and song title. Digital Audio Delay : Wait for the signal to
radio to that station or channel. process. This can take several seconds.
From the Now Playing display, touch the HD
Storing Radio Station Presets Radio icon to turn HD on or off. Volume Change, Audio Skip, Echo, Digital
Audio Lost : Station signal strength may be
Favorites show in the area at the top of the Station Access weak, the station is out of range, or the
display. To access HD Radio stations: station may be out of alignment. Verify
AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), and HD Radio 1. Tune the radio to the station. If HD proper reception on another station.
Stations (if equipped) : Press and hold a Radio is turned on and the station is If the HD Radio signal weakens while
preset to store the current station or broadcasting in HD Radio, the radio will listening to HD1, the radio will automatically
channel as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite automatically tune to the HD version of switch to the analog version of the radio
to recall a favorite station or channel. the current channel (HD1) after several station.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

If the HD Radio signal loses reception while Satellite Radio by model and require a complete working
listening to stations HD2 to HD8, the radio electrical system, cell reception, and GPS
mutes until the signal can be recovered or SiriusXM Radio Service signal. An active connected plan is required.
until the station is changed. If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM Reference the SiriusXM user guide for use
HD Radio can be disabled if driving in a radio subscription can receive SiriusXM and subscription information.
weak signal area. Touch HD Radio On/Off to programming.
toggle HD Radio reception on and off. SiriusXM radio has a wide variety of
Radio Reception
programming and commercial-free music, Unplug electronic devices from the accessory
Radio Data System (RDS) coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. In power outlets if there is interference or
If equipped, RDS features are available for the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call static in the radio.
use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS 1-888-601-6296. In Canada, see
information. With RDS, the radio can: www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. FM
. Group stations by Category (i.e., Program When SiriusXM is active, the channel name, FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10
Type) such as Rock, Jazz, Classical, etc. number, song title, and artist appear on the to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in
. Display messages from radio stations. display. electronic circuit that automatically works to
reduce interference, some static can occur,
This system relies on receiving specific SiriusXM with 360L especially around tall buildings or hills,
information from these stations and only causing the sound to fade in and out.
works when the information is available. SiriusXM with 360L interface has enhanced
It is possible that a radio station could in-vehicle listening experience for AM
broadcast incorrect information that causes subscribers. The experience now offers more
categories and system learned The range for most AM stations is greater
the radio features to work improperly. If this than for FM, especially at night. The longer
happens, contact the radio station. recommendations toward discovering more
personalized content. range can cause station frequencies to
When information is broadcast from a RDS interfere with each other. Static can also
station, the station name or call letters To use the full SiriusXM 360L program, occur when things like storms and power
display on the audio screen. Radio text including streaming content and listening lines interfere with radio reception. When
supporting the currently playing broadcast recommendations, OnStar Connected Access this happens, try reducing the treble on the
may also appear. is required. Connected vehicle services vary radio.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service Audio Players Playing from a USB
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service A USB mass storage device can be connected
provides digital radio reception. Tall Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices to the USB port.
buildings or hills can interfere with satellite When using media devices such as SD cards, Audio extensions supported by the USB may
radio signals, causing the sound to fade in USB devices, and mobile devices, consider include:
and out. In addition, traveling or standing the source. Untrusted media devices could . MP3
under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, contain files that affect system operation or
or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM . AAC
performance. Avoid use if the content or
signal for a period of time. Some cellular origin cannot be trusted. . OGG
services may interfere with SXM reception . 3GP
causing loss of signal. USB Port Gracenote
Mobile Device Usage Audio stored on a USB device may be When plugging in a USB device, Gracenote
listened to. service builds voice tags for music. Voice
Mobile device usage, such as making or
receiving calls, charging, or just having the The vehicle may be equipped with two USB tags allow artists, albums with hard to
mobile device on may cause static ports in the center console. These ports are pronounce names, and nicknames to be used
interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile for data and charging. to play music through voice recognition,
device or turn it off if this happens. if equipped.
Caution
While indexing, infotainment features may
Multi-Band Antenna To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all be available.
The roof antenna is for AM, FM, SiriusXM accessories and disconnect all accessory
My Media Library
Satellite Radio, OnStar, and GPS (Global cables from the vehicle when not in use.
Positioning System). Keep clear of Accessory cables left plugged into the MyMedia is only available when more than
obstructions for clear reception. If the vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be one indexed device is connected. It allows
vehicle has a sunroof, and it is open, damaged or cause an electrical short if access to content from all indexed media
reception can also be affected. the unconnected end comes in contact sources. MyMedia will show as an available
with liquids or another power source such source in the Source page.
as the accessory power outlet.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

USB MP3 Player and USB Devices Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play Artists:
The USB MP3 players and USB devices music in random order. 1. Touch to view the list of artists stored
connected must comply with the USB Mass USB Sound Menu on the USB.
Storage Class specification (USB MSC). See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” 2. Touch an artist name to view a list of all
To play a USB device: under AM-FM Radio 0 120. albums by the artist.
1. Connect the USB. USB Browse Menu 3. To select a song, touch All Songs or
touch an album and then touch a song
2. Touch Audio from the Home Page. When a list of songs, albums, artists, from the list.
3. Touch the More option and then touch or other types of media displays, the up and
the USB device. down arrows and A-Z appear on the left Songs:
side. Select A-Z to view a display that will 1. Touch to display a list of all songs on
Use the following when playing an active the USB.
USB source: show all letters of the alphabet and select
the letter to go to. 2. To begin playback, touch a song from
p : Touch to play the current media source. Touch the up and down arrows to move the the list.
j : Touch to pause playback of the current list up and down. Albums:
media source. Touch Browse and the following may 1. Touch to view the albums on the USB.
7: display: 2. Touch the album to view a list of all
. Touch to seek the beginning of the Playlists: songs on the album.
current or previous track. 1. Touch to view the playlists stored on 3. Touch a song from the list to begin
. Touch and hold to reverse quickly the USB. playback.
through playback. Release to return to 2. Touch a playlist to view the list of all Genres:
playing speed. Elapsed time displays. songs in that playlist. 1. Touch to view the genres on the USB.
6: 3. Touch a song from the list to begin 2. Touch a genre to view a list of artists.
. Touch to seek the next track. playback.
3. Touch an artist to view albums by that
. Touch and hold to advance quickly Supported playlist extensions are m3u artist.
through playback. Release to return to and pls. 4. Touch an album to view songs on the
playing speed. Elapsed time displays. album.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

5. Touch a song to start playback. File System and Naming Artists : Touch H next to any artist to
Composers: File systems supported by the USB may store the artist as a favorite. Touch a saved
include: favorite to recall a favorite artist. The first
1. Touch to view the composers on
. FAT32 song in the artist list begins to play.
the USB.
2. Touch a Composer to view a list of . NTFS Songs : Touch H next to any song to store
albums by that composer. . HFS+ the song as a favorite. Touch a saved
3. Touch an album or All Songs to view a favorite to recall a favorite song.
The songs, artists, albums, and genres are
list of songs. taken from the file’s song information and Albums : Touch H next to any album to
4. Touch a song from the list to begin are only displayed if present. The radio store the album as a favorite. Touch a saved
playback. displays the file name as the track name if favorite to recall a favorite album. The first
the song information is not available. song in the album list begins to play.
Folders:
1. Touch to view the directories on Supported Apple Devices Genres : Touch H next to any genre to
the USB. To view supported devices, see store the genre as a favorite. Touch a saved
2. Touch a folder to view a list of all files. my.chevrolet.com/learn. favorite to recall a favorite genre. The first
song of the genre begins to play.
3. Touch a file from the list to begin Storing and Recalling Media Favorites
playback. Podcasts : Touch H next to any podcast to
To store media favorites, touch Browse to
Podcasts : Touch to view the podcasts on store the podcast as a favorite. Touch a
display a list of media types.
the connected Apple device and get a list of saved favorite to recall a favorite podcast.
Touch one of the following Browse options The podcast begins to play.
podcast episodes.
to save a favorite:
Audiobooks: Audiobooks : Touch H next to any
Playlists : Touch H next to any playlist to audiobook to store the audiobook as a
1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored on
store the playlist as a favorite. Touch a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a
the Apple device.
saved favorite to recall a favorite playlist. favorite audiobook. The first chapter in the
2. Touch an audiobook to get a list of The first song in the playlist begins to play. audiobook begins to play.
chapters.
3. Touch the chapter from the list to begin
playback.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Media Playback and Mute Shuffle and Browse are not available in the Bluetooth Sound Menu
AUX source menu. See “Infotainment System Sound Menu”
USB playback will be paused if the system is
muted. If the steering wheel mute control is Bluetooth Audio under AM-FM Radio 0 120.
pressed again, playback will resume. Manage Bluetooth Devices
Music may be played from a paired
If the source is changed while in mute, Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Overview) From the Home Page:
playback resumes and audio will unmute. 0 150 or 1. Touch Audio.
Auxiliary Jack Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 151
2. Touch More.
for help pairing a device.
If equipped, this vehicle has an auxiliary 3. Touch Bluetooth.
Volume and song selection may be
input jack in the center console. Possible 4. Touch Devices to add or delete devices.
controlled by using the infotainment
auxiliary audio sources include:
controls or the mobile device. If Bluetooth is When touching Bluetooth, the radio may
. Laptop computer selected and no volume is present, check the not be able to launch the audio player on
. Audio music player volume setting on the infotainment system. the connected device to start playing. When
This jack is not an audio output. Do not Music can be launched by touching the vehicle is not moving, use the mobile
plug headphones into the auxiliary input Bluetooth from the recent sources list on device to begin playback.
jack. Set up an auxiliary device while the the left of the display or by touching the All devices launch audio differently. When
vehicle is in P (Park). More option and then touching the selecting Bluetooth as a source, the radio
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable from the Bluetooth device. may show as paused on the display. Press
auxiliary device to the auxiliary input jack. To play music via Bluetooth: play on the device or touch p on the
When a device is connected, the system can 1. Power on the device, and pair to connect display to begin playback.
play audio from the device over the vehicle the device. Browse functionality will be provided where
speakers. supported by the Bluetooth device. This
2. Once paired, touch Audio from the Home
If an auxiliary device has already been Page, then touch Bluetooth from the media content will not be part of the
connected, but a different source is currently recent sources list on the left of the MyMedia source mode.
active, touch More and then touch AUX to display. Some smartphones support sending
make the source active. Bluetooth music information to display on
the radio. When the radio receives this
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

information, it will check to see if any is be done using the app. To open the app, Turn-by-Turn Directions
available and display it. For more touch the OnStar icon on the Home Page. With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor
information about supported Bluetooth App updates require a corresponding service can download a destination to the vehicle or
features, see my.chevrolet.com/learn. plan. Features vary by region and model. its embedded navigation system,
Features are subject to change. For more if equipped. Select Turn-by-Turn Directions
OnStar System information, see my.chevrolet.com/learn or from the Services tab of the OnStar app to
press Q. call an Advisor or select a recent or favorite
4G LTE destination. Touch the navigation icons to
Services
If equipped with 4G LTE, up to seven select home, address or place. A destination
The Services tab displays the default view transfer from OnStar will show the detail
devices, such as smartphones, tablets, and
for the app. Use this page to launch the view of the destination when it is
laptops, can be connected to high-speed
available OnStar services. Touch a service to transferred from OnStar to the Navigation
Internet through the vehicle’s built-in Wi-Fi
open its display. Touch Wi-Fi to launch the application. See www.onstar.com for a
hotspot.
connections manager. Turn-by-Turn and coverage map. Services vary by model. Map
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to Advisor Call are the other tiled options. coverage is available in the United States,
connect to an OnStar Advisor for assistance. Puerto Rico, and Canada.
Account
See www.onstar.com for vehicle availability,
details, and system limitations. Service and The Account tab displays a snapshot of the Wi-Fi Hotspot
connectivity may vary by make, model, account linked with the vehicle. If there is Touch to display the Settings page, which
year, carrier, availability, and conditions. 4G no such account, this tab will show all shows the configurations for the vehicle
LTE service is available in select markets. 4G values as ——. The advisor call icon will be hotspot and allows them to be changed.
LTE performance is based on industry active even if there is no active account.
averages and vehicle systems design. Some For more information, see www.onstar.com.
Advisor Call
services require a data plan.
Selecting Advisor Call is the same as
The OnStar App pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR
If equipped, the infotainment system has (1-888-466-7827). The X option in the upper
OnStar controls in the embedded OnStar app right corner of the screen does not end the
on the Home Page. Most OnStar functions call, but returns to the previous screen.
that can be performed with the buttons can
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. Local map content updating.
Navigation Destination Card Preferences
Predictive Navigation can also be enabled or From the Nav application, set up Home and
Using the Navigation System disabled at a later time by touching A Work addresses to enable one-touch
If equipped, launch the Nav application by (Options). While in Options, touch Settings, navigation. To set up Home and Work
touching the Nav icon on the Home Page or then Map and Navigation Settings, and then addresses, touch A and select Settings,
on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the Predictive Navigation. See Settings 0 156. then Map and Navigation Settings, and then
infotainment display. Navigation Map View Destination Card Preferences. Show My
Places on Map should be on by default.
When the Nav application is launched for Select and enter Home and/or Work address
the first time, a product walkthrough is and save.
available. Use of the feature requires the
Terms and Conditions and the Privacy
statement to be confirmed. If available and
signed into a profile, it is also suggested to
enable and confirm Predictive Navigation.
Predictive Navigation (If Equipped)
If Predictive Navigation is available and
confirmed, this feature learns preferences by After opening the Nav application for the
remembering where the vehicle has been. first time, the application will always open
It uses the locations and navigation history in full map view displaying the vehicle’s
current location. When the vehicle is If the vehicle’s system is not signed into a
to personalize routes and results. customized profile, the current location icon
stopped, the search bar will appear along
Predictive Navigation may learn elements the top of the navigation map view. uses a generic symbol. Once signed into a
such as: Manually close the search bar by touching customized profile, the current location
. Personalized routes based on preferred symbol will show a customized icon. See
z. When the vehicle is moving, the } Navigation Symbols 0 132.
streets. (Search) icon will replace the search bar to
. Search results that provide best matches maximize the full map view. Map and Navigation Settings
at the top of the list. Touch A while in the map view to display
. Predictive traffic. options. The following may display:
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. 3D Heading Up, 2D Heading Up, 2D North Map Preferences with the next turn occurring shortly after,
. Show on Map Touch to choose between basic map feature the Auto-Zoom will remain on until both
. Traffic Events (available with OnStar configurations: turns are completed.
Connected Navigation) Route Preferences
Map Colors
. Settings
. Auto – Touch to automatically change Touch to access the Route Preferences. The
. Edit Destination (if a route has been set) choices are:
modes based on lighting conditions.
. Avoid on Route (if a route has been set) . Day (Light) . Preferred Route – Choose from two
Touch Settings to view Map and Navigation . Night (Dark) different route options: Fastest or
Settings. The following may display: Eco-Friendly.
3D Landmark (Default is On) : Touch On or
. Destination Card Preferences ‐ Fastest would be the route with the
Off. When turned on, the system will
. Map Preferences shortest drive time.
display all 3D Landmarks on the map
. Route Preferences depending on the zoom level. ‐ Eco-Friendly would be the most
. Navigation Voice Control fuel-efficient route.
3D Building (Default is Off) : Touch On or
. Traffic Preferences . Avoid on Current Route – Choose any of
display all of the possible 3D building shapes the road features to avoid while on route:
. Alert Preferences
. Fuel Grade Preferences on the map depending on the zoom level. ‐ Highways
. Manage History Show Terrain in 3D (Default is Off) : ‐ Unpaved Roads
. Predictive Navigation: See “Predictive If equipped, touch On or Off. When turned ‐ Ferries
Navigation (If Equipped)” previously in on, the system will display terrain ‐ Carpool Lanes
this section. information on the map in 3D view.
‐ Toll Roads
. About Auto-Zoom (Default is On) : Touch On or ‐ Tunnels
To exit a list, touch z in the top right automatically adjust the zoom level when ‐ Country Borders
corner to return to the main map view. the vehicle is approaching a turn. After the Navigation Voice Control
Make sure to set up preferences before turn is completed, the system automatically
brings the zoom back to the originally set Touch to access the voice control setting
setting a destination and starting active
level. If the vehicle is approaching a turn display.
guidance.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. Navigation Volume – To adjust the . Auto Reroute to Better Route – The About
volume level, touch the up and down system will automatically reroute if the
Touch to display software information,
arrows. If the voice guidance prompt is system detects there is a traffic issue
such as:
being heard, volume can also be adjusted ahead.
using the knob on the center stack or the . Telenav Terms and Conditions
. Ask Before Rerouting (Default) – If the
volume switch on the steering wheel. system detects there is a traffic issue . Telenav Privacy Statement
. Navigation Voice Prompt Level during a ahead, it will display a pop-up with . Navigation Version
Call. Options available are: details about the issue. Choose to reroute
or cancel the alert. Maps
‐ Full Prompt (Selected by default)
‐ Tone Only . Never Search for Better Route – The The Nav application requires a map database
system will not check for a better route to run. It is stored on an SD card that is
‐ None until one of the above options is selected. connected to the infotainment system. If the
Traffic Events (If Equipped) Alert Preferences map database is not available, a missing SD
card error message will be displayed.
This feature provides a list of events that Set alerts on or off during both inactive and
are on the route or nearby. Touch A and active guidance views. The following alerts SD Card Error Messages
then select Traffic Events. An OnStar may be available: The SD card only works for one unique
connected Navigation service plan is . Road Safety Alerts – Touch to display vehicle. The SD card must pass
required. upcoming School Zones. authentication verification to be used for
Traffic Preferences (If Equipped) . Traffic Camera Alerts that specific vehicle. Potential error scenarios
and messages include:
While in Map View, touch A, then Settings Manage History . The SD card has initialized for the first
and then Map and Navigation Settings to Touch Manage History to access the History time: “Once initialized, this SD card can
access Traffic Preferences. When Show options: only be used for navigation in this
Traffic on Map is turned on, the feature vehicle.”
provides an overview of the traffic flow . Clear Recent Destinations – Touch \ to
clear the recent destinations. . The SD card is not working properly: “SD
using different coded colors. The following
card is not functioning properly.
options are available for rerouting: . Clear Search History – Touch \ to clear
(Error Code).”
the search history.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. The SD card is not paired with the
existing system: “This SD card is not valid
in this vehicle for navigation. See Owner’s
Manual for more detail or visit your
dealer. (Error Code).”
. The SD card has been removed from the
slot: “SD card has been removed. This is the vehicle’s current location icon If equipped, smart Points of Interest (POIs)
(Error Code).” during inactive guidance mode. Once a user are places of interest for parking and gas
Touch Continue to resume after the profile is created, the current location icon stations.
initialization error message. For the other can be customized.
messages, touch OK to return to the This icon indicates the vehicle’s current
Home Page. location and direction on the map.
Navigation Symbols
Following are the most common symbols
that may appear in the Nav application.
The progress bar provides an overview of
the route progress and may show traffic and
incidents along the way. As the route
The destination pin marks the location of proceeds, the vehicle icon moves up the bar.
the final destination. Touch the pin to view Touch the icon to zoom out on the map and
the destination address or to add it or view the entire route. Touch it again to
remove it from the Favorites list. Hide the return to the previous view.
This indicates the vehicle’s current location information by touching the pin one more View the drive time by touching the
and direction on the map. time. It will automatically time out if no estimated time of arrival (ETA).
action is taken.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Current Location 2. Search for the destination using One-Box, Editing a Waypoint
When the vehicle is parked and not in a Voice search, or the Quick Category When waypoints are added during active
Navigation session, the user icon is centered icons. guidance, the system allows a stop to be
on the map view, highlighting the current 3. Choose search results Along Route, deleted or the order to be changed. To edit
location. Nearby, or Near Destination. a waypoint:
4. Choose the desired waypoint and touch 1. Touch A.
Destination Add to Trip or replace the current
destination by touching New Destination. 2. Touch Edit Destinations.
Receiving Destination Directions from
. Modify destination order by touching
Different Sources Route options are not available for and holding the arrow until it is
Destinations can be received or transferred waypoints. highlighted. Drag to move the
from different sources to the Nav application Arriving at a Waypoint waypoint up or down the list.
for route guidance. If equipped, some of
When approaching a waypoint, the system . Delete a waypoint by touching Y.
these sources may include:
will display a Destination Arrival view. To A pop-up will appear to confirm
. Navigation from search results.
continue on to the next destination touch waypoint removal. Once the request
. OnStar Advisor destination download. the Drive to message on the infotainment is confirmed, the system will remove
. An address from the Contacts list. display. the address from the destinations list.
. An application on the smartphone that If the vehicle passes the waypoint or gets Touch z on the top right corner so
can send destinations to the vehicle. out of the current route, the system will the system can recalculate the route.
. An application downloaded to the vehicle automatically reroute back to this waypoint. If there is only one address in the
such as OnStar Services that can send At the same time, it will show a Drive to destinations list, the system will
destinations to the navigation system. icon along with the next waypoint address disable the move and delete
so the current waypoint can be skipped and functions. The system will not allow
Waypoints guidance can resume to the next waypoint the final destination to be deleted.
Add up to five waypoints, which are or destination.
additional destinations, along the route. To Map Information
add an additional stop or waypoint: Road network attributes are contained in the
1. From active guidance, touch }. map database for map information.
Attributes include information such as street
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

names, street addresses, and turn Map Gestures and Map Scale Map Orientation
restrictions. A detailed area includes all
major highways, service roads, and
Use the following gestures on the Touch A on the map to access map
infotainment display to adjust the map scale orientation settings. Map orientation is 3D
residential roads. The detailed areas include
and display options. Heading Up by default.
Places of Interest (POIs) such as restaurants,
airports, banks, hospitals, police stations, gas . Pinch to zoom in or out. Available settings are:
stations, tourist attractions, and historical . Pan the map. . 3D Heading Up (Default): 3D map with
monuments. . Use two fingers to tilt down and change the vehicle pointing up. In this mode, the
If the vehicle does not have an applicable from 2D to 3D. Tilt up to change back current location icon will always head up
service plan, the map database may not to 2D. and the map will rotate around it.
include data for newly constructed areas or . Rotate the map. . 2D Heading Up: 2D map with the vehicle
map database corrections that are See Using the System 0 117. pointing up. In this mode, the current
completed after production. The navigation location icon will always head up and the
system provides full route guidance in the Mute map will rotate around it.
detailed map areas. When in active guidance, the audio prompts . 2D North Up: 2D map with North pointing
Zoom Control while using navigation can be muted. Touch up. In this mode, the current location icon
the speaker icon on the right side of the will shift as the vehicle turns left and
The zoom control display is shown on the upper bar. A slash will appear on the right.
map view. A few ways to zoom in or speaker to indicate voice guidance is muted.
out are: Touch the icon to change the map type. The
Active Guidance View icon and label will also update accordingly.
. Touch + or – to zoom in or out on
the map. When a destination is chosen and a Depending on the zoom level of the 2D
. Double tap with one finger to zoom in or navigation session is active, the navigation Heading Up and 3D Heading Up maps, the
single tap with two fingers to zoom out system enters into an Active Guidance system may automatically switch to the 2D
on the map. View (AGV). North Up map.
. Use the index finger and thumb to zoom When in AGV, the entire route can be
out by pinching and then zoom in by viewed in 2D North Up by touching the
spreading those two fingers on the map. traffic bar. The map will zoom out and
readjust to display the full route. When in
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

2D North Up Route View, the Recenter icon When the vehicle is approaching a turn with removed from the route by touching Y next
will appear in the middle of the display. the next turn following in quick succession, to the segment. A pop-up appears to
Touch either the Recenter icon or the traffic a quick-turn list appears below the primary confirm segment removal.
bar again to return to the previous view, turn indicator. An audio prompt will
either 2D or 3D. announce the quick turn. When the route segment has been removed,
all segments are replaced by an activity
Lane Guidance Auto-Zoom indicator while the new route is
The map will display the lane information When approaching a maneuver, the map recalculated. When the recalculation is
for the upcoming maneuver if it is available. will automatically zoom in to show both the complete, the activity indicator is replaced
vehicle icon and the upcoming maneuver to with the new route segments.
Junction View
give a better view of the maneuver. Once Highway Exits List
When a vehicle is on the highway and the maneuver is complete, the system will
approaching the exit, an image displays the zoom back to the previous zoom level.
lane that the vehicle must stay in to Touch A on the map to access Settings,
complete the next maneuver. then touch Map Preferences to access
Quick-Turn View Auto-Zoom. This feature can be enabled or
disabled.
Directions
Touch the menu option next to the next
turn street name to display Directions.
Directions displays the turns and directions Touch C to open the Exit list. This icon
from the current location to the final displays next to the current street name
destination. near the bottom of the display. The icon
only appears when on a highway with
Editing Directions defined exits.
Directions can be edited by choosing y, While traveling on roads with designated
which expands the list to fill the display and exits, an Exit list may be available. The Exit
enters the Edit Mode. While in Edit Mode, list displays the exit number, distance to the
an unwanted route segment can be
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

exit from the current vehicle position, and This symbol indicates the next guidance If the system has determined that the
convenience stops that may be available, maneuver. Touch it to repeat the last destination has been reached, either because
such as gas, coffee, food, and lodging. spoken guidance instruction. the arrival view displayed or the destination
Next Maneuver Menu Incident Alert (If Equipped) has been passed, the Resume Trip option
will not appear.
When in Active Guidance, the Next During active guidance, if the system
Maneuver Turn Arrow, Street Name, and determines that there is an incident ahead Favorites
Maneuver Distance are shown in the Next but there is not a better route, the system The navigation favorites can have contacts,
Maneuver at the top of the display will play a tone and show a Quick Notice. addresses, or POIs that have been saved
overlaying the map. ETA, Distance to This will only show once per incident. through the favorite icon on the
Destination, and Traffic Indicator are Incident Reports (If Equipped) details view.
displayed in a panel pinned on the right of
the display. Incident report icons, along with traffic flow Accessing Favorites
data, display on the map during both active In the Nav application, view the Favorites
Navigation Next Turn Maneuver Alert and inactive guidance. list by touching H in the search bar along
If the Navigation application is not open End Route the top of the Nav map view. If the search
when a near maneuver prompt is given, it is
shown as an alert. Touch the alert to go to Touch Cancel at the top right corner to end bar is closed, touch } and select H.
the main navigation view or touch z to active guidance and return to inactive Saving Favorites
dismiss the alert. guidance. If active guidance is canceled
before the destination has been reached, a Favorites can be added from a number of
Repeat Voice Guidance pop-up option to Resume Trip will appear. the system’s applications. Touch the
favorites icon to save content as a favorite.
Resume Trip
Renaming Navigation Favorites
The trip can be resumed if it was canceled
1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home
by touching the Resume Trip pop-up option.
Page and touch the System tab.
2. Touch Favorites to access the Manage
Favorites option.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

3. Touch a saved Navigation favorite to Show POI Icons Smart Parking Icons
access the edit icon. Touch the edit icon When reaching a densely populated
To see the POI categories, touch Options,
to rename the favorite. destination and the system determines that
then touch Show on Map. Up to eight
4. Touch Save to store the renamed categories of icons can be selected. parking may be limited, the system will
favorite. attempt to display nearby parking
Smart POI Icons on Map (If Equipped)
destinations with pricing information,
Recents if available.
Touch H to access a list of recent Report an Issue Using POI Details (If
destinations. Equipped)
Recenter Position Icon In the POI details page, a POI issue can be
Touch the Recenter Position arrow in the reported if the data is not accurate or the
middle of the map view to reset the map to address is incorrect. Touch Report an Issue
the current location. near the bottom of the display to access the
issue selection page. Touch one of the
Last Parked Location predefined issues on the selection page,
The smart POI icons such as fuel stations
The Last Parked Location is the last location and parking may appear based on time, then touch Send. The system will send the
the vehicle engine was turned off. That location, driver search behavior, driving information for analysis.
location is displayed in the first row of the conditions, and vehicle conditions. Search
Recents list. Touching the last Parked
Location shows the Address Details view to Touch a smart POI icon to open the Touch Search on the infotainment display to
either save the address or drive to it. The corresponding details: open the search display. It has a search field
Last Parked Location can be deleted by . Left side: Name and address of the POI. entry box, quick category icon shortcuts,
entering the Edit display. Once the Last recents icon, favorites icon, and keyboard.
. Right side: E + ETE (Estimated Time
Parked Location is deleted, it no longer Enroute.)
appears in the Recents list, unless the
vehicle is started at that location again. Smart Fuel Station Icons
Fuel station prices are shown if available for
nearby stations when the vehicle is low
on fuel.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Auto Complete Navigation capabilities. The system will Turn-by-Turn Navigation
Enter a partial location in the field entry box show an alert when the subscription is
on the search display. Auto complete will expiring and will ask to renew the plan.
attempt to complete the destination based OnStar System
on what is being entered. Touch the
suggested item to search. With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor
can download a destination to the vehicle or
Search While in Motion with No Front Seat
into the built-in navigation system.
Passenger Present
The search display will not allow changes or
text input with the keyboard when the
If equipped, after touching the Turn-by-Turn
vehicle is in motion. As a result, a display
Directions icon, select destinations from
showing three rows of the most commonly
Recents or Favorites. Recents or Favorites
used categories appears. Touching the search
will be empty if this is the first use. To find
box will activate speech recognition.
new locations, touch OnStar Advisor, Home
Search While in Motion with Front Seat Directions, Place Voice Search, or Address
Passenger Present Voice Search.
If the system detects that the front seat Touch OnStar Services on the Home Page to Lane Guidance
passenger is present with both driver and access the OnStar menu. Touch Turn-by-Turn
passenger seat belts buckled, touching the Directions icon while on the Services tab of
search icon will display an alert message the OnStar menu.
that allows the passenger to search for a
destination as if the vehicle were stopped.
Connected Navigation
Connected Navigation is a subscription
service that enables certain capabilities
within the navigation system, such as
Traffic, Smart Search/Routing, and Predictive
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

When available, the system will show the . Signals are obstructed by tall buildings, . The vehicle changes directions more than
best lane(s) to be in for the next maneuver. trees, large trucks, or a tunnel. once, or the vehicle is turning on a turn
. Satellites are being repaired or improved. table in a parking lot.
Cancel a Route
. The vehicle is entering and/or exiting a
If a route is in progress using either the For more information if the GPS is not
functioning properly, see Problems with parking lot, garage, or a lot with a roof.
vehicle navigation system or the .
Route Guidance 0 139 and The GPS signal is not received.
Turn-by-Turn route, and a new route is
requested, the current route in progress will If the System Needs Service 0 140. . A roof carrier is installed on the vehicle.
be canceled. . Tire chains are installed on the vehicle.
Vehicle Positioning . The tires are replaced or worn.
Global Positioning System (GPS) At times, the position of the vehicle on the . The tire pressure for the tires is incorrect.
If equipped, the position of the vehicle is map could be inaccurate due to one or more . This is the first navigation use after the
determined by using satellite signals, various of the following reasons: map data is updated.
vehicle signals, and map data. . The road system has changed. . The 12-volt battery has been disconnected
. The vehicle is driving on slippery road for several days.
At times, other interference such as the
satellite condition, road configuration, surfaces such as sand, gravel, or snow. . The vehicle is driving in heavy traffic
condition of the vehicle, and/or other . The vehicle is traveling on winding roads where driving is at low speeds, and the
circumstances can affect the navigation or long, straight roads. vehicle is stopped and started repeatedly.
system's ability to determine the accurate . The vehicle is approaching a tall building
position of the vehicle. or a large vehicle. Problems with Route Guidance
The GPS shows the current position of the . The surface streets run parallel to a Inappropriate route guidance can occur
vehicle using signals sent by GPS satellites. freeway. under one or more of the following
When the vehicle is not receiving signals . The vehicle has been transferred by a conditions:
from the satellites, a symbol appears in the vehicle carrier or a ferry. . The turn was not made on the road
status bar. . The current position calibration is set indicated.
This system might not be available or incorrectly. . Route guidance might not be available
interference can occur if any of the . The vehicle is traveling at high speed. when using automatic rerouting for the
following are true: next right or left turn.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. The route might not be changed when a location that is safe and has a clear view Database Coverage Explanations
using automatic rerouting. of the sky and away from large
. There is no route guidance when turning obstructions. Coverage areas vary with respect to the
at an intersection. level of map detail available for any given
. Plural names of places might be
If the System Needs Service area. Some areas feature greater levels of
detail than others. If this happens, it does
announced occasionally. If the navigation system needs service, see not mean there is a problem with the
. It could take a long time to operate your dealer. system. As the map data is updated, more
automatic rerouting during high-speed detail can become available for areas that
driving. Map Data Updates previously had limited detail. See Map Data
. Automatic rerouting might display a route The map data in the vehicle is the most Updates 0 140.
returning to the set waypoint if heading up-to-date information available when the
for a destination without passing through vehicle was produced. The map data is Voice Recognition
a set waypoint. updated periodically, provided that the map
. The route prohibits the entry of a vehicle information has changed and the vehicle has If equipped, voice recognition allows for
due to a regulation by time or season or a relevant service plan. hands-free operation within the navigation,
any other regulation which may be given. audio, phone, and weather applications. This
See www.gmnavdisc.com for details on
. Some routes might not be searched. ordering, purchasing, and installing a new or feature can be started by pressing g on the
. The route to the destination might not be replacement SD card. Features are subject to steering wheel or touching g on the
shown if there are new roads, if roads change. For more information on this infotainment display.
have recently changed, or if certain roads feature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn. However, not all features within these areas
are not listed in the map data. See Maps If the vehicle is equipped with Connected are supported by voice commands.
0 131. Navigation, which is a subscription service Generally, only complex tasks that require
To recalibrate the vehicle's position on the that enables certain features of the multiple manual interactions to complete
map, park with the vehicle running for two navigation system, such as Traffic, Smart are supported by voice commands.
to five minutes, until the vehicle position Search/Routing, and Predictive Navigation, For example, tasks that take more than one
updates. Make sure the vehicle is parked in then the system will download the latest or two touches, such as a song or artist to
map data from the cloud. play from a media device, would be
supported by voice commands. Other tasks,
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

like adjusting the volume or seeking up or Using Voice Recognition . Short prompts: This type of prompt will
down, are audio features that are easily provide simple instructions about what
Voice recognition becomes available once can be stated.
performed by touching one or two options,
the system has been initialized. This begins
and are not supported by voice commands. . Auto informative prompts: This type of
when the ignition is turned on. Initialization
In general there are flexible ways to speak may take a few moments. prompt plays during the first few speech
commands for completing the tasks. sessions, then automatically switches to
1. Press g on the steering wheel controls the short prompt after some experience
If your language supports it, try stating a to activate voice recognition. has been gained through using the
one-shot command, such as “Directions to system.
2. The audio system mutes and the system
address <number, street, city, state/
plays a prompt. If a command is not spoken, the voice
province>.” Do not include the ZIP code
while stating the address during the 3. Clearly speak one of the commands recognition system says a help prompt.
command. Another example of a one-shot described in this section. Prompts and Infotainment Displays
Destination Entry command is, “Directions to A voice recognition system prompt can
Place of Interest at <hotel>.” If these be interrupted while it is playing by While a voice recognition session is active,
commands do not work, try saying, “Take there may be corresponding options
pressing g again. showing on the displays. A selection can be
me to Place of Interest” or “Find address”
and the system will walk you through by Once voice recognition is started, both the made by manually touching the option,
asking additional questions. infotainment display and instrument cluster or by speaking the number for the option to
show the selections and visual dialog select. Manual interaction in the voice
Hybrid Speech Recognition content. These displays can be turned on or recognition session is permitted. Interaction
off in the Tutorial Mode under Settings during a voice session may be completed
If equipped, this feature helps distinguish
0 156. entirely using voice commands while some
words by using Internet-based information
manual commands may expedite a task. If a
along with the system’s voice recognition There are three voice prompt modes
selection is made using a manual control,
database. This allows you to speak more supported:
the voice recognition dialog will progress in
naturally when using voice recognition. . Informative verbal prompts: This type of the same way as if the selection were made
prompt will provide more information using a voice command. Once the system
regarding the supported actions. completes the task, or the session is
terminated, the voice recognition dialog
stops.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

An example of this type of manual . Listen for the prompt before saying a If POI is asked for, say “Change Location,”
intervention is touching an entry of a command or reply. then “Change Country.”
displayed number list instead of speaking . Speak the command naturally, not too Direct commands might be more clearly
the number associated with the entry fast, not too slow. understood by the system. An example of a
desired. . Use direct commands without a lot of direct command would be “Call <number>.”
Canceling Voice Recognition extra words. For example, “Call <name> Examples of these direct commands are
at work,” “Play” followed by the artist or displayed on most of the screens while a
. Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to
song name, or “Tune” followed by the voice session is active. If “Phone” or “Phone
terminate the voice recognition session radio station number. Commands,” is spoken, the system
and show the display where voice
. Navigation destinations can be made in a understands that a phone call is requested
recognition was initiated.
single command using keywords. A few and will respond with questions until
. Press i on the steering wheel controls examples are: “I want directions to an enough details are gathered to make a call.
to terminate the voice recognition session address,” “I need to find a place of If a cell phone number has been saved with
and show the display where voice interest or (POI),” or “Find contact.” a name and a place, the direct command
recognition was initiated.
The system responds by requesting more should include both, for example “Call
Natural Language Commands details. For other POIs, say the name of a <name> at work.”
Most languages do not support natural category like “Restaurants,” “Shopping
Malls,” or “Hospitals.” Using Voice Recognition for List Options
language commands in sentence form. For
those languages, use direct commands like . Navigating to a destination outside of the When a list is displayed, a voice prompt will
the examples shown on the display. current country takes more than one ask to confirm or select an option from
command. The first command is to tell that list.
Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands the system where the navigation will take When a display contains a list, there may be
Voice recognition can understand commands place, such as an Address, Intersection, options that are available but not displayed.
that are naturally stated in sentence form or POI, or Contact. If Address or Intersection The list on a voice recognition screen
direct commands that state the application is selected, the second command is to functions the same as a list on other
and the task. say, “Change Country.” Once the system displays. Scrolling or flinging can be used to
responds, say the country before saying help display other entries from the list.
For best results: the rest of the address and/or
intersection.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Manually scrolling or paging the list on a Voice Recognition for the Radio “Tune to <FM frequency> FM HD <HD
display during a voice recognition session channel number>” : Tune to the HD Radio
If browsing the audio sources when voice is
suspends the current voice recognition event station (if equipped) whose frequency and
touched, the voice recognition commands
and plays the prompt “Please select HD channel are identified in the command.
for AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if equipped) are
manually or touch the Back icon on the “Tune to SXM <SXM channel number>” :
available.
infotainment display to try again.” Tune to the SiriusXM radio station whose
“Switch to AM” : Switch bands to AM and
If manual selection takes more than channel number is identified in the
tune to the last AM radio station.
15 seconds, the session terminates and command.
prompts that it has timed out. The display “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to FM and
“Tune to SXM <SXM channel name>” : Tune
returns to the display where voice tune to the last FM radio station.
to the SiriusXM radio station whose channel
recognition was initiated. “Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to SiriusXM name is identified in the command.
The Back Command and tune to the last SiriusXM channel.
Voice Recognition for Audio MyMedia
Say “Back” or touch the Back icon on the “Tune to <AM frequency> AM” : Tune to
infotainment display to go to the the radio station whose frequency is The available voice recognition commands
previous menu. identified in the command (like “nine fifty”). for [browsing] MyMedia are:
If in voice recognition, and “Back” is spoken “Tune to <FM frequency> FM” : Tune to the “Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to enter a
all the way back to the starting display, and radio station whose frequency is identified specific artist name.
then “Back” is spoken one more time, the in the command (like “one oh one “Play Artist <artist name>” : Begin playback
voice recognition session will cancel. point one”). of a specific artist.
Help “Tune to <AM frequency> AM HD” : Tune “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to enter a
to the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose specific album name.
Say “Help” on any voice recognition display
frequency is identified in the command.
and the help prompt for the display is “Play Album <album name>” : Begin
played. “Tune to <FM frequency> FM HD” : Tune to playback of a specific album.
the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose
frequency is identified in the command. “Play Song” : Begin a dialog to enter a
specific song name.
“Play Song <song name>” : Begin playback
of a specific song, if available.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

“Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to enter a is between 12,000 and 24,000, the content
specific genre. specific podcast. cannot be accessed directly with one
“Play Genre <genre name>” : Begin “Play Podcast <podcast name>” : Begin command like “Play <song name>.”
playback of a specific genre. playback of a specific podcast. The restriction is that the command “Play
“Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to enter a “My Media” : Begin a dialog to enter the Song” must be spoken first; the system will
specific playlist name. desired media content. then ask for the song name. The reply
command would be to say the name of the
“Play Playlist <playlist name>” : Begin Handling Large Amounts of Media Content song to play.
playback of a specific playlist. It is expected that large amounts of media Similar limits exist for album content.
“Play <device name>” : Play music from a content will be brought into the vehicle. If there are more than 12,000 albums, but
specific device identified by name. The It may be necessary to handle large fewer than 24,000, the content cannot be
device name is the name displayed on the amounts of media content in a different accessed directly with one command like,
display when the device is first selected as way than smaller amounts of media. The “Play <album name>.” The command “Play
an audio source. system may limit the options of voice Album” must first be spoken; the system
“Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to enter a recognition by not allowing selection of files will then ask for the album name. The reply
specific name. by voice at the highest level if the number would be to say the name of the album
of files exceeds the maximum limit. to play.
“Play Chapter <chapter name>” : Begin
playback of a specific chapter. Changes to voice commands due to media Once the number of files has exceeded
content limits are: approximately 24,000, there is no support
“Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog to enter . Files including other individual files of all for accessing the songs directly through
a specific audiobook. media types such as songs, audiobook voice commands. There will still be access to
“Play Audiobook <audiobook name>” : chapters, podcast episodes, and videos. the media content by using commands for
Begin playback of a specific audiobook. . Album type folders including types such playlists, artists, and genres.
“Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to enter a as albums and audiobooks. The access commands for playlists, artists,
specific name. There are no restrictions if the number of and genres are prohibited after the number
files and albums is fewer than 12,000. When of this type of media exceeds 12,000.
“Play Episode <episode name>” : Begin
playback of a specific episode. the number of files connected to the system
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

The system will provide feedback the first The name must be precisely spoken. “Redial” : Initiate a call to the last dialed
time voice recognition is initiated if it has Nicknames or short names for the number.
become apparent that any of these limits businesses will not likely be found. Lesser “Switch Phone” : Select a different
are reached during a device initializing known businesses might have to be located connected cell phone for outgoing calls.
process. by category, such as fast food, hotels,
or banks. “Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to enter
Voice recognition performance will degrade special numbers like international numbers.
to some extent based on many factors when “Navigate to Contact” : Begin a dialog to The numbers can be entered in groups of
adding large amounts of data to recognize. enter a specific destination contact name. digits with each group of digits being
If this is the case, perhaps accessing songs “Cancel Route” : End route guidance. repeated back by the system. If the group
through playlists or artist name would work of digits is not correct, the command
better. “Take Me Home” : Create a route to a
stored home location. “Delete” will remove the last group of digits
Voice Recognition for Navigation (If and allow them to be re-entered. Once the
Equipped) Voice Recognition for the Phone entire number has been entered, the
command “Call” will start dialing the
“Navigation” : Begin a dialog to enter “Call <contact name>” : Initiate a call to a number.
specific destination information. stored contact. The command may include
location if the contact has location numbers Phone Assistant Voice Recognition
“Navigation Commands” : Begin a dialog to stored.
enter specific destination information. Press and hold g on the steering wheel
“Call <contact> At Home,” “At Work,” “On controls to pass through and launch Google
“Address” : Begin a dialog to enter a Mobile,” or “On Other” : Initiate a call to a
specific destination address, which includes phone assistant or Siri.
stored contact and location at home, at
the entire address consisting of the house work, on mobile device, or on another For the low radio, whether connected by
number, street name, city, state/province, phone. Bluetooth or phone projection, the only
and country. Do not include the ZIP code. available voice recognition is either Siri
“Call <cell phone number>” : Initiate a call (iPhone) or the Google Assistant (Android).
“Place of Interest” : Begin a dialog to enter to a cell phone number of seven digits, 10
a destination Place of Interest category or digits, or three digit emergency numbers.
major brand name.
“Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth pairing
process. Follow the instructions on the
infotainment display.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. Law enforcement authorities may have
Performance Data the right to seize video recordings and
If the system is unable to begin recording,
the Start Recording button is grayed out.
Recorder (PDR) use them as evidence of criminal/driving
Touch Start Recording to begin recording.
offenses against you or third parties.
If equipped, the PDR icon displays on the After recording begins, this button changes
Home Page. The PDR records video, audio, and vehicle to Stop Recording. Touch to stop the
data. This data is stored on a removable SD recording session.
Important Information card. The SD card reader is below the
The recording must be stopped and the file
Use of the PDR may be prohibited or legally instrument panel to the left of the steering
closed before removing the SD card, or the
restricted in certain countries and situations. wheel and just above the hood release.
recording cannot be reviewed.
Ensure compliance with applicable laws and The recorded data is not stored anywhere
regulations, including, but not limited to: else and is only accessible from the SD card.
privacy laws, laws related to camera
surveillance and recordings, road traffic and To begin, insert a FAT32 formatted SD card,
security laws, and laws on the protection of Class 10 required, 8, 16, or 32 GB
publicity and personality rights. recommended, into the SD card reader.
. Do not use the PDR if it causes Touch the PDR icon to access the PDR menu.
distraction. The options displayed are:
. Do not rely on camera footage to steer Start Recording
the vehicle.
. Comply with any notice and consent The elapsed time will show when recording.
requirements before capturing and/or To define a finish line, see “Define Finish
recording the voices or images of other Line” later in this section.
persons or before collecting other
personal data.
. Notify other drivers of your vehicle of the
above rules and require them to comply.
. General Motors does not accept any
responsibility or liability in connection
with use that is not permitted.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Define Finish Line
To track and record the vehicle’s lap times,
the starting point of a lap must be set.
Crossing this point activates the lap timer
when recording.
If there is no available space on the SD card, A list of recordings displays.

a message displays. Delete or transfer Select the recording to start playback.
recordings on the SD card or use another SD
card with free space. Touch V next to an item to delete that
To delete a recording, go to the Recorded recording. Touch Yes to delete or No to
cancel on the confirmation screen.
Sessions menu and touch V next to the To set the finish line, position the vehicle
item. See “Recorded Sessions” later in this with the front bumper at the start/finish Video playback is not allowed while the
section. point. From the PDR menu, touch Define vehicle is in motion.
Finish Line and then touch Mark Finish Line. Tap the screen while the video is playing to
This can be done with the vehicle moving. display the video controls:
Recorded Sessions Video Scrubber : Changes the position and
To view recorded videos, touch Recorded playback. The length of the bar corresponds
Sessions. to the time of the video. Advance or rewind
the video by dragging along the bar.
If no SD card is inserted, a message displays.

14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Touch Choose Video Overlay to display . Engine Rotations Per Minute (RPMs): The
the menu. vertical line and triangle show current
RPMs. As the RPMs increase, the backfill
Select one:
follows.
. No Overlay
. Transmission State (Current Gear):
. Sport Automatic and manual transmissions
. Track display 1, 2, etc.
. Performance Timing . Lateral G-Force Graphic: Left and Right
No Overlay: G-Forces are displayed. The graphic fills to
Delete Recording : Touch to delete the the left or the right depending on the
video. A confirmation screen displays. Touch No vehicle data displays on top of the measure value. The measured G-Force
Yes to delete or No to cancel. recorded video. Vehicle data is still available displays as a number at the top of the
with the video when accessed in the toolbox graphic.
Pause/Play : Touch to play or pause the software.
video. The button will change when touched. . Event Odometer: This displays the
Sport: distance driven since the recording began.
/ : Touch to display the previous screen.
Track:
Exit : Touch to exit the current display.
Choose Video Overlay
Displays these vehicle metrics:

. Vehicle Speed: Up to three digits are Displays these vehicle metrics:
displayed in km/h or MPH depending on . Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport.
vehicle settings.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. GPS Tracking Map: Shows the vehicle’s . Performance Traction Management (PTM) . 0–100 km/h (0–60 mph), 0–200 km/h
current position relative to a known Mode: Displays the current PTM mode. (0–100 mph), 400 m (1/4 mi), and
route. The options are Wet, Dry, Sport 1, Sport 2, 0–200–0 km/h (0–100–0 mph): The timer
. Engine Rotations Per Minute (RPMs): The or Race. starts recording as soon as the vehicle
vertical line and triangle indicate current . Current Lap Time: Displays the elapsed accelerates. As the vehicle passes each
RPMs. As the RPMs increase, the backfill lap time if the finish line is defined and speed and distance milestone, it is
follows. the vehicle has crossed the defined finish displayed on the overlay.
. Transmission State (Current Gear): Same line at least once. . Throttle Position: Displays the percentage
as Sport. . Event Odometer: Displays the distance of throttle applied from 0–100%.
. Friction Bubble Graphic: Lateral and driven since the recording began. . StabiliTrak/ESC Active Indicator: The
longitudinal G-Forces are displayed as a . Drive Mode: Displays the vehicle’s current graphic only displays if the active
dot within a bubble. A red dot displays drive mode. handling systems are activated.
when the vehicle starts braking and turns Performance Timing: Naming Convention
green when the vehicle accelerates. The
dot is white when the vehicle is not The recorded video file name is stored as
moving. A white dot is the default. the recorded date and the length of the
recording.
. Brake and Throttle Graphic: Displays
the percentage value of brake and If the recorded session was recorded while
throttle pedal position from 0–100%. the system was in Valet Mode, the file
. Steering Angle: The graphic fills from the name will display the mode, date, and
center to the left or right depending on length of time.
the direction of steering. The numerical
steering angle displays below the graphic.
. StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control Displays these vehicle metrics:
(ESC) Active Indicator: The graphic only . Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport.
displays if the active handling systems . Engine Rotations Per Minute (RPMs):
are activated. Same as Sport.
. Transmission State (Current Gear): Same
as Sport.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Settings . Overwrite existing data when memory To minimize driver distraction, before
full: Allows manual overwriting of driving, and with the vehicle parked:
previous recordings, one at a time . Become familiar with the features of the
starting with the oldest, when the current mobile device. Organize the phone book
recording requires additional storage to and contact lists clearly and delete
continue. duplicate or rarely used entries.
Audio will not record during Valet Mode. If possible, program speed dial or other
shortcuts.
Record Audio : Allows audio to be recorded
. Review the controls and operation of the
along with video.
infotainment system.
Audio will not record during Valet Mode. . Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. The
Touch Settings on the PDR menu to display
settings. Software Information : Displays PDR system may not work with all mobile
software information and version numbers. devices. See “Pairing” later in this section.
Toolbox Software : Allows for the evaluation Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a
of the driver and the vehicle performance on Bluetooth-capable mobile device with a
a personal computer after a recorded event. Hands-Free Profile to make and receive
See www.chevrolet.com or your dealer for phone calls. The infotainment system and
details to download the software. voice recognition are used to control the
system. The system can be used while the
Phone ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The
range of the Bluetooth system can be up to
Bluetooth (Overview) 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all mobile devices support
Valet Mode Recording : Allows recording
all functions and not all mobile devices work
preferences to be selected. It is The Bluetooth-capable system can interact with the Bluetooth system. See
recommended that a blank SD card be used. with many mobile devices, allowing: my.chevrolet.com for more information
Available choices are:
. Placement and receipt of calls in a about compatible mobile devices.
. Automatically record when in Valet Mode:
hands-free mode.
Enables the PDR to begin recording as
. Sharing of the device’s address book or
soon as the vehicle is in Valet Mode.
contact list with the vehicle.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Controls adjusted volume level remains in memory . The pairing process is disabled when the
for later calls. The volume cannot be vehicle is moving.
Use the controls on the center stack and the
lowered beyond a certain level. . Pairing only needs to be completed once,
steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth
system. unless the pairing information on the cell
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a phone changes or the cell phone is
Steering Wheel Controls Phone) deleted from the system.
g : Press to answer incoming calls and start . If multiple paired cell phones are within
Pairing range of the system, the system connects
voice recognition on your connected
Bluetooth mobile device. A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be to the paired cell phone that is set to
paired to the Bluetooth system and then First to Connect. If there is no cell phone
i : Press to end a call, decline a call, connected to the vehicle before it can be set to First to Connect, it will link to the
or cancel an operation. Press to mute or used. See the mobile device manufacturer's cell phone which was used last. To link to
unmute the infotainment system when not user guide for Bluetooth functions before a different paired cell phone, see “Linking
on a call. pairing the device. to a Different Phone” later in this section.
Infotainment System Controls Pairing Information Pairing a Phone
For information about how to navigate the . If no mobile device has been connected, 1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled
menu system using the infotainment the Phone main page on the infotainment on the cell phone before the pairing
controls, see Using the System 0 117. display will show the Connect Phone process is started.
option. Touch this option to connect. 2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page
Audio System Another way to connect is to touch the or the phone icon on the shortcut tray
When using the Bluetooth mobile device Phones tab at the top right of the display near the bottom of the display.
system, sound comes through the vehicle's and then touch Add Phone.
3. Touch Phones at the top of the
front audio system speakers and overrides . A Bluetooth smartphone with music
infotainment display. There is also a
the audio system. The volume level while on capability can be paired to the vehicle as Connect Phones option in the middle of
a mobile device call can be adjusted by a smartphone and a music player at the the Phone display which will shortcut to
pressing the steering wheel controls or the same time. the Phone List menu.
volume control on the center stack. The . Up to 10 devices can be paired to the
4. Touch Add Phone.
Bluetooth system.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

5. Select the vehicle name shown on the 9. If the cell phone prompts to accept Cell phones and mobile devices can be
infotainment display from your cell connection or allow phone book added, removed, connected, and
phone’s Bluetooth Settings list. download, touch Always Accept and disconnected. A sub-menu will display
6. Follow the instructions on the cell phone Allow. The phone book may not be whenever a request is made to add or
to confirm the six-digit code showing on available if not accepted. manage cell phones and mobile devices.
the infotainment display and touch Pair. 10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair additional cell Secondary Phone
The code on the cell phone and phones.
infotainment display will need to be A cell phone can be enabled as a Secondary
First to Connect Paired Phones Phone by touching the information icon to
acknowledged for a successful pair.
If multiple paired cell phones are within the right of the paired cell phone name to
7. Start the pairing process on the cell open the phone settings menu. If a cell
phone to be paired to the vehicle. See range of the system, the system connects to
the paired cell phone that is set as First to phone is enabled as a Secondary Phone, it
the cell phone manufacturer's user guide can connect simultaneously alongside
for information on this process. Once the Connect. To enable a paired cell phone as
the First to Connect phone: another Bluetooth mobile device. In doing
cell phone is paired, it will show under so, the Secondary Phone will be labeled as
Connected. 1. Make sure the cell phone is turned on. Incoming Calls. This means the mobile
8. If the vehicle name does not appear on 2. Touch Settings, then touch System. device can only receive calls. The Address
your cell phone, there are a few ways to 3. Touch Phones to access all paired and all Book of a Secondary Phone will not be
start the pairing process over: connected cell phones and mobile available and hands-free outgoing calls
. Turn the cell phone off and then devices. cannot be placed using this cell phone.
back on. 4. Touch the information icon to the right If needed, touch the Secondary Phone while
. Go back to the beginning of the of the cell phone to open the cell in the Phones list to swap it into the
Phone menus on the infotainment phone’s settings menu. Outgoing and Incoming role. This role makes
display and restart the pairing 5. Touch the First to Connect option, to it possible to place outgoing calls from the
process. enable the setting for that device. Contacts and Recents list.
. Reset the cell phone, but this step Listing All Paired and Connected Phones
should be done as a last effort.
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page
or the phone icon on the shortcut tray
near the bottom of the display.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

2. Touch Phones. 2. Touch Phones. The Contacts menu accesses the phone book
Disconnecting a Connected Phone 3. Touch the new cell phone to link to from stored in the cell phone.
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. the not connected phone list. See “First The Recents menu accesses the recents call
to Connect Paired Phones” and list from your cell phone.
2. Touch Phones. “Secondary Phone” previously in this
3. Touch the information icon next to the section. To make a call using the Contacts menu:
connected cell phone or mobile device to 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
show the cell phone’s or mobile device’s Switching to Handset or 2. Touch Contacts.
information display. Handsfree Mode
3. The Contacts list can be searched by
4. Touch Disconnect. To switch between handset or using the first character. Touch A-Z on
handsfree mode: the infotainment display to scroll
Deleting a Paired Phone
. While the active call is hands-free, touch through the list of names.
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page the Handset option to switch to the
or the phone icon on the shortcut tray Touch the name to call.
handset mode.
near the bottom of the display. 4. Touch the desired contact number to call.
The mute icon will not be available or
2. Touch Phones. functional while Handset mode is active. To make a call using the Recents menu:
3. Touch the information icon next to the . While the active call is on the handset, 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page.
connected cell phone to display the cell touch the Handset option to switch to the 2. Touch Recents.
phone’s or mobile device’s information hands-free mode.
display. 3. Touch the name or number to call.
4. Touch Forget Device. Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent Making a Call Using the Keypad
Calls
Linking to a Different Phone To make a call by dialing the numbers:
Calls can be made through the Bluetooth
To link to a different cell phone, the new 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
system using personal cell phone contact
cell phone must be in the vehicle and paired information for all cell phones that support 2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone
to the Bluetooth system. the Phone Book feature. Become familiar number.
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page with the cell phone settings and operation. 3. Touch # on the infotainment display to
or the phone icon on the shortcut tray Verify the cell phone supports this feature. start dialing the number.
near the bottom of the display.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Searching Contacts Using the Keypad Call Waiting 2. Initiate the second call by selecting from
Recents, Contacts, or Keypad.
To search for contacts using the keypad: Call waiting must be supported on the
Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the 3. When the second call is active, touch the
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
wireless service carrier to work. merge icon to conference the three-way
2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone call together.
numbers or contact names using the Accepting a Call
digits on the keypad to search. Ending a Call
Press g to answer, then touch Switch on
Results will show on the right side of the the infotainment display. . Press i on the steering wheel controls.
display. Touch one to place a call. . Touch # on the infotainment display,
Declining a Call
Accepting or Declining a Call next to a call, to end only that call.
Press i to decline, then touch Ignore on
When an incoming call is received, the the infotainment display Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones
infotainment system mutes and a ring tone The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send
is heard in the vehicle. Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting
Calls Only) numbers during a call. This is used when
Accepting a Call calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the
To switch between calls, touch Phone on the Keypad to enter the number.
There are two ways to accept a call: Home Page to display Call View. While in
. Press g on the steering wheel controls. Call View, touch the call information of the Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
. Touch Answer on the infotainment call on hold to change calls.
If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple
display. Three-Way Calling CarPlay capability may be available through
Declining a Call Three-way calling must be supported on the a compatible smartphone. If available, the
Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will
There are two ways to decline a call: change from gray to color on the Home
wireless service carrier to work.
. Press i on the steering wheel controls. Page of the infotainment display.
. Touch Ignore on the infotainment display. To start a three-way call while in a
current call: To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay:
1. In the Call View, touch Add Call to add
another call.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

For Wired Phone Projection For Wireless Phone Projection 4. When the phone is first connected to
1. Download the Android Auto app to your Verify your phone is wireless compatible by activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto,
smartphone from the Google Play store. visiting the Google Android Auto or Apple agree to the terms and conditions on
There is no app required for Apple CarPlay support page. both the infotainment system and the
CarPlay. phone.
1. Download the Android Auto app to your
2. Connect your Android phone or Apple smartphone from the Google Play store. 5. Follow the instructions on the phone.
iPhone by using the factory-provided There is no app required for Apple The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons
phone USB cable and plugging into a CarPlay. on the Home Page will illuminate depending
USB data port. For best performance, it is 2. For first time connection, there are two on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or
highly recommended to use the device’s ways to set up wireless projection: Apple CarPlay may automatically launch
factory-provided USB cable, which should upon wireless connection. If not, touch the
. Connect your Android phone or Apple
be replaced after significant wear to Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the
maintain connection quality. Aftermarket iPhone by using the factory-provided
Home Page to launch.
or third-party cables may not work. phone USB cable and plugging into a
USB data port. For best performance, Wireless Carplay and/or Wireless Android
3. When the phone is first connected to it is highly recommended to use the Auto may experience occasional service
activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, device’s factory-provided USB cable, disruption due to outside Wi-Fi interference.
accept the terms and conditions on both which should be replaced after
the infotainment system and the phone. To disconnect the phones wireless
significant wear to maintain projection:
4. Follow the instructions on the phone. connection quality. Aftermarket or
third-party cables may not work. 1. Select Settings from the Home Page.
The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons
on the Home Page will illuminate depending . Connecting the phone over Bluetooth. 2. Select Phones
on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 150 or 3. Touch 4 next to the phone to be
Apple CarPlay may automatically launch Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) disconnected.
upon USB connection. If not, touch the 0 151.
4. Turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the 3. Make sure wireless is turned on the
Home Page to launch. phone for wireless projection to work. Press { on the center stack to return to the
Home Page.
Press { on the center stack to return to the
Home Page.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Features are subject to change. For further Settings 4. Touch the options on the infotainment
information on how to set up Android Auto display to disable or enable a feature.
and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, see Certain settings can be managed in the
5. Touch z to go to the top level of the
my.chevrolet.com. Owner Center sites when an account is
Settings menu.
established, and may be modified if other
Android Auto is provided by Google and is
users have accessed the vehicle or created System
subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy.
accounts. This may result in changes to the
Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is The menu may contain the following:
security or functionality of the infotainment
subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy.
system. Some settings may also be Time / Date
Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto
transferred to a new vehicle, if equipped. For
support see https://support.google.com/ Use the following features to set the clock:
instructions, in the U.S. see
androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support see . Automatic Time and Date: Touch Off or
my.chevrolet.com or in Canada see
www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or On to enable or disable automatic update
mychevrolet.ca or monchevrolet.ca.
Google may change or suspend availability of the time and date. When this feature
at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google, Refer to the User Terms and Privacy is on, the time and date cannot be
Google Play, and other marks are Statement for important details. To view, manually set.
trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a touch the Settings icon on the Home Page . Set Time: Touch to manually set the time
trademark of Apple Inc. of the infotainment display.
using the controls on the infotainment
Press { on the center stack to exit Android The settings menu may be organized into display.
Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into four categories. Select the desired category . Set Date: Touch to manually set the date
Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and by touching System, Apps, Vehicle, using the controls on the infotainment
hold { on the center stack. or Personal. display.
To access the personalization menus: . Automatic Time Zone (If Equipped): Touch
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can be
disabled from the infotainment system. To 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page on the Off or On to disable or enable automatic
do this, touch Home, Settings, and then infotainment display. update of the time zone based on vehicle
touch the Apps tab along the top of the location. When this feature is on, the
2. Touch the desired category to display a
display. Use the On/Off toggled to turn off time zone cannot be manually set.
list of available options.
Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. . Select Time Zone: Touch to manually set
3. Touch to select the desired feature the time zone. Touch a time zone from
setting. the list.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. Use 24-hour Format: Touch to specify the Touch the controls on the infotainment . Voice Recognition Sharing: This setting
clock format shown. display to disable or enable. determines if voice commands can be
Touch Off or On to disable or enable. . Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change the vehicle shared with a cloud-based voice
Wi-Fi name. recognition system. Touch Off to prevent
Language the sharing and possible recording of your
. Wi-Fi Password: Touch to change the
This will set the display language used on voice commands with this system. This
vehicle Wi-Fi password.
the infotainment display. It may also use may limit the system’s ability to
. Connected Devices: Touch to show understand your voice commands and
the selected language for voice recognition
and audio feedback. Touch Language and connected devices. may disable some features.
touch the appropriate language. . Share Hotspot Data: Touch On to allow . Types: This setting lists all
devices to use the vehicle hotspot and its Android-defined as dangerous permissions
Phones data, or touch Off to allow devices to currently used by the infotainment
Touch to connect to a different cell phone or only use the vehicle hotspot but not system, the number of applications that
mobile device source, disconnect a cell its data. have requested this permission, and the
phone or media device, or delete a cell Privacy number of applications that are allowed
phone or media device. to use this permission.
Touch and the following may display:
Wi-Fi Networks . Used By Applications: This setting lists all
. Location Services: This setting enables or
This will show connected and available Wi-Fi applications that are requested or are
disables sharing of vehicle location using Android-defined as dangerous
networks. outside the vehicle. Emergency services permissions. Only requested and active
If a 4G LTE data package is not active on the will not be affected when Off is selected. permissions are shown.
vehicle, the infotainment system can be . Data Services: If equipped, this setting
connected to an external protected Wi-Fi determines if data sharing can be used by Display
network, such as a mobile device or home features including Wi-Fi, Hotspot, and Touch and the following may display:
hotspot, to utilize connected services. applications. Touch Off to disable data . Mode: This adjusts the appearance of the
services. Emergency services and phone navigation map view and any
Wi-Fi Hotspot
calls, such as calls with OnStar Advisors or downloaded apps optimized for day or
Touch and the following may display: others, will not be affected when Off is night time conditions. Set to Auto for the
. Wi-Fi Services: This allows devices to use selected. display to automatically adjust based on
the vehicle hotspot. bright/dark conditions.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Touch Auto, Day, or Night to adjust the . Audible Touch Feedback: This setting . Tutorial Mode: Touch Off or On to
display. determines if a sound plays when provide tutorial feedback on the display.
. Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to calibrate touching the infotainment display or . Allow Prompt Interruptions: This setting
the infotainment display and follow the radio controls. This feature can be turned controls whether voice commands can be
prompts. off or on. spoken before voice prompts finish. Turn
. Turn Display Off: Touch to turn the Voice this on to speak commands without
display off. Touch anywhere on the hearing the full prompt. Speaking while
Touch and the following may display: the prompt is still playing will
infotainment display or press any
. Confirm More/Less: This setting specifies immediately stop playing the current
infotainment control on the center stack
again to turn the display on. how often the voice recognition system prompt and recognize your command.
confirms commands. Touch Confirm More Background noise may cause accidental
Sounds to have the system check with you more interruptions. Touch Off or On.
Touch and the following may display: often before acting on your commands.
Favorites
. Maximum Startup Volume: This feature . Prompt Length: This setting specifies the
amount of detail the voice recognition Touch and the following may display:
adjusts the maximum volume of the
infotainment system when you start your system provides when giving you . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list
vehicle. To set the maximum startup feedback. Touch Auto to have the system of Audio, Phone, and Navigation favorites.
volume, touch the controls on the automatically adjust to your speech Favorites can be moved, renamed,
infotainment display to increase or habits. Touch Informative, Short, or Auto. or deleted.
decrease. . Audio Feedback Speed: Touch Slow,
To move, touch and hold the favorite, and
. Audio Cues: This feature determines if Medium, or Fast to adjust how quickly then drag up or down to rearrange the
sounds play when the infotainment the voice recognition system speaks. position.
system starts up and shuts down. This . Friendly Prompts: This setting adjusts the . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to
feature can be turned off or on. formality of voice prompts. Touch Off for select how many favorites pages can be
. Set Audio Cue Volume: This setting shorter prompts. Touch On to hear viewed from the audio application. The
controls the volume of Audio Cues played prompts with more personality. Touch Auto setting will automatically adjust this
on startup and shut down. Touch the Auto to have the prompt match your number based on the number of favorites
controls on the infotainment display to command style. you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20,
increase or decrease. 25, 30, 35, or 40.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Updates active. If required, data plans are provided About
If equipped, the vehicle can download and by a third party. Optionally, a secure Wi-Fi Touch to view the infotainment system
install select software updates over a hotspot such as a compatible mobile device software information.
wireless connection. The system will prompt hotspot, home hotspot, or public hotspot
can be used. Applicable data rates may Running Applications
for certain updates to be downloaded and
installed. There is also an option to check apply. Touch to see a complete list of applications
for updates manually. To connect the infotainment system to a that are currently running on the
secured mobile device hotspot, home infotainment system.
To manually check for updates, touch
Settings on the Home Page and select the hotspot, or public hotspot, touch Settings on Return to Factory Settings
System tab. Go to the Vehicle Software the Home Page, select the System tab,
followed by Wi-Fi Networks. Select the Touch and the following may display:
section and touch Updates. Follow the . Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets all vehicle
on-screen prompts. The steps to check for, appropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow the
on-screen prompts. Download speeds settings for the current user.
download, and install updates may vary by
vehicle. may vary. Touch Reset or Cancel.
The vehicle can be used normally during the On most compatible mobile devices, . Erase Settings and Personal Data: Erases
software download. Once the download is activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the app data settings, user profiles, and
complete, there may be a prompt to accept Settings menu under Mobile Network personal data including navigation and
the installation of the update upon the next Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, mobile device data.
ignition cycle or the next time the vehicle is or similar. Touch Erase or Cancel.
shifted into P (Park). For most updates, the Availability of Over-the-Air software updates . Clear Default Applications: Resets
vehicle will be disabled and cannot be driven varies by vehicle and country. Features are preferred applications that have been set
during the installation. The system will subject to change. For more information on to open when selecting a function. No
deliver messages indicating success or error this feature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn. application data will be lost.
during and after the download and Preferences Touch Clear or Cancel.
installation processes.
Touch the controls on the infotainment Apps
Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle software display to disable or enable the download of
updates requires Internet connectivity, which new updates in the background. The menu may contain the following:
can be accessed through the vehicle’s
built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped and
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Android Auto Touch and the following may display: number based on the number of favorites
This feature allows you to interact directly . Tone Settings: Touch to adjust Equalizer, you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20,
with your mobile device on the infotainment Fade/Balance, or Sound Mode. See 25, 30, 35, or 40.
display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto “Infotainment System Sound Menu” in . RDS: This allows the Radio Data System
0 154. AM-FM Radio 0 120. (RDS) to be turned on or off.
. Adaptive Volume: This feature adjusts the Touch the controls on the infotainment
Touch the controls on the infotainment
display to disable or enable. volume based on the vehicle speed. display to disable or enable.
Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low, Medium, . HD Radio: This allows HD Radio reception
Apple CarPlay Medium-High, or High. to be turned on or off.
This feature allows you to interact directly . Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation Touch the controls on the infotainment
with your mobile device on the infotainment Technology (If Equipped): This feature display to disable or enable.
display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto adjusts the volume based on the noise in . Explicit Content Filter: This setting allows
0 154. the vehicle and the speed. access to explicit content SiriusXM
Touch the controls on the infotainment Touch Off or On. channels.
display to disable or enable. . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list Touch Off or On.
Apps of Audio, Mobile Devices, and Navigation . Manage Phones: Select to connect to a
favorites. different phone source, disconnect a
. Update Apps Automatically: This allows
Favorites can be moved, renamed, phone, or delete a phone.
or deleted. . Reset Music Index: This allows the music
downloaded applications to be updated
automatically. To move, touch and hold the favorite, and index to be reset if you are having
then drag up or down to rearrange the difficulty accessing all of the media
Touch the controls on the infotainment content on your device.
position.
display to disable or enable.
. Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to Touch Yes or No.
. About Apps: Touch to view the versions
select how many favorites pages can be Climate
of the shop software.
viewed from the audio application. The
Audio Auto setting will automatically adjust this Touch and the following may display:
Depending on the current audio source,
different options will be available.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. Auto Fan Speed: This setting specifies the . Auto Rear Defog: This setting Touch the controls on the infotainment
amount of airflow when the climate automatically turns the rear window display to disable or enable.
control fan setting is Auto Fan. defogger on when the vehicle engine is . Privacy: Only show call alerts in the
Touch Low, Medium, or High. started. instrument cluster.
. Air Quality Sensor: This setting switches Touch the controls on the infotainment Touch Off or On.
the system into Recirculation Mode based display to disable or enable. . Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by first or
on the quality of the outside air. Navigation last name.
Touch Off, Low Sensitivity, or High Touch and the following may display: . Re-sync Device Contacts:
Sensitivity.
. Destination Card Preferences This allows the device contacts to re-sync
. Auto Cooled Seats: This setting if you are having difficulty accessing all of
. Map Preferences
automatically turns on and regulates the the contacts on your cell phone.
ventilated seats when the cabin . Route Preferences
. Delete All Vehicle Contacts: Touch to
temperature is warm. . Navigation Voice Control
delete all vehicle stored contacts.
Touch the controls on the infotainment . Traffic Preferences
. OnStar Phone TTY Mode: This enables
display to disable or enable. . Alert Preferences
OnStar cell phone TTY mode.
. Auto Heated Seats: This setting . Fuel Grade Preferences
Touch Disable or Enable.
automatically turns on and regulates the . Manage History
heated seats when the cabin temperature . Predictive Navigation Vehicle
is cool. The auto heated seats can be
. About This menu allows adjustment of different
turned off by using the heated seat
controls on the center stack. See Using the Navigation System 0 129. vehicle features. See Vehicle Personalization
0 104.
Touch the controls on the infotainment Phone
display to disable or enable. Personal
. Auto Defog: This setting automatically If equipped, this menu allows adjustment of
. My Number: Displays the cell phone
turns the front defogger on when the different user profile settings. See “Users” in
number of the Bluetooth connected
vehicle engine is started. Using the System 0 117 for information on
device.
Touch the controls on the infotainment setting up user profiles.
. Active Call View: Shows active call display
display to disable or enable. The menu may contain the following:
when answering a call.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Name Touch No or Yes. To access:
Touch to edit your user name that will be Vehicle Name 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page, then
displayed in the vehicle. touch Vehicle, and then Teen Driver.
Touch to edit your vehicle name.
Vehicle Account Information 2. Create a Personal Identification Number
Vehicle Account (PIN) by choosing a four-digit PIN.
Touch to view the vehicle account Touch to view the vehicle account Re-enter the PIN to confirm. To change
information and to change the account information and to change the account the PIN, touch Change PIN.
password. password. The PIN is required to:
An “unverified user account” pop-up will Delete Profile . Register or unregister keys.
display until the account information
verification process has been completed on Touch to remove the profile from the . Change Teen Driver settings.
the Internet. Check your registered e-mail vehicle. . Change or clear the Teen Driver PIN.
account for an activation e-mail to complete Touch Remove or Cancel. . Access or delete Report Card data.
the verification process.
Register keys to activate Teen Driver and
Profile Picture Teen Driver assign restrictions to the key:
Touch to choose or change your profile If equipped, this allows multiple keys to be Any vehicle key can be registered, up to a
picture. registered for beginner drivers to encourage maximum of eight keys. Label the key to
safe driving habits. When the vehicle is tell it apart from the other keys.
Profile Identifiers started with a Teen Driver key, it will
Touch to have the vehicle recognize the automatically activate certain safety For a pushbutton start system:
identifier you choose. systems, allow setting of some features, and 1. Start the engine.
limit the use of others. The Report Card will 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle
Touch Vehicle Key 1 and/or Vehicle Key 2.
record vehicle data about driving behavior must be in P (Park). For manual
If the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) that can be viewed later. When the vehicle transmissions, the vehicle must be
transmitter is lost or stolen, see your dealer. is started with a registered key, the Driver stopped with the parking brake set.
Security Information Center (DIC) displays a message
that Teen Driver is active. 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle
Touch to have your profile secured with and then Teen Driver.
a PIN. 4. Enter the PIN.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

5. Place the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) recognize the non-Teen Driver key to start Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits the
transmitter key you wish to register in the vehicle. The Teen Driver settings will not maximum speed of the vehicle. When the
the transmitter pocket. The key does not be active. speed limiter is turned on and the vehicle is
need to be the one that started the For a keyed ignition system: started with a Teen Driver key, the DIC
vehicle. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) displays a message that the top speed is
System Operation 0 7 for transmitter 1. Start the engine. limited.
pocket location. 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle On certain vehicles, when the Speed Limiter
6. From the Teen Driver menu, touch must be in P (Park). For manual is turned ON, the vehicle’s maximum
Setup Keys. transmissions, the vehicle must be acceleration will be limited. The DIC will
. If the transmitter key has not
stopped with the parking brake set. display a message that the acceleration is
previously been registered, the option 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle limited.
to add the key displays. Touch Setup and then Teen Driver.
Teen Driver Speed Warning : Allows the
and a confirmation message displays. 4. Enter the PIN. speed warning to be turned on or off. Touch
Teen Driver restrictions will be 5. Touch Setup Keys. The system displays Set Teen Driver Speed Warning to set the
applied whenever this key is used to instructions for registering or warning speed.
operate the vehicle. unregistering a key. A confirmation
. If the transmitter key has already Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : Displays a
message displays. warning in the DIC when exceeding a
been registered, the option to
remove the key displays. If Remove is Manage Settings selectable speed. Choose the desired speed
touched, the transmitter key is no Audio Volume Limit : Allows the audio warning level. The speed warning does not
longer registered. A confirmation volume limit to be turned on or off. Touch limit the speed of the vehicle.
message displays, and Teen Driver Set Audio Volume Limit to choose the SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter (if
restrictions will not be applied if this maximum allowable audio volume level. equipped) : Allows the SiriusXM Explicit
transmitter key is used to operate Set Audio Volume Limit : Allows a Content Filter to be turned ON or OFF.
the vehicle. maximum radio volume to be set. Use the When ON, the teen driver will not be able
In vehicles with a pushbutton start system, arrows to choose the maximum allowable to listen to SiriusXM stations that contain
if a Teen Driver and a non-Teen Driver key level for the audio volume. explicit content, and the Explicit Content
are both present at start up, the vehicle will Filter selection in the Audio Settings will be
unavailable for change.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

When Teen Driver is Active: . When trying to change a safety feature . Overspeed Warnings – the number of
. If equipped with Buckle to Drive, shifting that is not configurable in Teen Driver, times the speed warning setting was
out of P (Park) will be prevented if the the DIC displays a message indicating exceeded.
driver seat belt, and in some vehicles the that Teen Driver is active and the action . Wide Open Throttle – the number of
front passenger seat belt, is not buckled. is not available. times the accelerator pedal was pressed
. The radio will mute when the driver seat . Super Cruise, if equipped, is not available. nearly all the way down.
belt, and in some vehicles the front . Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if equipped) . Forward Collision Alerts – the number of
passenger seat belt, is not buckled. The – When the vehicle is low on fuel, the times the driver was notified when
audio from any device paired to the low fuel light on the instrument cluster approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly
vehicle will also be muted. flashes and the DIC low fuel warning and at potential risk for a crash.
. An object placed on the front passenger cannot be dismissed. . Forward Automatic Braking, also called
seat, such as a briefcase, handbag, . Do not tow a trailer. Automatic Emergency Braking (if
grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic Report Card equipped) – the number of times the
device, could cause the passenger sensing vehicle detected that a forward collision
system to falsely sense an unbuckled The vehicle owner must secure the driver’s was imminent and applied the brakes.
front passenger and mute the radio. consent to record certain vehicle data when . Reverse Automatic Braking (if equipped) –
If this happens, remove the object from the vehicle is driven with a registered Teen the number of times the vehicle detected
the seat. See Passenger Sensing System Driver key. There is one Report Card per that a rearward collision was imminent
0 53. vehicle. Data is only recorded when a and applied the brakes.
. Some safety systems, such as Forward registered Teen Driver key is used to
. Traction Control – the number of times
operate the vehicle.
Collision Alert, if equipped, cannot be the Traction Control System activated to
turned off. The Report Card data is collected from the reduce wheel spin or loss of traction.
. The gap setting for the Forward Collision time Teen Driver is activated or the last . Stability Control – the number of events
Alert and Adaptive Cruise Control, time the Report Card was reset. The which required the use of electronic
if equipped, cannot be changed. following items may be recorded: stability control.
. Distance Driven – the total distance . Antilock Braking System Active – The
driven. number of Antilock Brake System
. Maximum Speed – the maximum vehicle activations.
speed detected.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. Tailgating Alerts – the number of times
the driver was alerted for following a
Trademarks and License
vehicle ahead too closely. Agreements
Report Card Data FCC Information
Cumulative Data is saved for all trips until See Radio Frequency Statement 0 331.
the Report Card is reset or until the
maximum count is exceeded. If the If you decide to continue service after your
maximum count is exceeded for a Report trial, your selected subscription plan will
Card line item, that item will no longer be automatically renew thereafter. You will be
updated in the Report Card until it is reset. charged at then-current rates. Fees and taxes
Each item will report a maximum of apply. Please see the SiriusXM Customer
1,000 counts. The distance driven will report Agreement at siriusxm.com for complete
a maximum of 64 374 km (40,000 mi). "Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone," terms and how to cancel, which includes
mean that an electronic accessory has been calling SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. All fees
To delete Report Card data, do one of the
designed to connect specifically to iPod or and programming are subject to change.
following:
. From the Report Card display, touch iPhone, respectively, and has been certified Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one
Reset. by the developer to meet Apple time activation fee, and other fees may
. Touch Clear All Teen Keys and PIN from performance standards. Apple is not apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All
responsible for the operation of this device fees and programming subject to change.
the Teen Driver menu. This will also
or its compliance with safety and regulatory Subscriptions subject to Customer
unregister any Teen Driver keys and
standards. Please note that the use of this Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com.
delete the PIN.
accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect SiriusXM service is only available in the
Forgotten PIN wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod 48 contiguous United States and Canada.
See your dealer to reset the PIN. classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod In Canada: Some deterioration of service
touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., may occur in extreme northern latitudes.
registered in the U.S. and other countries. This is beyond the control of SiriusXM
Satellite Radio.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Explicit Language Notice: Channels with be manufactured, distributed, HD Radio Technology
frequent explicit language are indicated with or marketed in the SiriusXM
an “XL” preceding the channel name. Service Area.
Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM 2. For products to be distributed, marketed,
Satellite Radio receivers by notifying and/or sold in Canada, a separate
SiriusXM: agreement is required with Canadian
. USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXM
or call 1-888-601–6296. Canada).
. Canada Customers — See HD Radio Technology manufactured under
www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S.
and Foreign Patents. For patents see
It is prohibited to copy, decompile, http://dts.com/patents. HD Radio and the
disassemble, reverse engineer, hack, HD, HD Radio, and “ARC” logos are
manipulate, or otherwise make available any registered trademarks or trademarks of
technology or software incorporated in iBiquity Digital Corporation in the United
receivers compatible with the SiriusXM States and/or other countries.
Satellite Radio System or that support the TouchSense Technology and TouchSense
SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any System 1000 Series Licensed from Bluetooth
of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice Immersion Corporation. TouchSense System
The Bluetooth word mark and logos are
compression software included in this 1000 protected under one or more of the
owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any
product is protected by intellectual property U.S. Patents at the following address
use of such marks by General Motors is
rights including patent rights, copyrights, www.immersion.com/patent-marking.html
under license. Other trademarks and trade
and trade secrets of Digital Voice and other patents pending.
names are those of their respective owners.
Systems, Inc. Bose
Java
General Requirements: Bose AudioPilot and Bose Centerpoint
Java is a registered trademark of Oracle
1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is surround are registered trademarks of Bose
and/or its affiliates.
required for any product that Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.
incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or
for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Schedule I: Gracenote EULA Gracenote Terms of Use OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE
This application or device contains software GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE
from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED
("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote HEREIN.
(the "Gracenote Software") enables this You agree that your non-exclusive license to
application to do disc or file identification use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
and obtain music-related information, Software, and Gracenote Servers will
including name, artist, track, and title terminate if you violate these restrictions.
Music recognition technology and related information ("Gracenote Data") from online If your license terminates, you agree to
data are provided by Gracenote. Gracenote servers or embedded databases (collectively, cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data,
is the industry standard in music recognition "Gracenote Servers") and to perform other the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
technology and related content delivery. For functions. You may use Gracenote Data only Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in
more information see www.gracenote.com. by means of the intended End-User Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software,
Music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., functions of this application or device. and the Gracenote Servers, including all
copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote. This application or device may contain ownership rights. Under no circumstances
Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to content belonging to Gracenote’s providers. will Gracenote become liable for any
present Gracenote. One or more patents If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein payment to you for any information that
owned by Gracenote may apply to this with respect to Gracenote Data shall also you provide. You agree that Gracenote may
product and service. See the Gracenote apply to such content and such content enforce its rights under this Agreement
website for a non-exhaustive list of providers shall be entitled to all of the against you directly in its own name.
applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote, benefits and protections set forth herein The Gracenote service uses a unique
CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote that are available to Gracenote. identifier to track queries for statistical
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by purposes. The purpose of a randomly
You agree that you will use Gracenote Data,
Gracenote" logo are either registered assigned numeric identifier is to allow the
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in Gracenote service to count queries without
Servers for your own personal
the United States and/or other countries. knowing anything about who you are. For
non-commercial use only. You agree not to
assign, copy, transfer or transmit the more information, see the web page for the
Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote
to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE service.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

The Gracenote Software and each item of © 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Reserved. LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO
Gracenote Data are licensed to you "AS IS." MPEG4–AVC (H.264) LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED
Gracenote makes no representations or FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL
warranties, express or implied, regarding the THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED
accuracy of any Gracenote Data. Gracenote PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE
reserves the right to delete data from the PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
Gracenote Servers or to change data CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN
COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD MPEG4–Visual
categories for any cause that Gracenote
deems sufficient. No warranty is made that (“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY MANNER
the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A THAT COMPLIES WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL
are error-free or that functioning of CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND STANDARD IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR USE
Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS BY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONAL
will be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES.
obligated to provide you with new enhanced LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO MP3
or additional data types or categories that LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED
Gracenote may provide in the future and is FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology
free to discontinue its services at any time. INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.
MPEG LA, LLC. SEE WMV/WMA
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT This product includes technology owned by
LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF VC-1 Microsoft Corporation and under a license
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 from Microsoft Licensing, GP. Use or
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE distribution of such technology outside of
NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A this product is prohibited without a license
WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN from Microsoft Corporation and/or Microsoft
OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD Licensing, GP as applicable.
SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN (“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1
NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A
ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS
LOST REVENUES. OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Map End User License Agreement TERMS AND CONDITIONS guidance, fleet management or similar
Personal Use Only: You agree to use this applications; or (b) with, or in
END USER TERMS
Data for the solely personal, noncommercial communication with, including without
The Map Data SD card (“Data”) is provided limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and
purposes for which you were licensed, and
for your personal, internal use only and not handheld computers, pagers, and personal
not for service bureau, timesharing or other
for resale. It is protected by copyright, and digital assistants or PDAs.
similar purposes. Except as otherwise set
is subject to the following terms (this “End
forth herein, you agree not to otherwise Warning
User License Agreement”) and conditions
reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, This Data may contain inaccurate or
which are agreed to by you, on the one
disassemble or reverse engineer any portion incomplete information due to the passage
hand, and HERE North America, LLC (“HERE”)
of this Data, and may not transfer or of time, changing circumstances, sources
and its licensors (including their licensors
distribute it in any form, for any purpose, used, and the nature of collecting
and suppliers) on the other hand.
except to the extent permitted by comprehensive geographic data, any of
The Data for areas of Canada includes mandatory laws. You may transfer the Data which may lead to incorrect results.
information taken with permission from and all accompanying materials on a
Canadian authorities, including: © Her permanent basis if you retain no copies and No Warranty
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © the recipient agrees to the terms of this End This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post User License Agreement. Multi-disc sets may agree to use it at your own risk. HERE and
Corporation, GeoBase®. only be transferred or sold as a complete its licensors (and their licensors and
HERE holds a nonexclusive license from the set as provided to you and not as a subset suppliers) make no guarantees,
United States Postal Service® to publish and thereof. representations, or warranties of any kind,
sell ZIP+4® information. Restrictions express or implied, arising by law or
otherwise, including but not limited to,
© United States Postal Service 2013. Prices Except where you have been specifically content, quality, accuracy, completeness,
are not established, controlled, or approved licensed to do so by HERE and without effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a
by the United States Postal Service. The limiting the preceding paragraph, you may particular purpose, usefulness, use or results
following trademarks and registrations are not (a) use this Data with any products, to be obtained from this Data, or that the
owned by the USPS: United States Postal systems, or applications installed or Data or server will be uninterrupted or
Service, USPS, and ZIP+4. otherwise connected to or in communication error free.
with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation,
positioning, dispatch, real time route
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Disclaimer of Warranty POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY written or oral agreements previously
THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR existing between us with respect to such
AND “WITH ALL FAULTS BASIS” AND SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, subject matter.
HARMAN (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL Governing Law
SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN The above terms and conditions shall be
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, governed by the laws of the State of Illinois,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE THIS DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE
TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN without giving effect to (i) its conflict of
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations
NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED
ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR ITS Convention for Contracts for the
SATISFACTORY QUALITY, ACCURACY, TITLE International Sale of Goods, which is
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to
NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE OR the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for
INFORMATION PROVIDED BY HARMAN (OR States, Territories, and Countries do not
allow certain liability exclusions or damages any and all disputes, claims, and actions
ANY OF THEIR LICENSORS, AGENTS, arising from or in connection with the Data
EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS) limitations, so to that extent the above may
not apply to you. provided to you hereunder.
SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE
NOT ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY SUCH Export Control Government End Users
ADVICE OR INFORMATION. THIS DISCLAIMER You agree not to export from anywhere any If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf
OF WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL CONDITION part of the Data provided to you or any of the United States government or any
OF THIS AGREEMENT. direct product thereof except in compliance other entity seeking or applying rights
Disclaimer of Liability with, and with all licenses and approvals similar to those customarily claimed by the
required under, applicable export laws, rules United States government, this Data is a
HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR “commercial item” as that term is defined at
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE and regulations. Entire Agreement: These
terms and conditions constitute the entire 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in
LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, accordance with this End User License
DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE agreement between HERE (and its licensors,
including their licensors and suppliers) and Agreement, and each copy of Data delivered
NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, or otherwise furnished shall be marked and
DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, you pertaining to the subject matter hereof,
and supersedes in their entirety any and all embedded as appropriate with the following
INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, “Notice of Use,” and be treated in
WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR accordance with such Notice:
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

the Contracting Officer, federal government The product you have purchased ("Product")
agency, or any federal official must notify contains Software (Runtime Configuration
HERE prior to seeking additional or No. 505962; "Software") which is distributed
alternative rights in the Data. by or on behalf of the Product manufacturer
Unicode "Manufacturer") under license from Software
Systems Co. ("QSSC"). You may only use the
Copyright © 1991-2010 Unicode, Inc. All Software in the Product and in compliance
rights reserved. Distributed under the Terms with the license terms below.
of Use in http://www.unicode.org/
copyright.html. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
NOTICE OF USE License, QSSC hereby grants you a limited,
Free Type Project non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER)
Portions of this software are copyright © the Software in the Product for the purpose
NAME: intended by the Manufacturer. If permitted
2010 The FreeType Project
HERE North America, LLC (http://www.freetype.org). All rights by the Manufacturer, or by applicable law,
reserved. you may make one backup copy of the
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) Software as part of the Product software.
ADDRESS: Open Source SW QSSC and its licensors reserve all license+C31
Further information concerning the OSS rights not expressly granted herein, and
425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL
licenses is shown in the infotainment retain all right, title and interest in and to
60606.
display. all copies of the Software, including all
This Data is a commercial item as defined in intellectual property rights therein. Unless
FAR 2.101 and is subject to the End User QNX required by applicable law you may not
License Agreement under which this Data Portions of this software are copyright © reproduce, distribute or transfer,
was provided. 2008-2011, QNX Software Systems. All rights or de-compile, disassemble or otherwise
© 2014 HERE North America, LLC. All rights reserved. attempt to unbundle, reverse engineer,
reserved. Part C – EULA modify or create derivative works of, the
Software. You agree: (1) not to remove,
If the Contracting Officer, federal Copyright © 2011, Software Systems GmbH cover or alter any proprietary notices, labels
government agency, or any federal official & Co. KG. All Rights Reserved. or marks in or on the Software, and to
refuses to use the legend provided herein, ensure that all copies bear any notice
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

contained on the original; and (2) not to CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, Linotype
export the Product or the Software in INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype Corp.
contravention of applicable export INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark
control laws. OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS A RESULT OF Office and may be registered in certain
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE THIS LICENSE OR OUT OF THE USE OR other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype
REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING Corp. or its licensee Linotype GmbH.
ITS LICENSORS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE ON BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS
OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, PRODUCT Usage in text form of each of the Licensed
AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR Trademarks is:
CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL
OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES), The trademark attribution requirements for
LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR the Licensed Trademarks may be viewed at
CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE http://www.linotype.com/2061-19414/
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. trademarks.html.
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY WARRANTIES OR WMA END USER NOTICE
OTHER PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE This product is protected by certain
MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S) The marks of companies displayed by this
intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use product to indicate business locations are
THAT DIFFER FROM THIS LICENSE ARE or distribution of such technology outside of
OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS the marks of their respective owners. The
this product is prohibited without a license use of such marks in this product does not
DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND NOT BY QSSC, from Microsoft.
ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU imply any sponsorship, approval,
ASSUME ANY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR For more information on the Software, or endorsement by such companies of this
USE OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS LICENSE. including any open source software license product.
terms (and available source code) as well as
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE copyright attributions applicable to the
REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN Runtime Configuration indicated above,
THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR GROSSLY please contact the Manufacturer or contact
NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, QSSC at 175 Terence Matthews Crescent,
ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS BE Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8
LIABLE TO YOU UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, (licensing@qnx.com).
WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE),
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Climate Controls 173

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems Automatic Climate Control System
Automatic Climate Control System . . . . . 173
Dual Automatic Climate Control The heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 system.
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . 179
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
1. Temperature Control 6. Recirculation

2. Air Delivery Mode Controls 7. Fan Control
3. O (Power) 8. Rear Window Defogger
4. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 9. Defrost
5. A/C (Air Conditioning)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
174 Climate Controls

Climate Control Status Display For automatic operation:
1. Press AUTO.
2. Set the temperature. Allow the system
time to stabilize. Adjust the temperature
as needed for best comfort.
O : Press to turn the fan off or on.
Temperature Control : Turn the outer ring of
the air vent clockwise or counterclockwise to
increase or decrease the temperature
setting.
Climate Control Display Fan Control : Turn the outer ring of the air
vent clockwise or counterclockwise to
1. Temperature Setting The climate control status display appears increase or decrease the fan speed.
2. Fan Control briefly when the climate controls on the Air Delivery Mode Controls : Press X, Y,
3. Air Delivery Mode Control center stack are adjusted.
or [ to change the direction of the
4. Air Recirculation Automatic Operation airflow. Any combination of the three
5. Auto (Automatic Operation) The system automatically controls the fan buttons can be selected. The indicator light
speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and in the button will turn on. The current mode
6. A/C (Air Conditioning)
recirculation in order to heat or cool the appears in the display screen. Pressing any
7. On/Off (Power) vehicle to the desired temperature: of the three buttons cancels automatic air
8. Temperature Controls delivery control and the direction of the
When AUTO is lit, all four functions operate airflow is controlled manually. Press AUTO
automatically. Each function can also be to return to automatic operation.
manually set and the setting is displayed.
Functions not manually set will continue to To change the current mode, select one or
be automatically controlled, even if the more of the following:
AUTO indicator is not lit.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

X : Clears the windows of fog or moisture. @ : Press to turn on recirculation. An The rear window defogger can be set to
Air is directed to the windshield and side indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated automatic operation. See “Climate and Air
window outlets. inside the vehicle. It helps to quickly cool Quality” under Vehicle Personalization 0 104.
the air inside the vehicle or reduce the When Auto Rear Defog is selected, the rear
Y : Air is directed to the instrument panel outside air and odors that may enter. window defogger turns on automatically
outlets. when the interior temperature is cold and
Operation in the recirculation mode while the outside temperature is about 7 °C (44 °F)
[ : Air is directed to the floor outlets. the air conditioner is off increases humidity and below.
0 : Clears the windshield of fog or frost and may cause the windows to fog.
The heated outside mirrors turn on when
more quickly. Air is only directed to the Recirculation is not available in the defrost the rear window defogger button is on and
windshield and side window outlets. The air or defog modes. help to clear fog or frost from the surface of
conditioning may turn on automatically to To improve fuel efficiency and to cool the the mirrors.
remove fog. vehicle faster, recirculation may be Do not drive the vehicle until all windows
For best results, clear all snow and ice from automatically selected in warm weather. The are clear.
the windshield before defrosting. recirculation light will not come on. Press
Do not drive the vehicle until all windows @ to select recirculation; press it again to Caution
are clear. select outside air.
Do not use a razor blade or sharp object
Air Conditioning Rear Window Defogger to clear the inside rear window. Do not
adhere anything to the defogger grid
A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning on 1 : Press to turn the rear window lines in the rear glass. These actions may
or off. An indicator light turns on. If the fan defogger on or off. An indicator light on the
button comes on to show that the rear damage the rear defogger. Repairs would
is turned off or the outside temperature not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
falls below freezing, the air conditioning will window defogger is on. The defogger turns
not run, but the indicator light will be lit. off if the ignition is turned off or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
The air conditioning might automatically
come on when 0 is selected.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Remote Start Climate Control Operation, If Dual Automatic Climate Control System
Equipped : The climate control system may
run when the vehicle is started remotely, The heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this
depending on the outside temperature. See system.
Remote Vehicle Start 0 14. The rear defog
may come on during remote start based on
cold ambient conditions. The rear defog
indicator light does not come on during a
remote start. When enabled, the front
heated seats, if equipped, will turn on
automatically if it is cold outside. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 104. The heated
seat indicator lights do not come on during
a remote start.
1. Driver and Passenger Temperature 6. A/C (Air Conditioning)

Controls 7. Recirculation
2. Air Delivery Mode Controls 8. Driver and Passenger Heated and
3. O (Power) Ventilated Seats (If Equipped)
4. SYNC (Synchronized Temperature) 9. Defrost
5. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 10. Rear Window Defogger
11. Fan Control
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Climate Control Display The fan, air delivery mode, air conditioning, Automatic Operation
driver and passenger temperatures, and Sync The system automatically controls the fan
settings can be controlled by touching speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and
CLIMATE on the infotainment Home Page or recirculation in order to heat or cool the
the climate button in the climate control vehicle to the desired temperature:
display application tray. A selection can then
be made on the front climate control page When AUTO is lit, all four functions operate
displayed. See the infotainment manual. automatically. Each function can also be
manually set and the setting is displayed.
Climate Control Status Display Functions not manually set will continue to
be automatically controlled, even if the
AUTO indicator is not lit.
For automatic operation:
1. Press AUTO.
1. Driver and Passenger Temperature
Settings 2. Set the temperature. Allow the system
time to stabilize. Adjust the temperature
2. Fan Control as needed for best comfort.
3. Driver and Passenger Temperature
Driver and Passenger Temperature
Controls
Controls : The temperature can be adjusted
4. Sync (Synchronized Temperature) separately for the driver and the passenger.
5. Recirculation Turn the outer ring of the air vents
6. Air Delivery Mode Controls clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or
The climate control status display appears decrease the driver or passenger
7. Auto (Automatic Operation) briefly when the center stack climate temperature setting. The setting will appear
8. A/C (Air Conditioning) controls are adjusted. on the temperature display.
9. On/Off (Power)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

SYNC : Press to link the passenger climate [ : Air is directed to the floor outlets. Recirculation is not available in the defrost
temperature settings to the driver setting. or defog modes.
The SYNC indicator light will turn on. When 0 : Clears the windshield of fog or frost
more quickly. Air is only directed to the To improve fuel efficiency and to cool the
the passenger settings are adjusted, the vehicle faster, recirculation may be
SYNC indicator light turns off. windshield and side window outlets. The air
conditioning may turn on automatically to automatically selected in warm weather. The
Manual Operation remove fog. recirculation light will not come on. Press
@ to select recirculation; press it again to
O : Press to turn the fan off or on. For best results, clear all snow and ice from select outside air.
h or i : Press to increase or decrease the the windshield before defrosting.
Rear Window Defogger
fan speed. Do not drive the vehicle until all windows
Air Delivery Mode Controls : Press X, Y,
are clear. 1 : Press to turn the rear window
defogger on or off. An indicator light on the
or [ to change the direction of the Air Conditioning button comes on to show that the rear
airflow. Any combination of the three A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning on window defogger is on. The defogger turns
buttons can be selected. The indicator light or off. An indicator light turns on. If the fan off if the ignition is turned off or to ACC/
in the button will turn on. The current mode is turned off or the outside temperature ACCESSORY.
appears in the display screen. Pressing any falls below freezing, the air conditioning will
of the three buttons cancels automatic air The rear window defogger can be set to
not run, but the indicator light will be lit. automatic operation. See “Climate and Air
delivery control and the direction of the
airflow is controlled manually. Press AUTO The air conditioning might automatically Quality” under Vehicle Personalization 0 104.
to return to automatic operation. come on when 0 is selected. When Auto Rear Defog is selected, the rear
window defogger turns on automatically
To change the current mode, select one or @ : Press to turn on recirculation. An when the interior temperature is cold and
more of the following: indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated the outside temperature is about 7 °C (44 °F)
inside the vehicle. It helps to quickly cool and below.
X : Clears the windows of fog or moisture. the air inside the vehicle or reduce the
Air is directed to the windshield and side outside air and odors that may enter. The heated outside mirrors turn on when
window outlets. the rear window defogger button is on and
Operation in the recirculation mode while help to clear fog or frost from the surface of
Y : Air is directed to the instrument panel the air conditioner is off increases humidity the mirrors.
outlets. and may cause the windows to fog.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Do not drive the vehicle until all windows automatically if it is cold outside. See . Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from
are clear. Vehicle Personalization 0 104. The heated air inlets at the base of the windshield
seat indicator lights do not come on during that could block the flow of air into the
Caution a remote start. vehicle.
Do not use a razor blade or sharp object . Clear snow off the hood to improve
to clear the inside rear window. Do not Air Vents visibility and help decrease moisture
adhere anything to the defogger grid drawn into the vehicle.
lines in the rear glass. These actions may . Keep the path under the front seats clear
damage the rear defogger. Repairs would of objects to help circulate the air inside
not be covered by the vehicle warranty. of the vehicle more effectively.
. Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors
L or M (If Equipped) : Press L or M to can adversely affect the performance of
heat the driver or passenger seat. the system. Check with your dealer
before adding equipment to the outside
Press { or C, if equipped, to ventilate the of the vehicle.
driver or passenger seat. See Heated and
Ventilated Front Seats 0 39.
Maintenance
Remote Start Climate Control Operation, If
Equipped : The climate control system may Passenger Compartment Air Filter
run when the vehicle is started remotely, Use the air outlets in the center and on the
depending on the outside temperature. See side of the instrument panel to direct the The passenger compartment air filter
Remote Vehicle Start 0 14. The rear defog airflow. Turn the center knobs on the air reduces dust, pollen, and other airborne
may come on during remote start based on outlets clockwise or counterclockwise to irritants from outside air that is pulled into
cold ambient conditions. The rear defog open or close off the airflow. the vehicle. The filter will need to be
indicator light does not come on during a replaced periodically. See Maintenance
Operation Tips Schedule 0 304.
remote start. When enabled, the front
. In defog or defrost mode, warm air flows
heated seats, if equipped, will turn on Using the climate control system without an
from side air outlets. To improve side air filter installed is not recommended.
window defogging or defrosting, direct Water or other debris could enter the
side air outlets toward the side windows.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

system and result in leaks or noises. Always
install a new filter when removing the old
filter.
For more information on filter replacement,
see your dealer.
Service
All vehicles have a label underhood that
identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle.
The refrigerant system should only be
serviced by trained and certified technicians.
The air conditioning evaporator should never
be repaired or replaced by one from a
salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced
by a new evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
During service, all refrigerants should be
reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting
refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is
harmful to the environment and may also
create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other
health-based concerns.
The air conditioning system requires periodic
maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule
0 304.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Driving and Operating 181

Driving and Operating Active Fuel Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Driver Assistance Systems
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Driving Information Engine Exhaust Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Driving for Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 182 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . 206 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Impaired Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Fuel
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Manual Transmission Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Recommended Fuel (3.6L
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Active Rev Match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 V6 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Track Events and Competitive Recommended Fuel (2.0L L4 Turbo
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Brakes Engine and 6.2L V8 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . 230
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Recommended Fuel (6.2L V8
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Supercharged Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Ride Control Systems Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Starting and Operating Traction Control/Electronic Stability Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 232
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Trailer Towing
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Competitive Driving Mode (SS, ZL1 and General Towing Information . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 1LE Models Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . 203 Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Conversions and Add-Ons
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Cruise Control
Parking (Manual Transmission) . . . . . . . . 205 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Parking over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . 205
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
182 Driving and Operating

Distracted Driving . Wait until the vehicle is parked to
Driving Information retrieve items that have fallen to the
Distraction comes in many forms and can floor.
Driving for Better Fuel Economy take your focus from the task of driving. . Stop or park the vehicle to tend to
Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here Exercise good judgment and do not let other children.
are some driving tips to get the best fuel activities divert your attention away from
. Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or
economy possible. the road. Many local governments have
enacted laws regarding driver distraction. restraint.
. Set the climate controls to the desired
Become familiar with the local laws in . Avoid stressful conversations while
temperature after the engine is started,
your area. driving, whether with a passenger or on a
or turn them off when not required.
cell phone.
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes
on the road, keep your hands on the
. Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops.
steering wheel, and focus your attention on { Warning
. Avoid idling the engine for long periods
driving. Taking your eyes off the road too long or
of time.
. Do not use a phone in demanding driving too often could cause a crash resulting in
. When road and weather conditions are injury or death. Focus your attention on
situations. Use a hands-free method to
appropriate, use cruise control. driving.
place or receive necessary phone calls.
. Always follow posted speed limits or
. Watch the road. Do not read, take notes,
drive more slowly when conditions Refer to the infotainment section for more
or look up information on phones or
require. information on using that system and the
other electronic devices.
. Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. navigation system, if equipped, including
. Designate a front seat passenger to
. Combine several trips into a single trip. pairing and using a cell phone.
handle potential distractions.
. Replace the vehicle's tires with the same . Become familiar with vehicle features Defensive Driving
TPC Spec number molded into the tire's before driving, such as programming
sidewall near the size. Defensive driving means “always expect the
favorite radio stations and adjusting
. Follow recommended scheduled unexpected.” The first step in driving
climate control and seat settings. Program
maintenance. defensively is to wear the seat belt. See
all trip information into any navigation
Seat Belts 0 41.
device prior to driving.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. Assume that other road users Control of a Vehicle applied. Once the power assist is used up, it
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) can take longer to stop and the brake pedal
are going to be careless and make Braking, steering, and accelerating are will be harder to push.
mistakes. Anticipate what they may do important factors in helping to control a
and be ready. vehicle while driving. Steering
. Allow enough following distance between
you and the driver in front of you.
Braking Caution
. Focus on the task of driving. Braking action involves perception time and To avoid damage to the steering system,
reaction time. Deciding to push the brake do not drive over curbs, parking barriers,
Impaired Driving pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is or similar objects at speeds greater than
reaction time. 3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving
Death and injury associated with impaired
driving is a global tragedy. Average driver reaction time is about over other objects such as lane dividers
three-quarters of a second. In that time, a and speed bumps. Damage caused by
{ Warning vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels
20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of
misuse of the vehicle is not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then distance in an emergency.
driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include:
can be affected by even a small amount . Keep enough distance between you and
of alcohol or drugs. You can have a the vehicle in front of you.
serious — or even fatal — collision if you . Avoid needless heavy braking.
drive after drinking or taking drugs. . Keep pace with traffic.
Do not drive while under the influence of If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is
alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver being driven, brake normally but do not
who has been drinking or is impaired by pump the brakes. Doing so could make the
drugs. Find alternate transportation pedal harder to push down. If the engine
home; or if you are with a group, stops, there will be some power brake assist
designate a driver who will remain sober. but it will be used when the brake is
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Electric Power Steering Steering in Emergencies 1. Ease off the accelerator and then,
. There are some situations when steering if there is nothing in the way, steer the
The vehicle has electric power steering.
around a problem may be more effective vehicle so that it straddles the edge of
It does not have power steering fluid.
than braking. the pavement.
Regular maintenance is not required.
. Holding both sides of the steering wheel 2. Turn the steering wheel about
If power steering assist is lost due to a one-eighth of a turn, until the right front
system malfunction, the vehicle can be allows you to turn 180 degrees without
removing a hand. tire contacts the pavement edge.
steered, but may require increased effort.
. The Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight
If the steering assist is used for an extended steering while braking. down the roadway.
period of time while the vehicle is not
moving, power assist may be reduced. Off-Road Recovery Loss of Control
If the steering wheel is turned until it Skidding
reaches the end of its travel and is held
against that position for an extended period There are three types of skids that
of time, power steering assist may be correspond to the vehicle's three control
reduced. systems:
. Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling.
Normal use of the power steering assist
should return when the system cools down. . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much
speed or steering in a curve causes tires
See your dealer if there is a problem. to slip and lose cornering force.
Curve Tips . Acceleration Skid — too much throttle
. Take curves at a reasonable speed. causes the driving wheels to spin.
. Reduce speed before entering a curve. Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking
. Maintain a reasonable steady speed The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the reasonable care suited to existing conditions,
through the curve. edge of a road onto the shoulder while and by not overdriving those conditions. But
. Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve driving. Follow these tips: skids are always possible.
before accelerating gently into the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these
straightaway. suggestions:
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal Track Events and Competitive
and steer the way you want the vehicle { Warning
to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be Driving Prior to each track event and again
ready for a second skid if it occurs. before returning to public roads, tighten
. Slow down and adjust your driving { Danger the wheel nuts with a torque wrench to
according to weather conditions. Stopping High-performance features are intended the proper torque specification. Wheel
distance can be longer and vehicle control for use only on closed tracks by nuts that are improperly or incorrectly
can be affected when traction is reduced experienced and qualified drivers and tightened can cause the wheels to
by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other should not be used on public roads. become loose or come off, resulting in a
material on the road. Learn to recognize High-speed driving, aggressive cornering, crash. See Capacities and Specifications
warning clues — such as enough water, hard braking, and other high-performance 0 318 for wheel nut torque specifications.
ice, or packed snow on the road to make
driving can be dangerous. Improper driver
a mirrored surface — and slow down
when you have any doubt. inputs for the conditions may result in Engine Oil
loss of control of the vehicle, which could
. Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, Caution
injure or kill you or others. Always drive
or braking, including reducing vehicle
safely. If you use the vehicle for racing or other
speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause the tires to competitive driving, the engine may use
If the vehicle is a Camaro High Performance more oil than it would with normal use.
slide.
model, see the additional items in the Low oil levels can damage the engine. For
Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only Camaro High Performance supplement. information on how to add oil, see
the braking skid. Engine Oil 0 242.
Track events or competitive driving may
affect the vehicle warranty. See the Be sure to check the oil level often during
warranty manual before using the vehicle
racing or other competitive driving and
for racing or other competitive driving.
keep the level at or near the upper mark
The Engine Sound Management setting (if that shows the proper operating range on
equipped) should not be set to Stealth Mode the engine oil dipstick.
during track events and competitive driving.
See Driver Mode Control 0 216.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

3.6L (LGX) V6 Engine every 15 hours of track usage. Any Brake Fluid
Change the engine oil to 0W-40 or 5W-40 transmission level set or change should be
For track events or competitive driving, it is
that meets the dexos2 specification. If this performed at your dealer.
recommended that the brake fluid be
oil is not available, the following oil can be Manual Transmission Fluid replaced with a high performance brake fluid
used as an alternative: Valvoline SYNPOWER that has a dry boiling point greater than
MST 5W-40. Manual transmission fluid should be 279 °C (534 °F). After conversion to the high
changed after every 15 hours of track usage. performance brake fluid, follow the brake
For LS/LT 1LE, add 0.9 L (1.0 qt) of oil over
the nominal fill level for a track event. After Rear Axle Fluid fluid service recommendations outlined by
the competitive driving, remove the excess the fluid manufacturer. Do not use silicone
Axles must have 2 400 km (1,500 mi) before or DOT-5 brake fluids.
oil so that the level on the dipstick is not being used in track driving.
above the upper mark that shows the Brake Burnishing
proper operating range. The rear axle fluid temperatures may be
higher than when driving in severe To prepare the Camaro brake systems for
During track usage, do not follow the Engine conditions. Drain and refill with new fluid track events and racing, complete the
Oil Life System status. Change the engine oil after the first racing or competitive driving appropriate high performance brake
after four hours of accumulative track usage. event, and then after every 24 hours of burnishing procedure described below.
Fuel racing or competitive driving. See New brake pads must be burnished before
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 313. racing or competitive driving.
Use premium unleaded gasoline with a
posted octane rating of 93 at a track event. Caution
Unleaded gasoline with a posted octane
Caution
During a first time track or racing event, These procedures are specific to the
rating of 91 may be used, but performance
high rear axle temperatures can occur. Camaro LT with Y4Q Heavy Duty Cooling
will be degraded.
Damage could be caused to the rear axle System and J55 brakes, SS, ZL1, and
Automatic Transmission Fluid and would not be covered by the vehicle models equipped with the 1LE track
Have the transmission fluid set to the track warranty. Do not drive as long or as fast package. This procedure should not be
specific oil level prior to track usage. the first time the vehicle is driven on the run on other Camaro models equipped
Transmission fluid should be changed after track or raced. (Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Racing/Track Brake Burnishing Procedure 3. Cool down: Drive at 100 km/h (60 mph)
Caution (Continued) for approximately 15 km (10 mi) without
with JL9 or J55 brakes without Y4Q heavy Caution using the brakes.
duty cooling system as damage may Brake fade will occur during this track 4. Apply the brakes 25 times from
result. burnish procedure and can cause brake 100 km/h (60 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph)
pedal travel and force to increase. This while decelerating at 0.4 g. This is a
could extend stopping distance until the medium brake application. Drive for at
Caution least 1 km (0.6 mi) between applications.
brakes are fully burnished.
The new vehicle break-in period should be
completed before performing the brake 1. Apply the brakes 25 times starting at Front Tire Deflectors, Lower Control Arm
burnishing procedure or damage may 100 km/h (60 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph) Deflectors, and Disc Splash Shields (SS
occur to the powertrain/engine. See New while decelerating at 0.4 g. This is a except 1LE Only)
Vehicle Break-In 0 199. medium brake application. Drive for at Before any racing event, remove the tire
least 1 km (0.6 mi) between applying the deflectors in the front of the vehicle, and
When performed as instructed, this brakes. This first step may be skipped if replace the original deflector and splash
procedure will not damage the brakes. there are more than 320 km (200 mi) on shield with the tall deflector and small
During the burnishing procedure, the brake the brake pads. splash shield.
pads will smoke and produce an odor. The 2. Repeatedly apply the brakes from
braking force and pedal travel may increase. 100 km/h (60 mph) to 25 km/h (15 mph) Caution
After the procedure is complete, the brake while decelerating at 0.8 g. This is a hard Race track driving with the original front
pads may appear white at the rotor contact. brake application, without activating the disc brake splash shield and front tire
Run this procedure in a safe manner and in Antilock Brake System (ABS). Drive for at deflector may result in brake pedal fade
compliance with all local and state least 1 km (0.6 mi) between stops. Repeat due to high rotor temperatures.
ordinances/laws regarding motor vehicle until the brake pedal travel starts to
operation. Run this procedure only on dry increase. Depending on conditions, this To install the tall deflector and small splash
pavement. should take no longer than 25 brake shield:
applications.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

5. Remove the original front splash 9. Re-attach the wheel speed sensor
shields (1). harness clips by pushing them from the
6. Remove the lower control arm deflectors. bottom up, on the back tab. On the
original deflector, the push pins are
7. Detach the wheel speed sensor harness pushed from the top down.
clips from the lower control arm
deflector. 10. Install the tall deflectors with three
screws (1) per corner. Torque to 3.3 Y
(29 lb inch).
When installing new control arms,
torque the three screws to 4.5 Y
(40 lb inch).
11. Install the front rotors with one screw
1. Remove the tire deflector. per corner. Torque to 9 Y (80 lb inch).
2. Remove the front wheels.
8. Install the small splash shields with two

screws (2) per corner. Torque to 9 Y
(80 lb inch).
Caution
Failure to reattach the wheel speed
sensor harness clips correctly could cause
interference with the wheel speed sensor, 12. Apply liquid thread adhesive to the
3. Remove the calipers (3) from the knuckle. and could damage the vehicle. caliper bolts (GM Part No. 9985399 –
Loctite 272 – Goodwrench 12345493).
4. Remove the brake rotors (2).
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Install the calipers with two screws (1) 14. After a track event, repeat the steps to For more information on Competitive Driving
per corner. Torque the caliper bolts to reinstall the original lower control arm Mode, see Competitive Driving Mode (SS,
200 Y (148 lb ft). deflectors and splash shields. ZL1 and 1LE Models Only) 0 219.
13. Reinstall the front wheels using the 15. Reinstall the tire deflectors.
wheel nut torque. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 318. Custom Launch Control (If Equipped)
Custom Launch Control allows the following
parameters for Launch Control to be
modified:
. Launch RPM
. Slip Target (5%–15%)
. Surface Type
1. Using the buttons on the right side of
To adjust the Launch RPM, all of these
conditions must be met: the steering wheel, press o to open the
. The vehicle must be in Track Mode. See top level DIC menu. Use x to scroll
“Track Mode” under Driver Mode Control down to Options and press SEL.
0 216.
. Performance Traction Management (PTM)
Caution Mode must be enabled. For convertibles,
and SS equipped with 10-speed automatic,
After a track event, remove the tall
Competitive Driving Mode must be
deflector and the small splash shield and
enabled. See Driver Mode Control 0 216.
reinstall the original deflector and splash
. The steering wheel must be straight.
shield. Failure to reinstall the original
parts may lead to corrosion, loss of . The driver door must be closed.
output, noise, premature brake pad and . The transmission must be in a gear other
rotor wear, reduced high-speed wet than R (Reverse). It will work in P (Park) 2. Use w or x to navigate to the Launch
braking, and damage to the tall deflector. or N (Neutral). Control menu.
. The parking brake must not be engaged.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
3. Use p to open the Options menu. 5. Press SEL to select Custom. 8. Adjust the desired RPM using w or x:
1800–4000 RPM for manual
transmissions and 1200–2400 for
automatic.
4. Use x or w to highlight Custom. 6. Scroll down to Launch RPM using x.

7. Press SEL.
9. Press SEL to confirm the desired RPM.

14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Caution
Attempting to shift when the drive
wheels are spinning and do not have
traction may cause damage to the
transmission. Damage caused by misuse
of the vehicle is not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Do not attempt to shift
when the drive wheels do not have
Manual Transmission 11. Auto Trans Only - Quickly apply full traction.
10. In this example, Launch Control is set to throttle. Release the brake pedal to
custom desired settings. launch the vehicle. Line Lock allows for locking the front brakes
independently of the rear brakes. This allows
. Manual Trans: Apply full throttle to Line Lock (If Equipped) the rear tires to spin when the throttle is
activate Launch Control and quickly applied.
release the clutch pedal to launch the
vehicle.
{ Warning To enter Line Lock, all of these conditions
The vehicle may move unexpectedly must be met:
when using Line Lock, which could cause . The vehicle must be in Track Mode.
injury to persons or property located . Performance Traction Management (PTM)
nearby. Only use Line Lock on a closed Mode must be enabled. For convertibles,
track where there is a large clear area Competitive Driving Mode must be
around all sides of the vehicle. Be ready enabled.
to apply the brakes immediately if the . The steering wheel must be straight.
vehicle begins to move. Do not use Line . The driver door must be closed.
Lock in an area that is accessible to the
. The vehicle must be in D (Drive) for an
Automatic Transmission public or where people or property are
automatic transmission or 1 (First) gear
located near the vehicle.
. Auto Trans: Firmly press and hold the for a manual transmission.
brake pedal to activate Launch . The parking brake must not be engaged.
Control.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. The vehicle must be stopped on level
ground. The accelerator pedal must not
be applied.
3. Use p to open the Launch 6. Press the brake pedal firmly to move the
Control menu. bar graph to 100%.
Select Automatic or Custom.
1. Using the buttons on the right side of
the steering wheel, press o to open the
top level DIC menu. Use x to scroll
down to Options and press SEL.
7. Release the brake pedal.

4. Use x to highlight Line Lock.
5. Press SEL to select Line Lock.
2. Use w or x to navigate to the Launch

Control menu.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Ensure the parking brake is disengaged to
re-enter Launch Control. Warning (Continued)
ignore police warnings and be very
Driving on Wet Roads cautious about trying to drive through
Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle flowing water.
traction and affect your ability to stop and
accelerate. Always drive slower in these Hydroplaning
types of driving conditions and avoid driving Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build
through large puddles and deep-standing or up under the vehicle's tires so they actually
8. There are 15 seconds to complete the flowing water. ride on the water. This can happen if the
burnout and exit. road is wet enough and you are going fast
9. To release the brakes and roll out, press { Warning enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it
1 and SEL at the same time. Wet brakes can cause crashes. They has little or no contact with the road.
If the burnout is not completed in might not work as well in a quick stop There is no hard and fast rule about
15 seconds, torque will be reduced to idle, and could cause pulling to one side. You hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow
the parking brake will be applied, Line Lock could lose control of the vehicle. down when the road is wet.
releases, and Custom Launch Control will be After driving through a large puddle of
disabled.
Other Rainy Weather Tips
water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply
the brake pedal until the brakes work Besides slowing down, other wet weather
normally. driving tips include:
. Allow extra following distance.
Flowing or rushing water creates strong . Pass with caution.
forces. Driving through flowing water
. Keep windshield wiping equipment in
could cause the vehicle to be carried
good shape.
away. If this happens, you and other
. Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir
vehicle occupants could drown. Do not
(Continued) filled.
. Have good tires with proper tread depth.
See Tires 0 267.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. Turn off cruise control. For Slippery Road Driving:
{ Warning . Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly
Hill and Mountain Roads Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with causes the wheels to spin and makes the
Driving on steep hills or through mountains the ignition off is dangerous. This can surface under the tires slick.
is different than driving on flat or rolling cause overheating of the brakes and loss . Turn on Traction Control. See Traction
terrain. Tips include: of steering assist. Always have the engine Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 214.
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in good running and the vehicle in gear. . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves
shape. vehicle stability during hard stops, but
. Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, the brakes should be applied sooner than
cooling system, and transmission. its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross when on dry pavement. See Antilock
the center line. Brake System (ABS) 0 212.
. Shift to a lower gear when going down
. Be alert on top of hills; something could . Allow greater following distance and
steep or long hills.
be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash). watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can
. Pay attention to special road signs (e.g.,
{ Warning falling rocks area, winding roads, long
occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded
areas. The surface of a curve or an
Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a grades, passing or no-passing zones) and overpass can remain icy when the
long downhill slope can cause brake take appropriate action. surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden
overheating, can reduce brake steering maneuvers and braking while
performance, and could result in a loss of Winter Driving on ice.
braking. Shift the transmission to a lower . Turn off cruise control.
gear to let the engine assist the brakes Driving on Snow or Ice
on a steep downhill slope. Snow or ice between the tires and the road Blizzard Conditions
creates less traction or grip, so drive Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal
carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there
(32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside
Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program
until roads can be treated. 0 326. To get help and keep everyone in the
vehicle safe:
. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror. To save fuel, run the engine for short
periods to warm the vehicle and then shut Warning (Continued)
{ Warning the engine off and partially close the overheat, causing an engine compartment
Snow can trap engine exhaust under the window. Moving about to keep warm also fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as
helps. little as possible and avoid going above
vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to
get inside. Engine exhaust contains If it takes time for help to arrive, when 56 km/h (35 mph).
carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be running the engine, push the accelerator
seen or smelled. It can cause pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out
unconsciousness and even death. the idle speed. This keeps the battery Turn the steering wheel left and right to
charged to restart the vehicle and to signal clear the area around the front wheels. Turn
If the vehicle is stuck in snow: for help with the headlamps. Do this as off any traction system. Shift back and forth
. Clear snow from the base of the little as possible, to save fuel. between R (Reverse) and a low forward gear,
vehicle, especially any blocking the spinning the wheels as little as possible. To
exhaust pipe. If the Vehicle Is Stuck prevent transmission wear, wait until the
. Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to wheels stop spinning before shifting gears.
the vehicle side that is away from the free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud, Release the accelerator pedal while shifting,
wind, to bring in fresh air. ice, or snow. and press lightly on the accelerator pedal
. Fully open the air outlets on or under If stuck too severely for the traction system when the transmission is in gear. Slowly
to free the vehicle, turn the traction system spinning the wheels in the forward and
the instrument panel.
off and use the rocking method. See reverse directions causes a rocking motion
. Adjust the climate control system to that could free the vehicle. If that does not
circulate the air inside the vehicle and Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control
0 214. get the vehicle out after a few tries, it
set the fan speed to the highest might need to be towed out. If the vehicle
setting. See “Climate Control Systems.” does need to be towed out, see Towing the
{ Warning Vehicle 0 293.
For more information about CO, see
If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed,
Engine Exhaust 0 205.
they can explode, and you or others
could be injured. The vehicle can
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Vehicle Load Limits Tire and Loading Information Label pressures (4). For more information on
tires and inflation see Tires 0 267 and
It is very important to know how much Tire Pressure 0 273.
weight the vehicle can carry. This
weight is called the vehicle capacity There is also important loading
weight and includes the weight of all information on the Certification label.
occupants, cargo, and all It may show the Gross Vehicle Weight
nonfactory-installed options. Two labels Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle
on the vehicle may show how much Weight Rating (GAWR) for the front and
weight it may properly carry: the Tire rear axle. See “Certification Label” later
and Loading Information label and the in this section.
Certification label. “Steps for Determining Correct Load
Limit–
{ Warning Label Example
1. Locate the statement "The combined
Do not load the vehicle any heavier A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading weight of occupants and cargo
than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Information label is attached to the should never exceed XXX kg or
(GVWR), or either the maximum vehicle's center pillar (B-pillar). The Tire XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard.
front or rear Gross Axle Weight and Loading Information label shows
Rating (GAWR). This can cause 2. Determine the combined weight of
the number of occupant seating the driver and passengers that will
systems to break and change the positions (1), and the maximum vehicle
way the vehicle handles. This could be riding in your vehicle.
capacity weight (2) in kilograms and
cause loss of control and a crash. 3. Subtract the combined weight of the
pounds.
Overloading can also reduce stopping driver and passengers from XXX kg
performance, damage the tires, and The Tire and Loading Information label or XXX lbs.
shorten the life of the vehicle. also shows the tire size of the original
4. The resulting figure equals the
equipment tires (3) and the
available amount of cargo and
recommended cold tire inflation
luggage load capacity. For example,
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs.
and there will be five 150 lb
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and
luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded on
the vehicle. That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity calculated in
Step 4. Example 1 Example 2
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will be 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
transferred to your vehicle. Consult Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
this manual to determine how this 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
reduces the available cargo and 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg
luggage load capacity of your (300 lbs). (750 lbs).
vehicle.” 3. Available Occupant and Cargo 3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg
Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs). (250 lbs).
This vehicle is neither designed nor
intended to tow a trailer.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Certification Label
{ Warning
Things inside the vehicle can strike
and injure people in a sudden stop or
turn, or in a crash.
. Put things in the cargo area of the
vehicle. In the cargo area, put
them as far forward as possible.
Try to spread the weight evenly.
. Never stack heavier things, like
suitcases, inside the vehicle so
Example 3 that some of them are above the
Label Example tops of the seats.
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
A vehicle-specific Certification label is . Do not leave an unsecured child
Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg attached to the vehicle's center pillar restraint in the vehicle.
(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). (B-pillar). The label may show the gross . Secure loose items in the vehicle.
3. Available Cargo Weight = weight capacity of the vehicle, called . Do not leave a seat folded down
0 kg (0 lbs). the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating unless needed.
(GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and Loading of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and
Information label for specific cargo.
information about the vehicle's capacity
weight and seating positions. The
combined weight of the driver,
passengers, and cargo should never
exceed the vehicle's capacity weight.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Starting and Operating Caution (Continued) Ignition Positions
. Do not participate in racing events,
New Vehicle Break-In sport driving schools, or similar
activities during this break-in period.
Caution
. Check engine oil with every refueling
Follow these recommended guidelines and add if necessary. Oil and fuel
during the first 2 414 km (1,500 mi) of consumption may be higher than
driving this vehicle. Parts have a break-in normal during the first
period and performance will be better in 2 414 km (1,500 mi).
the long run.
. To break in new tires, drive at
. Avoid full throttle starts and abrupt moderate speeds and avoid hard
stops. cornering for the first 322 km (200 mi).
. Do not exceed 4000 engine rpm. New tires do not have maximum
. Avoid driving at any one constant
traction and may tend to slip. The vehicle has an electronic keyless ignition
speed, fast or slow. . New brake linings also need a break-in with pushbutton start.
. Do not drive above
period. Avoid making hard stops The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
during the first 322 km (200 mi). This must be in the vehicle for the system to
129 km/h (80 mph).
is recommended every time brake operate. If the pushbutton start is not
. Avoid downshifting to brake or slow linings are replaced. working, the vehicle may be near a strong
the vehicle when the engine speed . radio antenna signal causing interference to
Should the vehicle be used for racing
will exceed 4000 rpm. the Keyless Access system. See Remote
or competitive driving (after break-in),
. Do not let the engine labor. Never lug the rear axle lubricant must be Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7.
the engine in high gear at low speeds. replaced beforehand. To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle must be
With a manual transmission, shift to on and the brake pedal must be applied.
the next lower gear. This rule applies See Track Events and Competitive Driving
at all times, not just during the 0 185.
break-in period.
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Stopping the Engine/OFF (No Indicator 1. Brake using a firm and steady pressure. ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Indicator Light) :
Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This This mode allows the use of some electrical
ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the may deplete power assist, requiring accessories when the engine is off.
engine off. increased brake pedal force. With the ignition off, pressing the button
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can one time without the brake pedal applied
turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) be done while the vehicle is moving. will place the ignition system in ACC/
will remain active. See Retained Accessory After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply ACCESSORY.
Power (RAP) 0 203. the brakes and steer the vehicle to a
safe location. The ignition will switch from ACC/
Automatic Transmission ACCESSORY to OFF after five minutes to
3. Come to a complete stop. Shift to prevent battery rundown.
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the ignition P (Park) with an automatic transmission,
will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display a or Neutral with a manual transmission. ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This
message in the Driver Information Center Turn the ignition off. mode is for driving and starting. With the
(DIC). When the vehicle is shifted into ignition off, and the brake pedal applied,
P (Park), the ignition system will turn OFF. 4. Set the parking brake. See Electric pressing the button once will place the
Parking Brake 0 213. ignition system in ON/RUN/START. Once
Manual Transmission
engine cranking begins, release the button.
If the vehicle is stationary, the ignition will { Warning Engine cranking will continue until the
turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Turning off the vehicle while moving may engine starts. See Starting the Engine 0 201.
will remain active. See Retained Accessory cause loss of power assist in the brake The ignition will then remain on.
Power (RAP) 0 203. and steering systems and disable the Service Mode
Do not turn the engine off when the vehicle airbags. While driving, only shut the
is moving. This will cause a loss of power This power mode is available for service and
vehicle off in an emergency.
assist in the brake and steering systems and diagnostics, and to verify the proper
disable the airbags. If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and operation of the malfunction indicator lamp
must be shut off while driving, press and as may be required for emission inspection
If the vehicle must be shut off in an purposes. With the vehicle off, and the
hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than
emergency: brake pedal not applied, pressing and
two seconds, or press twice within
five seconds. holding ENGINE START/STOP for more than
five seconds will place the vehicle in Service
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Mode. The instruments and audio systems Manual Transmission 2. When the engine begins cranking, let go
will operate as they do in ON/RUN, but the The shift lever should be in Neutral and the of the button and the engine cranks
vehicle will not be able to be driven. The parking brake engaged. Hold the clutch automatically until it starts. If the
engine will not start in Service Mode. Press pedal down to the floor, press the brake battery in the RKE transmitter is weak,
the button again to turn the vehicle off. pedal, and start the engine. the DIC will display a message. The
vehicle can still be driven.
Starting the Engine Starting the Vehicle See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Place the transmission in the proper gear. The RKE transmitter must be inside the Transmitter Battery” under Remote
vehicle for the ignition to work. Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7
Caution . If the RKE transmitter battery is dead,
Cell phone chargers can interfere with the
If you add electrical parts or accessories, operation of the Keyless Access system. insert it into the rear cupholder to
you could change the way the engine Battery chargers should not be plugged in enable engine starting.
operates. Any resulting damage would when starting or turning off the engine. 3. Do not race the engine immediately
not be covered by the vehicle warranty. after starting it. Operate the engine and
To start the vehicle: transmission gently until the oil warms
See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 233.
1. For vehicles with an automatic up and lubricates all moving parts.
Automatic Transmission transmission, press the brake pedal, then 4. If the engine does not start and no DIC
press ENGINE START/STOP on the message is displayed, wait 15 seconds
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or instrument panel. For a manual
N (Neutral). To restart the vehicle when it is before trying again to let the cranking
transmission, place the shift lever in motor cool down.
already moving, use N (Neutral) only. Neutral with the parking brake engaged.
Hold the clutch pedal down to the floor, If the engine does not start after five to
Caution press the brake pedal, then press ENGINE 10 seconds, especially in very cold
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the START/STOP. weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
vehicle is moving. If you do, you could be flooded with too much gasoline. Try
If there is no RKE transmitter in the pushing the accelerator pedal all the way
damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) vehicle or if there is something causing
only when the vehicle is stopped. to the floor while cranking for up to
interference with it, the Driver 15 seconds maximum. Wait at least
Information Center (DIC) will display a 15 seconds between each try, to allow
message. the cranking motor to cool down. When
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

the engine starts, let go of the brake. Then turn off the ignition off by Using the Engine Heater
accelerator. If the vehicle starts briefly pressing ENGINE START/STOP and release 1. Turn off the engine.
but then stops again, repeat these steps. the clutch pedal when the engine has
This clears the extra gasoline from the stopped. 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
engine. electrical cord.
If the RKE transmitter is not detected inside
Caution the vehicle when it is turned off the DIC
displays a message.
Cranking the engine for long periods of
time, by returning the ignition to the Engine Heater
START position immediately after
cranking has ended, can overheat and { Warning
damage the cranking motor, and drain Do not plug in the engine block heater
the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds while the vehicle is parked in a garage or
between each try, to let the cranking under a carport. Property damage or
motor cool down. personal injury may result. Always park
the vehicle in a clear open area away
Stopping the Engine from buildings or structures.
If the vehicle has an automatic transmission, The electrical cord is on the passenger
move the shift lever to P (Park) and press If equipped, the engine heater can help in side of the engine compartment, next to
and hold ENGINE START/STOP on the cold weather conditions at or below −18 °C the engine compartment fuse block.
instrument panel, until the engine shuts off. (0 °F) for easier starting and better fuel Check the heater cord for damage. If it is
If the shift lever is not in P (Park), the economy during engine warm-up. Plug in damaged, do not use it. See your dealer
engine shuts off and the ignition goes to the coolant heater at least four hours before for a replacement. Inspect the cord for
ACC/ACCESSORY. The DIC displays SHIFT TO starting the vehicle. An internal thermostat damage yearly.
PARK. Once the shift lever is moved to in the plug end of the cord will prevent
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt
P (Park), the vehicle turns off. engine heater operation at temperatures
AC outlet.
above −18 °C (0 °F).
If the vehicle has a manual transmission,
before getting out of the vehicle, shift to
1 (First) or R (Reverse) and apply the parking
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. Infotainment System
{ Warning Warning (Continued) . Power Windows (during RAP this
Improper use of the heater cord or an functionality will be lost when any door
. While in use, do not let the heater
extension cord can damage the cord and is opened)
cord touch vehicle parts or sharp
may result in overheating and fire. . Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will
edges. Never close the hood on the
. Plug the cord into a three-prong be lost when any door is opened)
heater cord.
electrical utility receptacle that is . Auxiliary Power Outlet
. Before starting the vehicle, unplug the
protected by a ground fault detection . Audio System
function. An ungrounded outlet could cord, reattach the cover to the plug,
. OnStar System
cause an electric shock. and securely fasten the cord. Keep the
cord away from any moving parts. Shifting Into Park
. Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty,
15 amp-rated extension cord if needed. 4. Before starting the engine, be sure to To shift into P (Park):
Failure to use the recommended unplug and store the cord as it was 1. Hold the brake pedal down and set the
extension cord in good operating before to keep it away from moving parking brake.
condition, or using a damaged heater engine parts. If you do not it could be
or extension cord, could make it damaged. See Electric Parking Brake 0 213.
overheat and cause a fire, property 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) by
damage, electric shock, and injury. The length of time the heater should remain holding in the button on the shift lever
plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a and pushing the shift lever all the way
. Do not operate the vehicle with the dealer in the area where you will be parking
heater cord permanently attached to toward the front of the vehicle.
the vehicle for the best advice on this.
the vehicle. Possible heater cord and 3. Turn the ignition off.
thermostat damage could occur. Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
(Continued)
When the ignition is turned from on to off,
the following features (if equipped) will
continue to function for up to 10 minutes,
or until the driver door is opened. These
features will also work when the ignition is
in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY:
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine down. Then, see if you can move the shift The shift lock release is always functional
Running lever away from P (Park) without first except in the case of an uncharged or low
pressing the button on the shift lever. voltage (less than 9 volt) battery.
{ Warning Release the button and check that the shift If the vehicle has an uncharged battery or a
It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle lever cannot be moved out of P (Park). battery with low voltage, try charging or
with the engine running. It could jump starting the battery. See Jump Starting
Torque Lock - North America 0 291 for more information.
overheat and catch fire.
Torque lock is when the weight of the To shift out of P (Park):
It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle vehicle puts too much force on the parking
if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) pawl in the transmission. This happens when 1. Apply the brake pedal.
with the parking brake firmly set. The parking on a hill and shifting the 2. Release the parking brake. See Electric
vehicle can roll. transmission into P (Park) is not done Parking Brake 0 213.
properly and then it is difficult to shift out 3. Press the shift lever button.
Do not leave the vehicle when the engine
of P (Park). To prevent torque lock, set the
is running. If you have left the engine 4. Move the shift lever.
parking brake and then shift into P (Park). To
running, the vehicle can move suddenly. find out how, see “Shifting Into Park” If unable to shift out of P (Park):
You or others could be injured. To be previously in this section. 1. Fully release the shift lever button.
sure the vehicle will not move, even
when you are on fairly level ground, If torque lock does occur, the vehicle may 2. While holding down the brake pedal,
always set the parking brake and move need to be pushed uphill by another vehicle press the shift lever button again.
to relieve the parking pawl pressure, so you 3. Move the shift lever.
the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting
can shift out of P (Park).
Into Park 0 203. If the shift lever will not move from P (Park),
Shifting out of Park consult your dealer or a professional towing
If you have to leave the vehicle with the service.
engine running, be sure the vehicle is in This vehicle is equipped with an electronic
P (Park) and the parking brake is set before shift lock release system. The shift lock
you leave it. After you have moved the shift release is designed to prevent movement of
lever into P (Park), hold the brake pedal the shift lever out of P (Park), unless the
ignition is on and the brake pedal is applied.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Parking (Manual Transmission) When less power is required, such as Manual Transmission
cruising at a constant vehicle speed, the The timer will reset if vehicle speed exceeds
system will operate in four cylinder mode,
{ Warning allowing the vehicle to achieve better fuel
4 km/h (2.5 mph).
If the vehicle has a manual transmission, economy. When greater power demands are
never get out of the vehicle without first required, such as accelerating from a stop, Engine Exhaust
moving the shift lever into 1st or passing, or merging onto a freeway, the
R (Reverse), setting the parking brake and system will maintain full-cylinder operation. { Warning
turning the ignition off. The vehicle can Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide
roll, which could cause serious injury or Extended Parking
(CO), which cannot be seen or smelled.
death. It is best not to park with the vehicle Exposure to CO can cause
running. If the vehicle is left running, be unconsciousness and even death.
Parking over Things That Burn sure it will not move and there is adequate
ventilation. See Shifting Into Park 0 203 and Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
{ Warning Engine Exhaust 0 205. . The vehicle idles in areas with poor
If the vehicle is left parked and running with ventilation (parking garages, tunnels,
Things that can burn could touch hot
the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter deep snow that may block underbody
exhaust parts under the vehicle and airflow or tail pipes).
ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, outside the vehicle, it will continue to run
dry grass, or other things that can burn. for up to half an hour. . The exhaust smells or sounds strange
If the vehicle is left parked and running with or different.
Active Fuel Management the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle, it will . The exhaust system leaks due to
continue to run for up to an hour. corrosion or damage.
Vehicles with V6 and V8 engines and an
The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is . The vehicle exhaust system has been
automatic transmission have Active Fuel
Management. This system allows the engine parked on a hill, due to lack of modified, damaged, or improperly
to operate on either all or four of its available fuel. repaired.
cylinders, depending on the driving (Continued)
Automatic Transmission
conditions.
The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken
out of P (Park) while it is running.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Warning (Continued) Automatic Transmission { Warning
. There are holes or openings in the The Driver Information Center (DIC) displays It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle
vehicle body from damage or the current range selected in the lower right if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park)
aftermarket modifications that are not corner. If Manual Mode is active, M and the with the parking brake firmly set. The
completely sealed. current gear selected is displayed. The DIC vehicle can roll.
also displays the currently selected Drive
If unusual fumes are detected or if it is Mode. When Tour Mode is selected, T is Do not leave the vehicle when the engine
suspected that exhaust is coming into the displayed. When Sport Mode is selected, S is is running. If you have left the engine
vehicle: displayed and if equipped Track Mode, Tr running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
. Drive it only with the windows will be displayed. You or others could be injured. To be
completely down. sure the vehicle will not move, even
. Have the vehicle repaired immediately. when you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and move
Never park the vehicle with the engine the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting
running in an enclosed area such as a Into Park 0 203.
garage or a building that has no fresh air
ventilation. Make sure the shift lever is fully in P (Park)
before starting the engine. The vehicle has
Running the Vehicle While Parked an automatic transmission shift lock control
It is better not to park with the engine system. The regular brake must be fully
running. applied first and then the shift lever button
must be pressed before shifting from
If the vehicle is left with the engine running, P (Park) when the ignition is on. If you
follow the proper steps to be sure the P : This position locks the drive wheels. Use cannot shift out of P (Park), ease pressure on
vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park P (Park) when starting the engine because the shift lever, then push the shift lever all
0 203 and the vehicle cannot move easily. the way into P (Park) as you maintain brake
Engine Exhaust 0 205. If the vehicle has a application. Then press the shift lever button
manual transmission, see Parking (Manual and move the shift lever into another gear.
Transmission) 0 205. See Shifting out of Park 0 204.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

R : Use this gear to back up. and reduce brake wear. If the brake
Caution continues to be pressed, the transmission
Caution Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with will downshift until the correct gear for
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is the engine running at high speed may optimal braking is reached.
moving forward could damage the damage the transmission. The repairs If the road levels out and the accelerator
transmission. The repairs would not be would not be covered by the vehicle pedal is pressed, the transmission will
covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to warranty. Be sure the engine is not upshift until the appropriate gear is reached.
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is running at high speed when shifting the
stopped. vehicle. Caution
If the vehicle does not shift gears, the
To rock the vehicle back and forth to get transmission could be damaged. Have the
out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging Caution
vehicle serviced right away.
the transmission, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck A transmission hot message may display
0 195. if the automatic transmission fluid is too Performance Shifting
N : In this position, the engine does not hot. Driving under this condition can
damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the While driving in Sport Mode (L4, if equipped
connect with the wheels. To restart the or V6, if equipped), or Sport Mode and Track
engine when the vehicle is already moving, engine to cool the automatic
transmission fluid. This message clears Mode (V8, if equipped), if Tap Shift has not
use N (Neutral) only. been activated, the transmission determines
when the transmission fluid has cooled
when the vehicle is being driven in a
{ Warning sufficiently. competitive manner. The transmission may
Shifting into a drive gear while the remain in a gear longer than it would in the
D : This position is for normal driving.
engine is running at high speed is normal driving mode based on throttle input
If more power is needed for passing, press
dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on and vehicle lateral acceleration. If there is a
the accelerator pedal down.
the brake pedal, the vehicle could move rapid reduction in throttle from a heavy
Powertrain Braking throttle position at high rpm, the
very rapidly. You could lose control and
hit people or objects. Do not shift into a When driving on steep descents with the transmission will maintain the current gear
shift lever in D (Drive) where frequent up to near redline rpm. While braking, the
drive gear while the engine is running at
braking is required, the transmission will transmission will automatically downshift to
high speed. the next lower gear keeping engine speed
shift down a gear to help hold vehicle speed
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

above approximately 3000 rpm. If the The transmission will only allow you to shift
vehicle is then driven for a short time at a into gears appropriate for the vehicle speed
steady speed, and without high cornering and engine revolutions per minute (rpm).
loads, the transmission will upshift one gear The transmission will not automatically shift
at a time until the highest available gear is to the next lower gear if the engine rpm is
reached. After shifting to the highest too high, nor to the next higher gear when
available gear, the transmission will return the maximum engine rpm is reached.
to normal Sport Mode shifting. While in the DSC mode, the transmission
Manual Mode will automatically downshift as the vehicle
comes to a stop. This will allow for more
Driver Shift Control (DSC) power during take-off.
Caution Tap Shift

DSC allows shifting an automatic
Driving with the engine at a high rpm transmission similar to a manual
without upshifting while using Driver transmission. To use the DSC feature:
Shift Control (DSC), could damage the 1. Move the shift lever to the left from
vehicle. Always upshift when necessary D (Drive) into the side gate marked
while using DSC. with +/−.
2. Press the shift lever forward to upshift or
rearward to downshift.
While using the DSC feature, the vehicle will
have firmer, quicker shifting. You can use
this for sport driving or when climbing or
descending hills, to stay in gear longer,
or to downshift for more power or engine
braking. Tap Shift allows you to manually control the
automatic transmission. To use Tap Shift,
the shift lever must be in DSC mode.
Vehicles with this feature have indicators on
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

the steering wheel. The paddles are on the The rows of lights get closer together as the While in the Tap Shift Mode, the
back of the steering wheel. Tap the left maximum shift point gets closer. Shift the transmission will not automatically
paddle (−) to downshift, and the right transmission before the lights come together downshift on hard acceleration.
paddle (+) to upshift. The Driver Information in the display. Shift immediately if the lights
Center (DIC) display indicates the gear the
vehicle is in.
are flashing. Manual Transmission
See Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 100.
Holding the left paddle for an extended time Temporary Tap Shift Mode allows brief
will downshift the transmission to the entry into Tap Shift Mode while in D (Drive).
lowest available gear. Tapping either the upshift or downshift
While in Manual Mode, the transmission will control will place the transmission in Tap
prevent shifting to a lower gear if the Shift Mode. Exit Tap Shift Mode by holding
engine speed is too high. If the tap down the upshift control for two seconds. The
− (Minus) paddle is held while the vehicle system will return to automatic shifting
slows down, the M in the DIC will flash, and after seven seconds of driving at a steady
the downshift will be allowed when vehicle speed, or when the vehicle comes to a stop.
speed is low enough. Continuing to hold the This may be used for sport driving or when
tap down − (Minus) paddle will not cause climbing or descending hills, to stay in gear
the transmission to continue downshifting. longer, or to downshift for more power or Shift Pattern – V8 Engine
Each downshift must be requested engine braking. The transmission will only
separately by releasing and reapplying the allow you to shift into gears appropriate for
tap down − (Minus) paddle. the vehicle speed and engine revolutions per
Head-Up Display (HUD) minute (rpm). The transmission will not
automatically shift to the next higher gear if
Vehicles equipped with a Head-Up Display the engine rpm is too high. If shifting is
(HUD) may also have performance shift prevented for any reason, the gear displayed
timing lights across the top of the display. in the DIC will blink several times, indicating
that the transmission has not shifted gears.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Caution Caution (Continued)
The message REDUCED PERFORMANCE — the manual transmission fluid. This
REDUCE CLUTCH USE displays and engine message clears when the vehicle has
torque is momentarily limited if excessive slowed sufficiently or if the manual
manual transmission clutch slip is transmission fluid has cooled sufficiently.
detected while the clutch pedal is fully
released. This could be caused by a hot To operate the transmission:
clutch. Apply less pressure on the 1 : Press the clutch pedal to the floor and
accelerator pedal when accelerating from shift into 1 (First). Then slowly let up on the
a stop. Also, fully release the accelerator clutch pedal while pressing the accelerator
pedal during gear changes. This will allow pedal.
Shift Pattern – L4 and V6 Engines the clutch to cool and should prevent Shift into 1 (First) when going less than
further clutch slip while the clutch pedal 65 km/h (40 mph). If the vehicle comes to a
These are the shift patterns for the 6-speed is fully released. If this message displays
manual transmissions. complete stop and it is hard to shift into
repeatedly, see your dealer. Repeated 1 (First), put the shift lever in Neutral and let
Caution clutch slip could cause permanent up on the clutch. Press the clutch pedal back
damage. down to the floor. Then shift into 1 (First).
The message MANUAL TRANSMISSION —
RELEASE CLUTCH PEDAL displays and a 2 : Press the clutch pedal to the floor while
chime sounds if the manual transmission Caution letting up on the accelerator pedal and shift
clutch pedal is partially applied for an into 2 (Second). Then, slowly let up on the
The message TRANSMISSION IS HOT — clutch pedal while pressing the accelerator
extended period of time while the vehicle SLOW DOWN displays and a chime pedal.
is being driven. Driving with the clutch sounds if the manual transmission fluid is
pedal applied can reduce the life of the hot and vehicle speed is high. Driving 3, 4, 5, and 6 : Shift into 3 (Third),
clutch and/or damage it. Fully release the 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and 6 (Sixth) the same
with the manual transmission fluid
clutch pedal after each gear change. way as for 2 (Second). Slowly let up on the
temperature high can damage the
clutch pedal while pressing the accelerator
vehicle. Drive at a slower speed to cool pedal.
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

To stop, let up on the accelerator pedal and When this message comes on, the vehicle Vehicles equipped with a Head-Up Display
press the brake pedal. Just before the can only be shifted from 1 (First) to (HUD) may also have performance shift
vehicle stops, press the clutch pedal and the 4 (Fourth) instead of 1 (First) to 2 (Second). timing lights across the top of the display.
brake pedal, and shift to Neutral. The message will display in the Driver The rows of lights get closer together as the
Neutral : Use this position when starting or Information Center (DIC). maximum shift point gets closer. Shift the
idling the engine. The shift lever is in Complete the shift into 4 (Fourth) to turn off transmission before the lights come together
Neutral when it is centered in the shift this feature. This helps to get the best in the display. Shift immediately if the lights
pattern, not in any gear. possible fuel economy. are flashing.
R : To back up, press the clutch pedal to the After shifting to 4 (Fourth), downshift to a See Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 100.
floor and shift into R (Reverse). Let up on lower gear, if desired.
the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the Active Rev Match
accelerator pedal. Caution Vehicles equipped with a V8 engine and a
One to Four Shift Message (V8 Only) Forcing the shift lever into any gear manual transmission have Active Rev Match
except 4 (Fourth) when the 1-4 SHIFT (ARM). ARM aids in smoother shifting by
message comes on may damage the matching the engine speed to the next
transmission. Shift only from 1 (First) to selected gear. By monitoring shift lever and
4 (Fourth) when the message comes on. clutch operation, ARM adjusts engine speed
to match a calibrated value based on gear
This message will come on when: selection. On upshifts and downshifts,
. The engine coolant temperature is higher engine speed will be decreased and
than 76 °C (169 °F). increased to match vehicle road speed and
. The vehicle is accelerating from a stop
transmission gear position. ARM is
maintained while the clutch pedal is pressed,
and going 24 to 31 km/h (15 to 19 mph).
but will deactivate if the shift lever is left in
. The vehicle is at 33% throttle or less. the Neutral position.
Once displayed, the message will remain in
the DIC for two seconds, even if the
conditions for skip shift are no longer
satisfied.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

indicator lamp will be on. See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp 0 91. The clutch and
manual transmission will continue to
operate normally.
ARM will also:
. Only be active above 25 km/h (16 mph).
. Only match engine speed up to If there is a problem with ABS, this warning
5400 rpm. light stays on. See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light 0 94.
. Not operate when the accelerator pedal is
applied. ABS does not change the time needed to
. Be disabled when the coolant get a foot on the brake pedal and does not
temperature is below 0 °C (32 °F). always decrease stopping distance. If you
The system is activated and deactivated by get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will
pressing either of the paddles marked REV not be enough time to apply the brakes if
MATCH on the steering wheel. The system Brakes that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always
must be activated with each new ignition leave enough room ahead to stop, even
cycle. Antilock Brake System (ABS) with ABS.
A gear indicator in the instrument cluster The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps
Using ABS
displays the current gear selected: prevent a braking skid and maintain steering
. When ARM is activated, the gear number while braking hard. Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake
is amber. pedal down firmly. Hearing or feeling ABS
ABS performs a system check when the
operate is normal.
. When ARM is deactivated, the gear vehicle is first driven. A momentary motor
number is white. or clicking noise may be heard while this Braking in Emergencies
. If no gear number is displayed while the test is going on, and the brake pedal may
move slightly. This is normal. ABS allows steering and braking at the same
shift lever is in gear, service is required. time. In many emergencies, steering can
ARM will be disabled, and the malfunction help even more than braking.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Electric Parking Brake Before leaving the vehicle, check the red If the EPB is applied while the vehicle is
parking brake status light to ensure that the moving, the vehicle will decelerate as long
parking brake is applied. as the switch is pulled. If the switch is
pulled until the vehicle comes to a stop, the
EPB Apply EPB will remain applied.
To apply the EPB: The vehicle may automatically apply the EPB
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a complete stop. in some situations when the vehicle is not
2. Pull the EPB switch momentarily. moving. This is normal, and is done to
periodically check the correct operation of
The red parking brake status light will flash the EPB system, or at the request of other
and then stay on once the EPB is fully safety functions that utilize the EPB.
applied. If the red parking brake status light
flashes continuously, the EPB is only If the EPB fails to apply, block the rear
partially applied or there is a problem with wheels to prevent vehicle movement.
the EPB. A DIC message will display. Release EPB Release
The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can always
the EPB and try to apply it again. If the
be applied, even if the vehicle is off. In case To release the EPB:
light does not come on, or keeps flashing,
of insufficient electrical power, the EPB
have the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the 1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
cannot be applied or released. To prevent
vehicle if the red parking brake status light ACCESSORY.
draining the battery, avoid unnecessary
is flashing. See your dealer. 2. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
repeated cycles of the EPB.
If the amber service parking brake warning 3. Press the EPB switch momentarily.
The system has a red parking brake status
light is on, pull the EPB switch. Continue to
light and an amber service parking brake The EPB is released when the red parking
hold the switch until the red parking brake
warning light. See Electric Parking Brake brake status light is off.
status light remains on. If the amber service
Light 0 93 and
parking brake warning light is on, see your If the amber service parking brake warning
Service Electric Parking Brake Light 0 93.
dealer. light is on, release the EPB by pressing and
There are also parking brake-related Driver
Information Center (DIC) messages. holding the EPB switch. Continue to hold the
switch until the red parking brake status
light is off. If either light stays on after
release is attempted, see your dealer.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if seconds. The brakes may also release under
Caution the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold
Driving with the parking brake on can to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake the vehicle.
overheat the brake system and cause pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement HSA is available when the vehicle is facing
premature wear or damage to brake during this time may occur. Continue to uphill in a forward gear, or when facing
system parts. Make sure that the parking apply the brake pedal as the driving downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must
brake is fully released and the brake situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA
warning light is off before driving. when the brake pedal is released. to activate.
Automatic EPB Release Hill Start Assist (HSA)
Ride Control Systems
The EPB will automatically release if the { Warning
vehicle is running, placed into gear, and an Traction Control/Electronic
attempt is made to drive away. Avoid rapid Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does
acceleration when the EPB is applied, to not replace the need to pay attention Stability Control
preserve parking brake lining life. and drive safely. You may not hear or System Operation
feel alerts or warnings provided by this
The EPB can also be used to prevent roll The vehicle has a Traction Control System
back for vehicles with a manual transmission system. Failure to use proper care when
(TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
taking off on a hill. When no roll back is driving may result in injury, death,
Control (ESC). These systems help limit
desired, an applied EPB will allow both feet or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving
wheel slip and assist the driver in
to be used for the clutch and accelerator 0 182. maintaining control, especially on slippery
pedals in preparation for starting the vehicle road conditions.
moving in the intended direction. In this When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill
case, there is no need to press the switch to Start Assist (HSA) temporarily prevents the TCS activates if it senses that any of the
release the EPB.] vehicle from rolling in an unintended drive wheels are spinning or beginning to
direction during the transition from brake lose traction. When this happens, TCS
Brake Assist pedal release to accelerator pedal apply. The applies the brakes to the spinning wheels
brakes release when the accelerator pedal is and reduces engine power to limit
Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal applied or automatically release after a few wheel spin.
applications due to emergency braking
situations and provides additional braking to
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays
senses a difference between the intended on, the vehicle may need more time to
path and the direction the vehicle is actually diagnose the problem. If the condition
traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies persists, see your dealer.
braking pressure to any one of the vehicle
wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping Turning the Systems Off and On
the vehicle on the intended path.
The indicator light for both systems is in the
If cruise control is being used and traction instrument cluster. This light will:
control or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit . Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin
wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated
Cruise control may be turned back on when
. Turn on and stay on when either system
road conditions allow.
is not working
Both systems come on automatically when
the vehicle is started and begins to move. If either system fails to turn on or to
The systems may be heard or felt while activate, a message displays in the Driver
they are operating or while performing Information Center (DIC), and d comes on
diagnostic checks. This is normal and does and stays on to indicate that the system is
not mean there is a problem with the inactive and is not assisting the driver in
vehicle. maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to
drive, but driving should be adjusted Caution
It is recommended to leave both systems on accordingly.
for normal driving conditions, but it may be Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate
necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets If d comes on and stays on: heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the driveline could be damaged.
1. Stop the vehicle.
Vehicle Is Stuck 0 195 and “Turning the
Systems Off and On” later in this section. 2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds. To turn off only TCS, press and release Y.
3. Start the engine. The traction off light i displays in the
instrument cluster.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

To turn TCS on again, press Y. The traction rear wheels to make sure all four wheels are will exit these features and return to normal
off light i displayed in the instrument spinning at similar speeds, making the operation after a short period when no
cluster will turn off. vehicle more stable. spirited driving is detected.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when Y is Driver Mode Control

pressed, the system will not turn off until Driver Mode Control adds a sportier feel,
the wheels stop spinning. provides a more comfortable ride, or assists
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, in different weather conditions or terrain.
press and hold Y until the traction off This system simultaneously changes the
software calibration of various sub-systems
light i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g
to optimize driving performance. Depending
come on and stay on in the instrument
on the option package, available features,
cluster.
and mode selected, the exhaust, suspension,
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again, steering, and powertrain will change
press Y. The traction off light i and calibrations to achieve the desired mode
StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g in the characteristics. If the vehicle is equipped
Driver Mode Control Switch
instrument cluster turn off. with Magnetic Ride Control, selecting the
various Driver Modes adjusts the ride of the The Driver Mode Control has three or four
Adding accessories can affect the vehicle vehicle to enhance the ride performance for modes: Tour, Sport, Snow/Ice, and Track.
performance. See Accessories and the road conditions and the selected mode.
Modifications 0 236. Press y or z on the MODE switch on the
While in the Sport and/or Track Modes, the center console to make a mode selection.
Engine Drag Control (EDC) vehicle monitors driving behavior and Pressing the switch will display the moding
automatically enables Performance Shift menu in the instrument cluster with all
EDC improves vehicle stability by sensing if
Features in the automatic transmission available ride modes. Every switch press will
there is a difference in speed between the
when spirited driving is detected. These select and activate the next available mode.
free rolling front wheels and the rear drive
features maintain lower transmission gears When Sport, Snow/Ice, or Track Mode is
wheels that often occurs when the driver
to increase available engine braking and selected, a unique and persistent indicator
takes their foot off the accelerator pedal on
improve acceleration response. The vehicle will be displayed in the instrument cluster.
slippery surfaces (snow, ice, etc.). When this
is detected, EDC sends more torque to the
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Tour Mode This Competitive Driving Mode is only on SS, Track Mode
1LE, and ZL1 vehicles. For example, a vehicle
Use for normal city and highway driving to If equipped, use when maximum vehicle
with a V6 engine and automatic
provide a smooth, soft ride. This setting handling is desired.
transmission will have Sport Mode, but will
provides a balanced setting between comfort When Track Mode is selected, the
not be able to access Competitive
and handling. This is the standard mode. transmission may downshift to a lower gear
Driving Mode.
Sport Mode for better performance. The automatic
Snow/Ice Mode transmission and steering will function
Use where road conditions or personal similar to Sport Mode.
If equipped, use when more traction is
preference demand a more controlled
needed during slippery conditions. The The accelerator pedal is adjusted to give
response.
automatic transmission will upshift normally maximum control during the highest level of
When Sport Mode is selected, the when the vehicle is moving. The acceleration spirited driving. The Magnetic Ride Control
transmission may downshift to a lower gear will adjust to help provide a smoother will be set to the optimum level for vehicle
for better performance. The transmission launch. The automatic transmission will also responsiveness. If the vehicle is equipped
will continue to shift automatically but can shift differently to assist in maintaining with Active Exhaust, the exhaust valves will
hold a lower gear longer than it would in traction. open. Performance Traction Management
the Tour Mode based on braking, throttle (PTM) can be accessed through this mode by
This feature is not intended for use when
input, and vehicle lateral acceleration. See
the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, ice, snow, pressing Y on the console twice.
Automatic Transmission 0 206. The steering
or gravel. If the vehicle becomes stuck, see If
will change to provide more precise control. There are attributes that vary by mode
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 195.
If the vehicle has Magnetic Ride Control, the shown below. Not all vehicles have all
suspension will change to provide better features, depending on the vehicle options.
cornering performance. If the vehicle is
equipped with Active Exhaust, the exhaust
valves will open earlier and more often.
Competitive Driving Mode can be accessed
through this mode by pressing Y on the
console twice.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Modes: SNOW/ICE TOUR SPORT TRACK
Default
Throttle Progression Weather Normal Normal Track
Transmission Shift Mode (Automatic Only) Normal Normal Normal or Sport Track
depending on trim
level
Engine Sound Management (if equipped) Tour Tour Sport Track
Steering Tour Tour Sport Track
StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) - N/A N/A Competitive Driving PTM Available
Competitive Driving Mode/PTM (if equipped) Mode Available
Magnetic Ride Control (if equipped) Tour Tour Sport Track
Launch Control (when in Competitive Driving Mode) N/A N/A Available Available
Throttle Progression Engine Sound Management (if equipped) StabiliTrak/ESC - Competitive Driving Mode
Adjusts throttle sensitivity by selecting how Changes when variable exhaust valves open (if equipped)
quickly or slowly the throttle reacts to or close. Available in Sport and Track Modes.
input. Engine Sound Enhancement (turbo 4) Magnetic Ride Control (if equipped)
Automatic Transmission Shift Mode (if Allows the ability to turn Engine Sound Adjusts the shock damping firmness based
equipped) Enhancement off. on driving conditions to improve comfort
Adjusts from normal operation to Sport or Steering and performance.
Track shifting features.
Adjusts from a lighter steering feel in Tour
Mode to reduced assist for more
steering feel.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Launch Control (when in Competitive
Driving Mode)
Caution
Attempting to shift when the drive
Available only in Sport and Track Modes for
wheels are spinning and do not have
maximum “off-the-line” acceleration when in
Competitive Driving Mode. traction may cause damage to the
transmission. Damage caused by misuse
For more information, see Track Events and of the vehicle is not covered by the
Competitive Driving 0 185. These lights are on when the vehicle is in
vehicle warranty. Do not attempt to shift the Competitive Driving Mode.
when the drive wheels do not have
Competitive Driving Mode (SS, traction.
ZL1 and 1LE Models Only)
Competitive Driving Mode and Launch Competitive Driving Mode allows full engine
Control are systems designed to allow power while the StabiliTrak/ESC system
increased performance while accelerating helps maintain directional control of the
and/or cornering. This is accomplished by vehicle by selective brake application. In this
regulating and optimizing the engine, mode, TCS is off and Launch Control is
brakes, and suspension performance. These available. Adjust your driving style to
modes are for use at a closed course race account for the available engine power. See
track and are not intended for use on public “Launch Control” later in this section.
roads. They will not compensate for a
driver’s inexperience or lack of familiarity
with the race track. Drivers who prefer to This optional handling mode can be selected
allow the system to have more control of by pressing the TCS/StabiliTrak/ESC button
the engine, brakes, and suspension are on the console two times. The appropriate
advised to turn the normal TCS and message displays in the Driver Information
StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Center (DIC).
systems on.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

When the TCS/StabiliTrak/ESC button is . The accelerator pedal is rapidly applied to on public roads. The systems are not
pressed again, the TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC wide open throttle. intended to compensate for lack of driver
systems are on. The appropriate message The Launch Control feature will initially limit experience or familiarity with the race track.
displays briefly in the DIC. engine speed as the driver rapidly applies
the accelerator pedal to wide open throttle.
Limited-Slip Rear Axle
Launch Control
Allow the engine rpm to stabilize. A smooth, Vehicles with a limited-slip rear axle can
If the vehicle has the LT1 10 speed quick release of the clutch, while give more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand,
transmission, see Track Events and maintaining the fully pressed accelerator or gravel. When traction is low, this feature
Competitive Driving 0 185 for custom launch pedal, will manage wheel slip. Complete allows the drive wheel with the most
control information. shifts are described in Manual Transmission traction to move the vehicle. The limited-slip
A Launch Control feature is available, within 0 209. rear axle also gives the driver enhanced
Competitive Driving Mode, to allow the Automatic Transmissions control when cornering hard or completing a
driver to achieve high levels of vehicle maneuver, such as a lane change. For
. The brake pedal must be firmly pressed
acceleration in a straight line. Launch vehicles with limited-slip differential, driven
to the floor, equivalent to a panic brake under severe conditions, the rear axle fluid
Control is a form of traction control that
event. should be changed. See Competitive Driving
manages tire spin while launching the
vehicle. This feature is intended for use . The accelerator pedal is rapidly applied to Mode (SS, ZL1 and 1LE Models Only) 0 219
during closed course race events where wide open throttle. (If the vehicle rolls and
consistent zero to sixty and quarter mile due to wide open throttle, release the Maintenance Schedule 0 304.
times are desirable. throttle, press the brake pedal more
firmly, and re-apply the accelerator to Cruise Control
Launch Control is only available when the wide open throttle.)
following criteria are met: When using cruise control, the vehicle can
After the vehicle is launched, the system
. Competitive Driving Mode is selected. maintain a speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph)
continues in Competitive Driving Mode.
. The vehicle is not moving. or more without keeping your foot on the
. The steering wheel is pointing straight. Competitive Driving Mode and Launch accelerator. Cruise control does not work at
Control are systems designed for a closed speeds below 40 km/h (25 mph).
Manual Transmissions course race track and not intended for use
. The clutch is pressed to floor and the
vehicle is in 1 (First) gear.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Cruise control is not available when using
{ Warning Competitive Driving Mode, if equipped. See
Cruise control can be dangerous where Competitive Driving Mode (SS, ZL1 and 1LE
you cannot drive safely at a steady Models Only) 0 219.
speed. Do not use cruise control on If the brakes are applied, cruise control
winding roads or in heavy traffic. disengages.
Cruise control can be dangerous on
slippery roads. On such roads, fast
changes in tire traction can cause
excessive wheel slip, and you could lose
control. Do not use cruise control on
slippery roads. Cruise Control without Cancel Button
If equipped with a manual transmission, the 1 : Press to turn the system on and off.
cruise control will remain active when the A white indicator appears in the instrument
gears are shifted. The cruise is disengaged if cluster when cruise is turned on.
the clutch is pressed for several seconds.
If the StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control
* : If equipped, press to disengage cruise
Cruise Control with Cancel Button control without erasing the set speed from
(ESC) system begins to limit wheel spin
memory.
while using cruise control, the cruise control
automatically disengages. See Traction RES+ : If there is a set speed in memory,
Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 214. press briefly to resume to that speed or
When road conditions allow you to safely hold upward to accelerate. If cruise control
use it again, cruise control can be turned is already active, use to increase vehicle
back on. speed.
Cruise control will disengage if either TCS or SET− : Press briefly to set the speed and
StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. activate cruise control. If cruise control is
already active, use to decrease speed.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Setting Cruise Control Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control The speedometer reading can be displayed
in either English or metric units. See
If 1 is on when not in use, SET− or RES+ If the cruise control system is already
“Options” under Instrument Cluster 0 82.
could get bumped and go into cruise when activated:
The increment value used depends on the
not desired. Keep 1 off when cruise control . Press and hold RES+ until the desired
units displayed.
is not being used. speed is reached, and then release it.
. To increase the vehicle speed in small Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise
1. Press 1 to turn cruise control on. Control
increments, briefly press RES+. For each
2. Get up to the speed desired. press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h Use the accelerator pedal to increase the
3. Press and release SET−. (1 mph) faster. vehicle speed. When you take your foot off
4. Remove your foot from the accelerator. The speedometer reading can be displayed the pedal, the vehicle slows down to the
in either English or metric units. See previously set cruise control speed. While
The cruise control indicator on the pressing the accelerator pedal or shortly
instrument cluster turns green after cruise “Options” under Instrument Cluster 0 82.
The increment value used depends on the following the release to override cruise
control has been set to the desired speed. control, briefly pressing SET– will result in
See Instrument Cluster 0 82. units displayed.
cruise control set to the current vehicle
Resuming a Set Speed Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control speed.
If the cruise control is set at a desired speed If the cruise control system is already Using Cruise Control on Hills
activated:
and then the brakes are applied or * is How well the cruise control works on hills
pressed, if equipped, the cruise control is . Press and hold SET− until the desired
depends upon the vehicle speed, load, and
disengaged without erasing the set speed lower speed is reached, then release it. the steepness of the hills. When going up
from memory. . To decrease the vehicle speed in small steep hills, you might have to step on the
increments, briefly press SET−. For each accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle
Once the vehicle speed reaches about
press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h speed. When going downhill, you might
40 km/h (25 mph) or more, briefly press RES
(1 mph) slower. have to brake or shift to a lower gear to
+. The vehicle returns to the previous set
speed. keep your speed down. If the brake pedal is
applied, cruise control will disengage.
Ending Cruise Control
There are five ways to end cruise control:
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. Step lightly on the brake pedal (manual
and automatic transmissions). Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
. Press the clutch pedal for several seconds warnings provided by these systems. . Work if the area surrounding the
or shift to Neutral (manual transmissions). Failure to use proper care when driving detection sensor is damaged or not
. Shift to N (Neutral) (automatic may result in injury, death, or vehicle properly repaired.
transmissions). damage. See Defensive Driving 0 182. Complete attention is always required
. Press *, if equipped. Under many conditions, these systems while driving, and you should be ready to
will not: take action and apply the brakes and/or
. To turn off cruise control, press 1.
steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Erasing Speed Memory . Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
or animals. Audible Alert
The cruise control set speed is erased from
. Detect vehicles or objects outside the
memory if 1 is pressed or if the vehicle is Some driver assistance features alert the
area monitored by the system. driver of obstacles by beeping. To change
turned off.
. Work at all driving speeds. the volume of the warning chime, see
“Comfort and Convenience” under Vehicle
Driver Assistance Systems . Warn you or provide you with enough
time to avoid a crash.
This vehicle may have features that work Cleaning
. Work under poor visibility or bad
together to help avoid crashes or reduce
crash damage while driving, backing, and weather conditions. Depending on vehicle options, keep these
parking. Read this entire section before . Work if the detection sensor is not areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best
using these systems. cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, driver assistance feature performance. Driver
mud, or dirt. Information Center (DIC) messages may
{ Warning . Work if the detection sensor is display when the systems are unavailable or
blocked.
Do not rely on the Driver Assistance covered up, such as with a sticker,
Systems. These systems do not replace magnet, or metal plate.
the need for paying attention and driving (Continued)
safely. You may not hear or see alerts or
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. Front side and rear side panels infotainment system, shift into P (Park),
. Outside of the windshield in front of the or reach a vehicle speed of approximately
rearview mirror 12 km/h (8 mph).
. Rear side corner bumpers
. Rear Vision Camera above the license
plate
Radio Frequency
This vehicle may be equipped with driver
assistance systems that operate using radio
frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement
0 331.
Assistance Systems for Parking or

Backing
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC),
Rear Park Assist (RPA), and Rear Cross Traffic 1. View Displayed by the Camera
Alert (RCTA) may help the driver park or
avoid objects. Always check around the
vehicle when parking or backing.
Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse),
the RVC displays an image of the area
. Front and rear bumpers and the area behind the vehicle in the infotainment
below the bumpers display. The previous screen displays when
the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after
. Front grille and headlamps
a short delay. To return to the previous 1. View Displayed by the Camera
. Front camera lens in the front grille or screen sooner, press any button on the 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper
near the front emblem
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Displayed images may be farther or closer Park Assist
than they appear. The area displayed is With RPA, as the vehicle backs up at speeds
limited and objects that are close to either of less than 8 km/h (5 mph), the sensors on
corner of the bumper or under the bumper the rear bumper may detect objects up to
do not display. 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle within a zone
A warning triangle may display to show 25 cm (10 in) high off the ground and below
that Rear Park Assist (RPA) or Rear Cross bumper level. These detection distances may
Traffic Alert (RCTA) has detected an object. be shorter during warmer or humid weather.
This triangle changes from amber to red and Blocked sensors will not detect objects and
increases in size the closer the object. The instrument cluster may have a Park
can also cause false detections. Keep the
Assist display with bars that show “distance
sensors clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and
{ Warning slush; and clean sensors after a car wash in
to object” and object location information
for RPA. As the object gets closer, more bars
The camera(s) do not display children, freezing temperatures.
light up and the bars change color from
pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, yellow to amber to red.
animals, or any other object outside of { Warning
the cameras’ field of view, below the When an object is first detected in the rear,
The Park Assist system does not detect one beep will be heard from the rear. When
bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, an object is very close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the
distances may be different from actual or objects located below the bumper or vehicle rear), five beeps will sound from
distances. Do not drive or park the that are too close or too far from the the rear.
vehicle using only these camera(s). vehicle. It is not available at speeds
Always check behind and around the Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To prevent
vehicle before driving. Failure to use injury, death, or vehicle damage, even If equipped, RCTA displays a red warning
proper care may result in injury, death, with Park Assist, always check the area triangle with a left or right pointing arrow
or vehicle damage. around the vehicle and check all mirrors to warn of traffic coming from the left or
before moving forward or backing. right. This system detects objects coming
from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or
right side of the vehicle. When an object is
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

detected, three beeps sound from the left or indicator will display green. Vehicles may
right, depending on the direction of the { Warning not be detected on curves, highway exit
detected vehicle. FCA is a warning system and does not ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 331. apply the brakes. When approaching a vehicle ahead is partially blocked by
slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not
Turning the Features On or Off too rapidly, or when following a vehicle detect another vehicle ahead until it is
too closely, FCA may not provide a completely in the driving lane.
RPA and RCTA can be turned on or off. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle warning with enough time to help avoid
Personalization 0 104. a crash. It also may not provide any { Warning
warning at all. FCA does not warn of FCA does not provide a warning to help
To turn the rear Park Assist symbols or
guidance lines on or off, see “Rear Camera” pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails, avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle.
under Vehicle Personalization 0 104. bridges, construction barrels, or other FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if
objects. Be ready to take action and the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving or ice, or if the windshield is damaged.
System 0 182. It may also not detect a vehicle on
winding or hilly roads, or in conditions
If equipped, the FCA system may help to FCA can be disabled with the FCA steering that can limit visibility such as fog, rain,
avoid or reduce the harm caused by wheel control. or snow, or if the headlamps or
front-end crashes. When approaching a windshield are not cleaned or in proper
vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
condition. Keep the windshield,
red flashing alert on the windshield and
headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in
rapidly beeps. FCA also lights an amber
visual alert if following another vehicle too good repair.
closely.
FCA detects vehicles within a distance of
approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at
speeds above 8 km/h (5 mph). FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA
system detects a vehicle ahead. When a
vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Collision Alert Tailgating Alert Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for
turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes,
objects that are not vehicles, or shadows.
These alerts are normal operation and the
vehicle does not need service.
Cleaning the System
With Head-Up Display The vehicle ahead indicator will display
amber when you are following the vehicle If the FCA system does not seem to operate
ahead too closely. properly, this may correct the issue:
. Clean the outside of the windshield in
Selecting the Alert Timing front of the rearview mirror.
The Collision Alert control is on the steering . Clean the entire front of the vehicle.
wheel. Press [ to set the FCA timing to . Clean the headlamps.
Far, Medium, Near, or Off. The first button
Without Head-Up Display press shows the current setting on the DIC. Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
When your vehicle approaches another Additional button presses will change this If equipped, the SBZA system is a
detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA setting. The chosen setting will remain until lane-changing aid that assists drivers with
display will flash on the windshield. Also, it is changed and will affect the timing of avoiding crashes that occur with moving
eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound both the Collision Alert and the Tailgating vehicles in the side blind zone, or blind spot
from the front. When this Collision Alert Alert features. The timing of both alerts will areas. When the vehicle is in a forward gear,
occurs, the brake system may prepare for vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the the left or right side mirror display will light
driver braking to occur more rapidly, which vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will up if a moving vehicle is detected in that
can cause a brief, mild deceleration. occur. Consider traffic and weather blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and
Continue to apply the brake pedal as conditions when selecting the alert timing. a vehicle is also detected on the same side,
needed. Cruise control may be disengaged The range of selectable alert timings may the display will flash as an extra warning
when the Collision Alert occurs. not be appropriate for all drivers and driving not to change lanes. Since this system is
conditions.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

part of the Lane Change Alert (LCA) system, LCA Detection Zones blind zone or rapidly approaching that zone
read the entire LCA section before using this from behind. A lit LCA symbol indicates it
feature. may be unsafe to change lanes. Before
making a lane change, check the LCA
Lane Change Alert (LCA) display, check mirrors, glance over your
If equipped, the LCA system is a shoulder, and use the turn signals.
lane-changing aid that assists drivers with
avoiding lane change crashes that occur with
moving vehicles in the side blind zone (or
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
approaching these areas from behind. The
LCA warning display will light up in the 1. SBZA Detection Zone
corresponding outside side mirror and will 2. LCA Detection Zone Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
flash if the turn signal is on. Display Display
The LCA sensor covers a zone of
approximately one lane over from both
{ Warning sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m (11 ft). The When the vehicle is started, both outside
height of the zone is approximately between mirror LCA displays will briefly come on to
LCA does not alert the driver to vehicles
0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. indicate the system is operating. When the
outside of the system detection zones, vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right
pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning
area starts at approximately the middle of side mirror display will light up if a moving
not provide alerts when changing lanes vehicle is detected in the next lane over in
under all driving conditions. Failure to use the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers
are also warned of vehicles rapidly that blind zone or rapidly approaching that
proper care when changing lanes may zone. If the turn signal is activated in the
approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) behind
result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. same direction as a detected vehicle, this
the vehicle.
Before making a lane change, always display will flash as an extra warning not to
check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, How the System Works change lanes.
and use the turn signals. The LCA symbol lights up in the side mirrors
when the system detects a moving vehicle
in the next lane over that is in the side
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

LCA can be disabled through vehicle guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com
personalization. See “Collision/Detection non-moving objects. This is normal system for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline
Systems” under Vehicle Personalization operation; the vehicle does not need service. marketers and applicable countries.
0 104. If LCA is disabled by the driver, the LCA may not operate when the LCA sensors
LCA mirror displays will not light up. in the left or right corners of the rear
When the System Does Not Seem to bumper are covered with mud, dirt, snow,
Work Properly ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For
cleaning instructions, see "Washing the
The LCA system requires some driving for Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 294. If the
the system to calibrate to maximum DIC still displays the system unavailable
performance. This calibration may occur message after cleaning both sides of the
more quickly if the vehicle is driving on a vehicle toward the rear corners of the
straight highway road with traffic and vehicle, see your dealer.
roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, barriers).
If the LCA displays do not light up when
LCA displays may not come on when moving vehicles are in the side blind zone or
passing a vehicle quickly or for a stopped rapidly approaching this zone and the
vehicle. LCA may alert to objects attached to system is clean, the system may need Recommended Fuel (3.6L
the vehicle, such as a bicycle or object service. Take the vehicle to your dealer. V6 Engine)
extending out to either side of the vehicle.
Attached objects may also interfere with the Radio Frequency Information
detection of vehicles. This is normal system See Radio Frequency Statement 0 331.
operation; the vehicle does not need service.
LCA may not always alert the driver to Fuel
vehicles in the next lane over, especially in
wet conditions or when driving on sharp Top Tier Fuel
curves. The system does not need to be Use regular unleaded gasoline meeting
serviced. The system may light up due to GM recommends the use of TOP TIER ASTM specification D4814 with a posted
Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, octane rating of 87 — (R+M)/2 — or higher.
reduce engine deposits, and maintain
optimal vehicle performance. Look for the
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Do not use gasoline with a posted octane Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. Prohibited Fuels
rating of less than 87, as this may cause Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels
engine knock and will lower fuel economy. greater than 15% by volume. Caution
Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. Recommended Fuel (6.2L V8 Do not use fuels with any of the
Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels following conditions; doing so may
greater than 15% by volume. Supercharged Engine) damage the vehicle and void its
warranty:
Recommended Fuel (2.0L L4 Turbo
. For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel
Engine and 6.2L V8 Engine) labeled greater than 15% ethanol by
volume, such as mid-level ethanol
blends (16–50% ethanol), E85,
or FlexFuel.
Use premium unleaded gasoline meeting . Fuel with any amount of methanol,
ASTM specification D4814 with a posted methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These
octane rating of 93 — (R+M)/2. fuels can corrode metal fuel system
Premium unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM If unavailable, unleaded gasoline with a parts or damage plastic and rubber
specification D4814 with a posted octane posted octane rating of 91 may be used, but parts.
rating of 93 — (R+M)/2 — is highly with reduced performance and fuel
. Fuel containing metals such as
recommended for best performance and fuel economy. If the octane is less than 91, the
engine could be damaged and the repairs methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
economy. Unleaded gasoline with an octane tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage
rated as low as 87 can be used. Using would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If heavy knocking is heard when the emissions control system and
unleaded gasoline rated below 93 octane, spark plugs.
however, will lead to reduced acceleration using gasoline rated at 93 octane, the
engine needs service. . Fuel with a posted octane rating of
and fuel economy. If knocking occurs, use a
less than the recommended fuel. Using
gasoline rated at 93 octane as soon as Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel.
this fuel will lower fuel economy and
possible, otherwise, the engine could be Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels
performance, and may decrease the
damaged. If heavy knocking is heard when greater than 15% by volume.
life of the emissions catalyst.
using gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the
engine needs service.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Fuels in Foreign Countries { Warning Warning (Continued)
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently . Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is
octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For inserted too quickly. This spray can
and can cause injury or death.
fuel not to use in a foreign country, see happen if the tank is nearly full, and is
Prohibited Fuels 0 230. Follow these guidelines to help avoid more likely in hot weather. Insert the
injuries to you and others: fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss
Fuel Additives . Read and follow all the instructions on noise to stop before beginning to
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly the fuel pump island. flow fuel.
recommended for use with your vehicle. . Turn off the engine when refueling.
If your country does not have TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking
System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the materials away from fuel.
vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil . Do not leave the fuel pump
change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever unattended.
occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and . Avoid using electronic devices while
ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus refueling.
−Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s
engine fuel deposit free and performing . Do not re-enter the vehicle while
optimally. pumping fuel.
. Keep children away from the fuel
Filling the Tank pump and never let children
An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which pump fuel.
To open the fuel door, push and release the
side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See . Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a rearward center edge of the door.
Fuel Gauge 0 86. metallic object to discharge static
electricity from your body. The capless refueling system does not have
(Continued) a fuel cap. Fully insert and latch the fill
nozzle, begin fueling.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
{ Warning
Filling the Tank with a Portable Fuel Filling a Portable Fuel Container
Container
Overfilling the fuel tank by more than If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be { Warning
three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may filled from a portable fuel container:
cause: Never fill a portable fuel container while
it is in the vehicle. Static electricity
. Vehicle performance issues, including discharge from the container can ignite
engine stalling and damage to the fuel the fuel vapor. You or others could be
system. badly burned and the vehicle could be
. Fuel spills. damaged. To help avoid injury to you
. Under certain conditions, fuel fires. and others:
1. Locate the capless funnel adapter from . Dispense fuel only into approved
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds under the carpet in the trunk. containers.
after you have finished pumping before
2. Insert and latch the funnel into the . Do not fill a container while it is
removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from
capless fuel system. inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care 0 294. Push the fuel door a pickup bed, or on any surface other
closed until it latches. { Warning than the ground.
Attempting to refuel from a portable fuel . Bring the fill nozzle in contact with
{ Warning container without using the funnel the inside of the fill opening before
adapter may cause fuel spillage and operating the nozzle. Maintain contact
If a fire starts while you are refueling, do
damage the capless fuel system. This until filling is complete.
not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the
flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or could cause a fire. You or others could be . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking
by notifying the station attendant. Leave badly burned and the vehicle could be materials away from fuel.
the area immediately. damaged. . Avoid using electronic devices while
pumping fuel.
3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter
and return it to the storage location.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Trailer Towing Caution
Some electrical equipment can damage
General Towing Information the vehicle or cause components to not
work and would not be covered by the
{ Warning vehicle warranty. Always check with your
Never tow a trailer with your vehicle. dealer before adding electrical equipment.
It was not designed or intended to tow a
trailer. Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's
12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not
Conversions and Add-Ons operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system. Before
Add-On Electrical Equipment attempting to add anything electrical to the
vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
{ Warning Vehicle 0 56 and
Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for
Vehicle 0 56.
vehicle service and Emission Inspection/
Maintenance testing. See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp 0 91. A device connected
to the DLC — such as an aftermarket
fleet or driver-behavior tracking device —
may interfere with vehicle systems. This
could affect vehicle operation and cause a
crash. Such devices may also access
information stored in the vehicle’s
systems.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
234 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care Automatic Transmission Shift Lock
Control Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
General Information Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . 235 Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Tire Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . 271
California Perchlorate Materials Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . 236 Headlamp Aiming Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Front Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Tire Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . 275
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own Service Work . . . . . . . . 236 Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . 276
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Engine Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . 238 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 High Intensity Discharge (HID) When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . 280
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Automatic Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 245 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Different Size Tires and Wheels . . . . . . . 282
Manual Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . 282
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 284
Engine Air Filter Life System (2.0L LTG Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
and 3.6L LGX Engines Only) . . . . . . . . . 246 Electrical System Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Electrical System Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit . . . . . . 286
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 261 Storing the Tire Sealant and
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 265 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Wheels and Tires Jump Starting
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . 291
Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 235

Towing the Vehicle General Information
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Warning (Continued)
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . 294 For service and parts needs, visit your cancer and birth defects or other
dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts reproductive harm. Engine exhaust, many
Appearance Care and GM-trained and supported service parts and systems, many fluids, and
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 people. some component wear by-products
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: contain and/or emit these chemicals. For
more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
See Battery - North America 0 255 and

Jump Starting - North America 0 291 and the
back cover.
California Perchlorate Materials

Requirements
Certain types of automotive applications,
such as airbag initiators, seat belt
pretensioners, and lithium batteries
California Proposition 65 Warning contained in electronic keys, may contain
perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material –
{ Warning special handling may apply. See
Most motor vehicles, including this one, www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
as well as many of its service parts and
fluids, contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to cause
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
236 Vehicle Care

Accessories and Modifications GM Accessories are designed to complement If doing some of your own service work, use
and function with other systems on the the proper service manual. It tells you much
Adding non-dealer accessories or making vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the more about how to service the vehicle than
modifications to the vehicle can affect vehicle using genuine GM Accessories this manual can. To order the proper service
vehicle performance and safety, including installed by a dealer technician. manual, see Publication Ordering
such things as airbags, braking, stability, Information 0 330.
ride and handling, emissions systems, Also, see Adding Equipment to the
aerodynamics, durability, and electronic Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 56. This vehicle has an airbag system. Before
systems like antilock brakes, traction control, attempting to do your own service work,
and stability control. These accessories or Vehicle Checks see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
0 56.
modifications could even cause malfunction
or damage not covered by the vehicle Doing Your Own Service Work If equipped with remote vehicle start, open
warranty. the hood before performing any service
Damage to suspension components caused { Warning work to prevent remote starting the vehicle
by modifying vehicle height outside of It can be dangerous to work on your accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 14.
factory settings will not be covered by the vehicle if you do not have the proper Keep a record with all parts receipts and list
vehicle warranty. knowledge, service manual, tools, the mileage and the date of any service
Damage to vehicle components resulting or parts. Always follow owner’s manual work performed. See Maintenance Records
from modifications or the installation or use procedures and consult the service 0 316.
of non-GM certified parts, including control manual for your vehicle before doing any
module or software modifications, is not Caution
service work.
covered under the terms of the vehicle Even small amounts of contamination can
warranty and may affect remaining cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not
warranty coverage for affected parts. allow contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 237

Hood To close the hood:
1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler
{ Warning caps are on properly, and all tools are
removed.
Turn the vehicle off before opening the
hood. If the engine is running with the 2. Pull the hood down until the strut
hood open, you or others could be system is no longer holding up the hood.
injured. 3. Allow the hood to fall. Check to make
sure the hood is latched completely.
Repeat this process with additional force
{ Warning if necessary.
Components under the hood can get hot
from running the engine. To help avoid
{ Warning
2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate
the risk of burning unprotected skin, the secondary release lever under the Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is
never touch these components until they front center of the hood. Push the not latched completely. The hood could
have cooled, and always use a glove or secondary hood release lever to the right open fully, block your vision, and cause a
towel to avoid direct skin contact. to release. crash. You or others could be injured.
Always close the hood completely before
3. After you have partially lifted the hood,
Clear any snow from the hood before the gas strut system will automatically driving.
opening. lift the hood and hold it in the fully
To open the hood: open position.
1. Pull the hood release lever with the
i symbol. It is on the lower left side
of the instrument panel.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
238 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG)

14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 239

1. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See
Washer Fluid 0 253.
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure
Cap. See Cooling System 0 248.
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 242.
4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 242.
5. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. See Brake
Fluid 0 254 and
Hydraulic Clutch 0 245.
6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 246.
7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See
Cooling System 0 248.
8. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 261.
9. Negative (–) Battery Terminal. See Jump
Starting - North America 0 291.
10. Positive (+) Battery Terminal. See Jump
Starting - North America 0 291.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
240 Vehicle Care
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX)

1. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See 5. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. See Brake 8. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 261.
Washer Fluid 0 253. Fluid 0 254 and 9. Negative (–) Battery Terminal. See Jump
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Hydraulic Clutch 0 245. Starting - North America 0 291.
Cap. See Cooling System 0 248. 6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 246. 10. Positive (+) Battery Terminal. See Jump
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 242. 7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See Starting - North America 0 291.
4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 242. Cooling System 0 248.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 241
6.2L V8 Engine (LT1)

1. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See 5. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. See Brake 8. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 261.
Washer Fluid 0 253. Fluid 0 254 and 9. Negative (–) Battery Terminal. See Jump
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Hydraulic Clutch 0 245. Starting - North America 0 291.
Cap. See Cooling System 0 248. 6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 246. 10. Positive (+) Battery Terminal. See Jump
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 242. 7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See Starting - North America 0 291.
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 242. Cooling System 0 248.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
242 Vehicle Care

If the vehicle has a 6.2L V8 LT4 engine, see When to Add Engine Oil
the Camaro High Performance supplement. { Warning
The engine oil dipstick handle may be
Engine Oil hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or
To ensure proper engine performance and glove to touch the dipstick handle.
long life, careful attention must be paid to
engine oil. Following these simple, but If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC)
important steps will help protect your message displays, check the oil level.
investment: LTG 2.0L L4 Engine
Follow these guidelines:
. Use engine oil approved to the proper . To get an accurate reading, park the
specification and of the proper viscosity vehicle on level ground. Check the engine
grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine oil level after the engine has been off for
Oil” in this section. at least two hours. Checking the engine
. Check the engine oil level regularly and oil level on steep grades or too soon after
maintain the proper oil level. See engine shutoff can result in incorrect
“Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add readings. Accuracy improves when LGX 3.6L V6 Engine Shown, 6.2L V8 Engine
Engine Oil” in this section. checking a cold engine prior to starting. Similar
. Change the engine oil at the appropriate Remove the dipstick and check the level.
time. See Engine Oil Life System 0 244. . If unable to wait two hours, the engine If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at
. Always dispose of engine oil properly. See must be off for at least 15 minutes if the the tip of the dipstick and the engine has
“What to Do with Used Oil” in this engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L (1
section. the engine is not warm. Pull out the qt) of the recommended oil and then
dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right
Checking Engine Oil or cloth, then push it back in all the way. Engine Oil” later in this section for an
Check the engine oil level regularly, every Remove it again, keeping the tip down, explanation of what kind of oil to use. For
650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long and check the level. engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities
trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. and Specifications 0 318.
See Engine Compartment Overview 0 238 for
the location.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 243

Specification When selecting an oil of the appropriate
Caution viscosity grade, it is recommended to select
Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the
dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have an oil of the correct specification. See
or below the acceptable operating range “Specification” earlier in this section.
been approved by GM as meeting the
shown on the dipstick are harmful to the dexos1 specification are marked with the
engine. If the oil level is above the Selecting the Right Engine Oil (6.2L (LT1)
dexos1 approved logo. See V8 Engine)
operating range (i.e., the engine has so www.gmdexos.com.
much oil that the oil level gets above the Selecting the right engine oil depends on
cross-hatched area that shows the proper both the proper oil specification and
operating range), the engine could be viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids
damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit and Lubricants 0 313.
driving of the vehicle, and seek a service Specification
professional to remove the excess oil.
Use engine oils that meet the dexos2
See Engine Compartment Overview 0 238 for specification. Engine oils that have been
the location of the engine oil fill cap. approved by GM as meeting the dexos2
Caution specification are marked with the dexos2
Add enough oil to put the level somewhere Failure to use the recommended engine approved logo. See www.gmdexos.com.
in the proper operating range. Push the oil or equivalent can result in engine
dipstick all the way back in when through. damage not covered by the vehicle
Selecting the Right Engine Oil (2.0L (LTG) warranty.
L4 and 3.6L (LGX) V6 Engines)
Viscosity Grade
Selecting the right engine oil depends on
both the proper oil specification and Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine oil.
viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids Cold Temperature Operation: In an area of
and Lubricants 0 313. extreme cold, where the temperature falls
below −29 °C (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may
be used. An oil of this viscosity grade will
provide easier cold starting for the engine at
extremely low temperatures.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
244 Vehicle Care

Caution What to Do with Used Oil considerably. For the oil life system to work
properly, the system must be reset every
Failure to use the recommended engine Used engine oil contains certain elements
time the oil is changed.
oil or equivalent can result in engine that can be unhealthy for your skin and
could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil When the system has calculated that oil life
damage not covered by the vehicle has been diminished, it indicates that an oil
stay on your skin for very long. Clean your
warranty. change is necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE OIL
skin and nails with soap and water, or a
good hand cleaner. Wash or properly SOON message comes on. Change the oil as
Viscosity Grade soon as possible within the next 1 000 km
dispose of clothing or rags containing used
Use SAE 0W-40 viscosity grade engine oil. engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings (600 mi). It is possible that, if driving under
When selecting an oil of the appropriate about the use and disposal of oil products. the best conditions, the oil life system
viscosity grade, it is recommended to select might indicate that an oil change is not
Used oil can be a threat to the environment.
an oil of the correct specification. See necessary for up to a year. The engine oil
If you change your own oil, be sure to drain
“Specification” earlier in this section. and filter must be changed at least once a
all the oil from the filter before disposal.
year and, at this time, the system must be
If 0W-40 dexos2 oil is not available, SAE Never dispose of oil by putting it in the
reset. Your dealer has trained service people
5W-30 dexos1 full synthetic engine oil may trash or pouring it on the ground, into
who will perform this work and reset the
be used for street use. sewers, or into streams or bodies of water.
system. It is also important to check the oil
Recycle it by taking it to a place that
regularly over the course of an oil drain
Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes collects used oil.
interval and keep it at the proper level.
Do not add anything to the oil. The Engine Oil Life System If the system is ever reset accidentally, the
recommended oils meeting the dexos
oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
specification are all that is needed for good When to Change Engine Oil since the last oil change. Remember to reset
performance and engine protection.
This vehicle has a computer system that the oil life system whenever the oil is
Engine oil system flushes are not indicates when to change the engine oil and changed.
recommended and could cause engine filter. This is based on a combination of
damage not covered by the vehicle factors which include engine revolutions,
warranty. engine temperature, and miles driven. Based
on driving conditions, the mileage at which
an oil change is indicated can vary
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 245

How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System Automatic Transmission Fluid Change the fluid and filter at the intervals
listed in Maintenance Schedule 0 304, and
Reset the system whenever the engine oil is How to Check Automatic Transmission be sure to use the fluid listed in
changed so that the system can calculate
the next engine oil change. To reset the
Fluid Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 313.
system: It is not necessary to check the transmission Manual Transmission Fluid
1. Display the REMAINING OIL LIFE on the fluid level. A transmission fluid leak is the
only reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs, It is not necessary to check the manual
DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC)
take the vehicle to your dealer and have it transmission fluid level. A transmission fluid
0 97.
repaired as soon as possible. leak is the only reason for fluid loss. If a
2. Press and hold SEL on the DIC while the leak occurs, take the vehicle to your dealer
Oil Life display is active. The oil life will The vehicle is not equipped with a and have it repaired as soon as possible. See
change to 100%. transmission fluid level dipstick. There is a Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 313
special procedure for checking and changing for the proper fluid to use.
The oil life system can also be reset as the transmission fluid. Because this
follows: procedure is difficult, this should be done at Hydraulic Clutch
1. Display the REMAINING OIL LIFE on the the dealer. Contact the dealer for additional
DIC with the engine off. See Driver information or the procedure can be found For vehicles with a manual transmission, it
Information Center (DIC) 0 97. in the service manual. To purchase a service is not necessary to regularly check brake/
2. Fully press and release the accelerator manual, see Publication Ordering clutch fluid unless there is a leak suspected.
pedal three times within five seconds. Information 0 330. Adding fluid will not correct a leak. A fluid
loss in this system could indicate a problem.
The system is reset when the CHANGE Caution Have the system inspected and repaired.
ENGINE OIL SOON message goes off.
Use of the incorrect automatic
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message transmission fluid may damage the
comes back on when the vehicle is started, vehicle, and the damage may not be
the engine oil life system has not been covered by the vehicle warranty. Always
reset. Repeat the procedure. use the correct automatic transmission
fluid. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 313.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
246 Vehicle Care

When to Check and What to Use Engine Air Filter Life System (2.0L 2. Select Engine Air Filter Life on the DIC
menu. See Driver Information Center
LTG and 3.6L LGX Engines Only) (DIC) 0 97.
When to Change Engine Air Filter 3. Press p to move to the Reset/Disable
If equipped, this feature provides an display area. Select Reset then press SEL.
indication of when to change the engine air Then press Yes to confirm the reset.
filter. It is based on driving conditions, 4. 100% Air Filter Life will be displayed
The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid reservoir cap which can cause when to change to vary when the Engine Air Filter Life System is
has this symbol on it. See Engine greatly. It is possible an air filter change successfully reset.
Compartment Overview 0 238 for reservoir may not be indicated for up to four years.
location. The common hydraulic clutch and When the "Replace at Next Oil Change"
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
brake master cylinder fluid reservoir is filled message displays, the engine air filter If the vehicle has a 6.2L V8 LT4 engine, see
with brake fluid as indicated on the reservoir should be replaced at the time of the next the Camaro High Performance supplement.
cap. See Brake Fluid 0 254 for brake fluid engine oil change. When the "Replace
to use. The engine air cleaner/filter is in the engine
Engine Air Filter Now" message displays, the compartment on the driver side of the
engine air filter should be replaced as soon vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview
How to Check and Add Fluid
as possible. Reset the engine air filter life 0 238 for location.
Visually check the brake/clutch fluid system after the engine air filter is replaced.
reservoir to make sure the fluid level is at See your dealer for service and to reset the When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/
the MIN (minimum) line on the side of the system. Filter
reservoir. The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid . For intervals on changing and inspecting
system should be closed and sealed. How to Reset Engine Air Filter Life
System the engine air filter, see Maintenance
Do not remove the cap to check the fluid Schedule 0 304.
level or to top-off the fluid level. Remove Reset the system whenever the engine air . If equipped with Engine Air Filter Life
the cap only when necessary to add the filter is replaced so that the system can System, see Engine Air Filter Life System
proper fluid until the level reaches the calculate the next engine air filter change. (2.0L LTG and 3.6L LGX Engines Only)
MIN line. To reset: 0 246.
1. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 247

. If driving in very dusty areas, follow the 4. If equipped, reset the engine air filter life
engine air filter inspecting and changing system after replacing the engine air
intervals, see Maintenance Schedule filter. See Engine Air Filter Life System
0 304. (2.0L LTG and 3.6L LGX Engines Only)
0 246.
How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Do not start the engine or have the engine
running with the engine air cleaner/filter
housing open. Before removing the engine
air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine
air cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and debris. 2.0L L4 Engine (LTG)
Remove the engine air cleaner/filter. Lightly
tap and shake the engine air cleaner/filter 1. Remove the four screws and lift the
(away from the vehicle), to release loose cover assembly.
dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air cleaner/
filter for damage, and replace if damaged. { Warning 3.6L V6 Engine (LGX)
Do not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or If part replacement is necessary, the part
components with water or compressed air. 1. Remove the four screws and lift the
must be replaced with one of the same
To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ part number or with an equivalent part. cover assembly.
filter: Use of a replacement part without the 2. Inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter.
same fit, form, and function may result 3. Reverse Steps 1 and 2 to reinstall the
in personal injury or damage to the housing cover.
vehicle. 4. If equipped, reset the engine air filter life
system after replacing the engine air
2. Inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter. filter. See Engine Air Filter Life System
3. Reverse Steps 1 and 2 to reinstall the (2.0L LTG and 3.6L LGX Engines Only)
housing cover. 0 246.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
248 Vehicle Care

2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View)
Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can
easily get into the engine, which could
damage it. Always have the air cleaner/
filter in place when driving.
Cooling System
If the vehicle has a 6.2L V8 LT4 engine, see
the Camaro High Performance supplement.
The cooling system allows the engine to
6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) maintain the correct working temperature.
1. Remove the five screws and lift the cover 3.6L V6 Engine (LGX)
assembly.
2. Inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter. 1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap
3. Reverse Steps 1 and 2 to reinstall the 2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View)
housing cover.
{ Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or others
to be burned. Use caution when working
on the engine. Do not start the engine or
drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/ 2.0L L4 Engine (LTG)
filter off, as flames may be present if the
engine backfires. 1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 249

Do not touch heater or radiator hoses, too hot but there would not be an
or other engine parts. They can be very overheat warning. The engine could catch
hot and can burn you. Do not run the fire and you or others could be burned.
engine if there is a leak; all coolant could
leak out. That could cause an engine fire Use a 50/50 mixture of clean drinkable
and can burn you. Fix any leak before water and DEX-COOL coolant. This mixture:
driving the vehicle. . Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C
(−34 °F), outside temperature
Engine Coolant . Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C
The cooling system in the vehicle is filled (265 °F), engine temperature
6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) . Protects against rust and corrosion
with DEX-COOL engine coolant. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 304 and . Will not damage aluminum parts
1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 313. . Helps keep the proper engine
Pressure Cap
The following explains the cooling system temperature
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View)
and how to check and add coolant when it
is low. If there is a problem with engine Caution
{ Warning overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 252. Do not use anything other than a mix of
An underhood electric fan can start up DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM
even when the engine is not running and What to Use Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable
can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, water. Anything else can cause damage
and tools away from any underhood { Warning to the engine cooling system and the
electric fan. Plain water, or other liquids such as vehicle, which would not be covered by
alcohol, can boil before the proper the vehicle warranty.
coolant mixture will. With plain water or
the wrong mixture, the engine could get Never dispose of engine coolant by putting
(Continued) it in the trash, pouring it on the ground,
or into sewers, streams, or bodies of water.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
250 Vehicle Care

Have the coolant changed by an authorized Check to see if coolant is visible in the but be sure the cooling system, including
service center, familiar with legal coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the the coolant surge tank pressure cap, is cool
requirements regarding used coolant coolant surge tank is boiling, do not do before you do it.
disposal. This will help protect the anything else until it cools down.
environment and your health. If coolant is visible but the coolant level is { Warning
Checking Coolant not at or above the cold fill line, add a Steam and scalding liquids from a hot
50/50 mixture of clean drinkable water and cooling system are under pressure.
The vehicle must be on a level surface when DEX-COOL coolant. Turning the pressure cap, even a little,
checking the coolant level.
Be sure the cooling system is cool before can cause them to come out at high
this is done. speed and you could be burned. Never
turn the cap when the cooling system,
It is normal for the coolant level in the
bottom chamber to rise and fall with including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait
operating temperature and ambient for the cooling system and pressure cap
conditions. Coolant will evaporate from the to cool.
bottom chamber in normal operation. This
will happen faster when the vehicle is driven
for long periods in hot, dry conditions. { Warning
If no coolant is visible in the coolant surge Plain water, or other liquids such as
tank, add coolant as follows: alcohol, can boil before the proper
coolant mixture will. With plain water or
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant the wrong mixture, the engine could get
It is normal to see coolant moving in the Surge Tank too hot but there would not be an
upper coolant hose return line when the overheat warning. The engine could catch
engine is running. It is also normal to see If no problem is found, check to see if
coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank. fire and you or others could be burned.
bubbles entering the surge tank through the
small hose. If coolant is visible but the coolant level is
not at the bottom of the fill neck, add a 50/
50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and
DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank,
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 251

Turn the pressure cap slowly 4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap
{ Warning counterclockwise. If you hear a hiss, wait off and the surge tank service port cap
Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can for that to stop. This will allow any open, start the engine and let it run
burn you. Coolant contains ethylene pressure still left to be vented out the until you can feel the upper radiator
glycol and it will burn if the engine parts discharge hose. hose getting hot. Watch out for the
are hot enough. 2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly and engine cooling fan.
remove it. Open the surge tank service By this time, the coolant level inside the
port cap to the lower chamber. coolant surge tank top chamber may be
Caution lower. If the level is lower, add more of
Failure to follow the specific coolant fill the proper mixture to the surge tank top
procedure could cause the engine to chamber until the level reaches the
overheat and could cause system bottom of the fill neck.
damage. If coolant is not visible in the 5. Replace the surge tank pressure cap
surge tank, contact your dealer. tightly and close the surge tank service
port cap.
Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly installed,
coolant loss and engine damage may
occur. Be sure the cap is properly and
tightly secured.
3. Fill the surge tank top chamber with the
1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure proper mixture to the bottom of the fill
cap from the top chamber when the Check the level in the surge tank top and
neck. The top chamber needs to be bottom chambers when the cooling system
cooling system, including the coolant completely full. Fill the surge tank
surge tank pressure cap and upper has cooled down. If the coolant is not at the
bottom chamber through the service port proper levels, repeat Steps 1–3 and reinstall
radiator hose, is no longer hot. to approximately half. the pressure cap and close the service port.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
252 Vehicle Care

If the coolant still is not at the proper levels If steam is coming from the hood extractor
when the system cools down again, see
Caution with no accompanying overheat warning, no
your dealer. Do not run the engine if there is a leak service is needed.
in the engine cooling system. This can
Engine Overheating cause a loss of all coolant and can If No Steam Is Coming from the Engine
damage the system and vehicle. Have Compartment
The vehicle has several indicators to warn of
the engine overheating. any leaks fixed right away. If an engine overheat warning is displayed
but no steam can be seen or heard, the
There is an engine coolant temperature If Steam Is Coming from the Engine problem may not be too serious. Sometimes
gauge on the instrument cluster. See Engine
Compartment the engine can get a little too hot when the
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 88. The
vehicle:
vehicle may also display a message on the
Driver Information Center (DIC). { Warning . Climbs a long hill on a hot day
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot . Stops after high-speed driving
If the decision is made not to lift the hood
cooling system are under pressure. . Idles for long periods in traffic
when this warning appears, get service help
right away. See Roadside Assistance Program Turning the pressure cap, even a little, If the overheat warning is displayed with no
0 326. can cause them to come out at high sign of steam:
speed and you could be burned. Never
If the decision is made to lift the hood, 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
turn the cap when the cooling system,
make sure the vehicle is parked on a level 2. Turn the heater on to the highest
including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait
surface. temperature and to the highest fan
for the cooling system and pressure cap
Then check to see if the engine cooling fan speed. Open the windows as necessary.
to cool.
is running. If the engine is overheating, the 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the
fan should be running. If it is not, do not If Steam Is Coming from the Engine road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral) for
continue to run the engine. Have the vehicle Compartment with no Overheat Warning an automatic transmission or Neutral for
serviced. a manual transmission, and let the
The hood extractor, if equipped, is engine idle.
functional. It will allow water from rain and
car washes to enter the engine If the engine coolant temperature gauge is
compartment and contact hot surfaces. no longer in the overheated area, the
vehicle can be driven. Continue to drive the
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 253

vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a Adding Washer Fluid Caution (Continued)
safe vehicle distance from the vehicle in
front. If the warning does not come back on, . When using concentrated washer fluid,
continue to drive normally and have the follow the manufacturer instructions
cooling system checked for proper fill and for adding water.
function. . Fill the washer fluid tank only
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and three-quarters full when it is very cold.
park the vehicle right away. This allows for fluid expansion if
Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. freezing occurs, which could damage
If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine Add washer fluid until the reservoir is full. the tank if it is completely full.
for three minutes while parked. If the See Engine Compartment Overview 0 238 for
warning is still displayed, turn off the reservoir location. Brakes
engine until it cools down.
Caution Disc brake linings have built-in wear
Washer Fluid . Do not use washer fluid that contains indicators that make a high-pitched warning
any type of water repellent coating. sound when the brake linings are worn and
What to Use new linings are needed. The sound can come
This can cause the wiper blades to
When windshield washer fluid is needed, be chatter or skip. and go or can be heard all the time when
sure to read the manufacturer's instructions the vehicle is moving, except when applying
. Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) the brake pedal firmly.
before use. If operating the vehicle in an
area where the temperature can fall below in the windshield washer. It can
freezing, use a fluid that has sufficient damage the windshield washer system { Warning
protection against freezing. and paint.
The brake wear warning sound means
. Do not mix water with ready-to-use
that soon the brakes will not work well.
washer fluid. Water can cause the
That could lead to a crash. When the
solution to freeze and damage the
washer fluid tank and other parts of brake wear warning sound is heard, have
the washer system. the vehicle serviced.
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
254 Vehicle Care

Caution Replacing Brake System Parts Brake Fluid
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake Always replace brake system parts with
linings could result in costly brake new, approved replacement parts. If this is
repairs. not done, the brakes may not work
properly. The braking performance can
Some driving conditions or climates can change in many ways if the wrong brake
cause a brake squeal when the brakes are parts are installed or if parts are improperly
first applied, clearing up following several installed.
The brake/clutch master cylinder reservoir is
applies. This does not mean something is High Performance Brake Lining Cold filled with GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid
wrong with the brakes. Weather Performance as indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine
If equipped with high performance brake Compartment Overview 0 238 for the
If equipped with high performance brake
linings, there could be an increased build-up location of the reservoir.
components, binding or clunking may be
of brake dust as well as minor noises as noticeable when first moving the vehicle Checking Brake Fluid
compared to standard brake linings. after parking in cold weather when the Place the vehicle in P (Park) or Neutral with
Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary brakes have been wet, such as when driving the parking brake applied if equipped with a
to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires in the rain or after a car wash. This is manual transmission. On a level surface, the
are rotated, inspect brake linings for wear normal for brakes with high friction linings brake fluid level should be between the
and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper and does not affect the operation of the minimum and maximum marks on the brake
sequence to torque specifications. See brakes. Apply the brakes several times until fluid reservoir.
Capacities and Specifications 0 318. the binding or clunking stops. If the vehicle
is washed before long term storage, drive it There are only two reasons why the brake
Brake pads should be replaced as complete fluid level in the reservoir may go down:
axle sets. and apply the brakes several times to
thoroughly dry the brakes before storing. . Normal brake lining wear. When new
Brake Pedal Travel linings are installed, the fluid level goes
back up.
See your dealer if the brake pedal does not
return to normal height, or if there is a
rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be
a sign that brake service may be required.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 255

. A fluid leak in the brake/clutch hydraulic Brake fluid absorbs water over time which Battery - North America
system. Have the brake/clutch hydraulic degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid.
system fixed. With a leak, the brakes will Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals The original equipment battery is
not work well. to prevent increased stopping distance. See maintenance free. Do not remove the cap
Maintenance Schedule 0 304. and do not add fluid.
Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap
and the area around the cap before What to Add The battery is in the trunk, behind the trim
removing it. panel, on the passenger side of the vehicle.
Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid Refer to the replacement number shown on
Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. Adding from a clean, sealed container. See the original battery label when a new
fluid does not correct a leak. If fluid is added Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 313. battery is needed.
when the linings are worn, there will be too
much fluid when new brake linings are { Warning The vehicle has an Absorbed Glass Mat
installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, (AGM) 12-volt battery. Installation of a
only when work is done on the brake/clutch The wrong or contaminated brake fluid standard 12-volt battery will result in
hydraulic system. could result in damage to the brake reduced 12-volt battery life. When using a
system. This could result in the loss of 12-volt battery charger on the 12-volt AGM
{ Warning braking leading to a possible injury. battery, some chargers have an AGM
Always use the proper GM approved battery setting on the charger. If available,
If too much brake fluid is added, it can brake fluid. use the AGM setting on the charger, to limit
spill on the engine and burn, if the charge voltage to 14.8 volts.
engine is hot enough. You or others could
be burned, and the vehicle could be Caution { Warning
damaged. Add brake fluid only when If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and
work is done on the brake/clutch painted surfaces, the paint finish can be related accessories contain lead and lead
hydraulic system. damaged. Immediately wash off any compounds, chemicals known to the
painted surface. State of California to cause cancer and
When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a low
level, the brake warning light comes on. See birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Brake System Warning Light 0 93. Batteries also contain other chemicals
known to the State of California to cause
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
256 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued) Rear Axle normal effort. If the shift lever moves
out of P (Park), contact your dealer for
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. When to Check Lubricant service.
For more information go to It is not necessary to regularly check the
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ rear axle fluid, unless a leak is suspected or
Park Brake and P (Park)
passenger-vehicle. an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could Mechanism Check
indicate a problem. Have it inspected and
See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 235 repaired by your dealer. { Warning
and the back cover.
When you are doing this check, the
Automatic Transmission Shift Lock vehicle could begin to move. You or
Vehicle Storage
Control Function Check others could be injured and property
{ Warning could be damaged. Make sure there is
Batteries have acid that can burn you and
{ Warning room in front of the vehicle in case it
When you are doing this inspection, the begins to roll. Be ready to apply the
gas that can explode. You can be badly
vehicle could move suddenly. If the regular brake at once should the vehicle
hurt if you are not careful. See Jump
vehicle moves, you or others could be begin to move.
Starting - North America 0 291 for tips on
working around a battery without injured.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle
getting hurt. facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the
1. Before starting this check, be sure there
is enough room around the vehicle. regular brake, set the parking brake.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the black,
negative (−) cable from the battery to keep It should be parked on a level surface. . To check the parking brake's holding
the battery from running down. 2. Apply the parking brake. Be ready to ability: With the engine running and the
apply the regular brake immediately if transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove
Extended Storage: Remove the black, foot pressure from the regular brake
the vehicle begins to move.
negative (−) cable from the battery or use a pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by
battery trickle charger. 3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on, the parking brake only.
but do not start the engine. Without
applying the regular brake, try to move
the shift lever out of P (Park) with
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 257

. To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding
ability: With the engine running, shift to Caution (Continued)
P (Park). Then release the parking brake covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not
followed by the regular brake. allow the wiper arm to touch the
Contact your dealer if service is required. windshield.
Wiper Blade Replacement 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade

replacement.
Windshield wiper blades should be inspected
for wear and cracking. See Maintenance Windshield Replacement
Schedule 0 304.
HUD System
Replacement blades come in different types
and are removed in different ways. For The windshield is part of the HUD system.
proper type and length, see Maintenance 2. Lift up on the latch in the middle of the If the windshield must be replaced, a GM
Replacement Parts 0 314. wiper blade where the wiper arm replacement windshield is recommended.
attaches. The replacement windshield must be
To replace the windshield wiper blade: installed according to GM specifications for
3. With the latch open, pull the wiper blade
down toward the windshield far enough proper alignment. If it is not, the HUD
Caution
to release it from the J-hooked end of image may look out of focus.
Keep the hood closed to avoid damaging the wiper arm.
the paint. Driver Assistance Systems
4. Remove the wiper blade.
If the windshield needs to be replaced and
1. Pull the windshield wiper assembly away Caution the vehicle is equipped with a front camera
from the windshield. sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a
Allowing the wiper arm to touch the
GM replacement windshield is
windshield when no wiper blade is recommended. The replacement windshield
installed could damage the windshield. must be installed according to GM
Any damage that occurs would not be specifications for proper alignment. If it is
(Continued) not, these systems may not work properly,
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
258 Vehicle Care

they may display messages, or they may
not work at all. See your dealer for proper
Caution
windshield replacement. Do not apply tape or hang any objects
from gas struts. Also do not push down
Gas Strut(s) or pull on gas struts. This may cause
This vehicle is equipped with gas strut(s) to damage to the vehicle.
provide assistance in lifting and holding
open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full See Maintenance Schedule 0 304.
open position.
{ Warning
If the gas struts that hold open the hood,
trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others Trunk
could be seriously injured. Take the
vehicle to your dealer for service
immediately. Visually inspect the gas
struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage periodically. Check to make sure
the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with
enough force. If struts are failing to hold
Hood
the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate.
Have the vehicle serviced.
Liftgate
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 259

Headlamp Aiming Halogen Bulbs LED Lighting
This vehicle has several LED lamps. For
Front Headlamp Aiming { Warning replacement of any LED lighting assembly,
Headlamp aim has been preset and should Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside contact your dealer.
need no further adjustment. and can burst if you drop or scratch the
bulb. You or others could be injured. Be Back-Up Lamps
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the
headlamp aim may be affected. sure to read and follow the instructions
If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, on the bulb package.
see your dealer.
High Intensity Discharge (HID)
Bulb Replacement Lighting
For the proper type of replacement bulbs,
or any bulb changing procedure not listed in { Warning
this section, contact your dealer. The High Intensity Discharge (HID)
lighting system operates at a very high
Caution voltage. If you try to service any of the
Do not replace incandescent bulbs with system components, you could be
aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This seriously injured. Have your dealer or a
For the base and the uplevel taillamp
can cause damage to the vehicle electrical qualified technician service them.
assembly, only the back-up bulb is
system. replaceable. Removal of the taillamp
After an HID headlamp bulb has been
assembly is not necessary to change
replaced, the beam might be a slightly
this bulb.
different shade than it was originally. This is
normal. To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk 0 18.
2. Remove the three pushpin fasteners and
cover.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
260 Vehicle Care

3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to 2. Pull the license plate lamp down through Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the
remove it. the fascia opening. identical size and rating.
4. Pull the old bulb straight out of the bulb 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise If there is a problem on the road and a fuse
socket. and pull the bulb straight out of the needs to be replaced, the same amperage
5. Push the new bulb straight into the bulb lamp socket. fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature
socket until it clicks. 4. Install the new bulb. of the vehicle that is not needed to use and
6. Turn the bulb socket clockwise to 5. Push the bulb straight into the socket replace it as soon as possible.
reinstall. and turn clockwise to reinstall. Headlamp Wiring
7. Install the three pushpin fasteners and 6. Reinstall the license plate lamp by lifting An electrical overload may cause the lamps
cover. it through the fascia opening until the to go on and off, or in some cases to
clip is in place. remain off. Have the headlamp wiring
License Plate Lamp checked right away if the lamps go on and
To replace one of these bulbs: Electrical System off or remain off.
Electrical System Overload Windshield Wipers

The vehicle has fuses and circuit breakers to If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy
protect against an electrical system snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop
overload. until the motor cools and will then restart.
When the current electrical load is too Although the circuit is protected from
heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes, electrical overload, overload due to heavy
protecting the circuit until the current load snow or ice may cause wiper linkage
returns to normal or the problem is fixed. damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow
This greatly reduces the chance of circuit from the windshield before using the
overload and fire caused by electrical windshield wipers.
problems. If the overload is caused by an electrical
1. Unclip the license plate lamp from the Fuses and circuit breakers protect power problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get
fascia opening. devices in the vehicle. it fixed.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 261

Fuses and Circuit Breakers Warning (Continued) Engine Compartment Fuse Block
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are in a fire. You or others could be injured
protected from short circuits by a
or killed, and the vehicle could be
combination of fuses and circuit breakers.
damaged.
This greatly reduces the chance of damage
caused by electrical problems.
See Accessories and Modifications 0 236 and
General Information 0 235.
{ Danger To check a fuse, look at the silver-colored
Fuses and circuit breakers are marked band inside the fuse. If the band is broken
with their ampere rating. Do not exceed or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to
the specified amperage rating when replace a bad fuse with a new one of the
replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use identical size and rating.
of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can
Fuses of the same amperage can be
result in a vehicle fire. You and others To remove the hinged fuse block cover,
temporarily borrowed from another fuse
could be seriously injured or killed. press the clip at the front of the cover, and
location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse
swing it up.
as soon as possible.
To identify and check fuses, circuit breakers, Caution
and relays, see Engine Compartment Fuse Do not pull the engine compartment fuse
Block 0 261 and block lever, since it is intended only for
Rear Compartment Fuse Block 0 265. service purposes. If pulled, vehicle
malfunction may occur.
{ Warning
Installation or use of fuses that do not
meet GM’s original fuse specifications is
dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
262 Vehicle Care

Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may damage
it. Always keep the covers on any
electrical component.
The vehicle may not be equipped with all of Fuses Usage

the fuses, relays, and features shown.
F2 –
Fuses Usage
F3 Driver power seat
F1 ABS pump
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 263

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
F4 Cooling fan F20 OnStar/Navigation F35 Automatic
F5 Passenger F21 Body control headlamp leveling
power seat module 6 motor
F6 – F22 ABS valve F36 Left high-beam

headlamp
F7 – F23 –
F37 Right high-beam
F8 – F24 – headlamp
F9 – F25 Electric steering F38 –
F10 – column lock
F39 –
F11 AUX DRL F26 Body control
module 2 F40 Rear electrical
F12 Front wiper center/Ignition
F27 –
F13 Starter F41 Malfunction
F28 Body control indicator lamp/
F14 Brake module 3 Ignition
vacuum pump
F29 Body control F42 HVAC/ISRVM/
F15 Automatic module 8 OSRVM
headlamp leveling
module F30 Windshield wiper F43 Front exhaust
F31 Right HID valve active fuel
F16 Front heated seat management
headlamp
F17 Passenger window F44 –
F32 Left HID headlamp
F18 Body control F45 Sunroof
module 4 F33 –
F34 Horn F46 Body control
F19 SDM/AOS module 7
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
264 Vehicle Care

F47 CGM F60 Transmission F75 Spare
F48 A/C clutch control module F76 Spare
battery
F49 Heated steering F77 Spare
wheel F61 Non-walk/Vehicle
F50 Fuel system F62 Ignition coils Relays Usage

control module/ – odd
K1 –
Ignition F63 Non-walk/O2
sensor K2 Run/Crank
F51 Rear exhaust
valve PTSQ F64 Ignition coils K3 –
F52 – – even K4 Vacuum pump
F53 – F65 – K5 A/C control
F54 Engine F66 Engine control K6 Coolant pump
coolant pump module 1
K7 Engine control module
F55 Fuel prime F67 Engine control
module 2 K8 Fuel prime
F56 – K9 –
F68 Spare
F57 Engine control K10 Starter
module/Ignition F69 Spare
F58 Transmission F70 Spare

control module/ F71 Spare
Ignition F72 Spare
F59 – F73 Spare
F74 Spare
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 265

Rear Compartment Fuse Block
The rear compartment fuse block is on the

right side under the trunk load floor.
The vehicle may not be equipped with all of Fuses Usage

the fuses, relays, and features shown.
F1 Rear window
defogger
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
266 Vehicle Care

F2 Front blower F19 Front F34 Engine control
F3 Electric parking ventilated seat module battery
brake F20 Spare F35 Fuel system
F4 – F21 – control module V6
F5 – F22 – F36 –
F6 Rear drive control F23 Body control F37 Electric steering

module module column lock
F7 Right window F24 – F38 Outside rear view

mirror/Power
F8 – F25 – window
F9 Left window F26 – F39 Rear closure
F10 Heated mirror F27 RGB lights F40 –
F11 – F28 Passive entry/ F41 Battery regulated
F12 Heated steering Passive start voltage control
wheel battery
F42 SADS
F13 – F29 Data link
connector F43 Rear drive control
F14 HVAC control module/ICCM
F30 Canister vent
F15 Spare F44 Folding top
F31 Power fold top solenoid
F16 Display
F32 Memory seat F45 Amplifier
F17 Spare module
F46 Fuel system
F18 – F33 Wireless charger control module V8
F47 Shunt
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 267

Fuses Usage Circuit Warning (Continued)
Usage
F48 – Breakers
. Underinflated tires pose the same
CB2 Retained accessory power
F49 Steering wheel danger as overloaded tires. The
F50 Front camera CB3 – resulting crash could cause serious
module injury. Check all tires frequently to
F51 Camera module Wheels and Tires maintain the recommended
pressure. Tire pressure should be
F52 Ultrasonic park aid Tires checked when the tires are cold.
F53 – Every new GM vehicle has high-quality . Overinflated tires are more likely
F54 Side blind zone tires made by a leading tire to be cut, punctured, or broken by
alert manufacturer. See the warranty manual a sudden impact — such as when
F55 Radio for information regarding the tire hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the
warranty and where to get service. For recommended pressure.
F56 –
additional information refer to the tire . Worn or old tires can cause a
F57 – manufacturer. crash. If the tread is badly worn,
replace them.
Relays Usage { Warning
K1 Rear window . Poorly maintained and improperly
. Replace any tires that have been
defogger used tires are dangerous. damaged by impacts with
potholes, curbs, etc.
K2 Fuel system . Overloading the tires can cause
control module overheating as a result of too
. Improperly repaired tires can cause
much flexing. There could be a a crash. Only the dealer or an
Circuit blowout and a serious crash. See authorized tire service center
Usage should repair, replace, dismount,
Breakers Vehicle Load Limits 0 196.
CB1 – (Continued) and mount the tires.
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
268 Vehicle Care

offer the same level of traction or tires. If winter tires with a lower speed
Warning (Continued) performance as winter tires on snow or rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's
. Do not spin the tires in excess of ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 268. maximum speed capability.
56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow, mud, ice,
Winter Tires Run-Flat Tires
etc. Excessive spinning may cause This vehicle was not originally equipped This vehicle, when new, may have had
the tires to explode. with winter tires. Winter tires are designed run-flat tires. There is no spare tire, no tire
for increased traction on snow and changing equipment, and no place to store a
See Tire Pressure for High-Speed ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter tire in the vehicle.
Operation 0 274 for inflation pressure tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice
adjustment for high-speed driving. or snow covered roads is expected. See your { Warning
dealer for details regarding winter tire
While driving with run-flat tires at a
All-Season Tires availability and proper tire selection. Also,
see Buying New Tires 0 281. reduced inflation pressure, avoid making
This vehicle may come with all-season tires. sudden stops or severe maneuvers as the
These tires are designed to provide good With winter tires, there may be decreased handling capabilities of the tires will be
overall performance on most road surfaces dry road traction, increased road noise, and reduced. Driving too fast could cause loss
and weather conditions. Original equipment shorter tread life. After changing to winter of control and you or others could be
tires designed to GM's specific tire tires, be alert for changes in vehicle injured. Do not drive over 80 km/h
performance criteria have a TPC specification handling and braking.
(50 mph) with the tire operating at low
code molded onto the sidewall. Original If using winter tires: pressure. Drive cautiously and check the
equipment all-season tires can be identified . Use tires of the same brand and tread tire pressure as soon as possible.
by the last two characters of this TPC code, type on all four wheel positions.
which will be “MS.” . Use only radial ply tires of the same size, Run-flat tires can be driven up to 80 km
Consider installing winter tires on the load range, and speed rating as the (50 mi) at speeds less than 80 km/h
vehicle if frequent driving on snow or original equipment tires. (50 mph) after a loss of inflation pressure
ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires has occurred. There is no need to stop on
Winter tires with the same speed rating as the side of the road to change the tire. The
provide adequate performance for most the original equipment tires may not be
winter driving conditions, but they may not possible driving range after a pressure loss
available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated will vary based on the vehicle load and
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 269

driving conditions. As soon as possible, approximately 5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snow
contact the nearest authorized GM or
Caution covered roads is expected. See Winter Tires
run-flat servicing facility for inspection and Low-profile tires are more susceptible to 0 268.
repair or replacement. damage from road hazards or curb impact
than standard profile tires. Tire and/or Caution
When driving on a deflated run-flat tire,
avoid potholes and other road hazards that wheel assembly damage can occur when High performance summer tires have
could damage the tire and/or wheel beyond coming into contact with road hazards rubber compounds that lose flexibility
repair. When a tire has been damaged, or if like potholes, or sharp edged objects, and may develop surface cracks in the
driven any distance while deflated, check or when sliding into a curb. The warranty tread area at temperatures below −7 °C
with an authorized run-flat tire service does not cover this type of damage. Keep (20 °F). Always store high performance
center to determine whether the tire can be tires set to the correct inflation pressure summer tires indoors and at
repaired or should be replaced. To maintain and when possible, avoid contact with temperatures above −7 °C (20 °F) when
the run-flat feature, all replacement tires curbs, potholes, and other road hazards. not in use. If the tires have been
must be run-flat tires. subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less, let them
To locate the nearest GM or run-flat Summer Tires warm up in a heated space to at least
servicing facility, call Customer Assistance. High Performance Summer Tires 5 °C (40 °F) for 24 hours or more before
being installed or driving a vehicle on
Low-Profile Tires See the Camaro High Performance which they are installed. Do not apply
supplement. heat or blow heated air directly on the
See the Camaro High Performance
supplement. This vehicle may come with 245/40ZR20 and tires. Always inspect tires before use. See
275/35ZR20 high performance summer tires. Tire Inspection 0 279.
If the vehicle has 245/40R20 or These tires have a special tread and
245/40ZR20 and 275/35ZR20 size tires, compound that are optimized for maximum Tire Sidewall Labeling
they are classified as low-profile tires. dry and wet road performance. This special
tread and compound will have decreased Useful information about a tire is
performance in cold climates, and on ice and molded into its sidewall. The example
snow. It is recommended that winter tires shows a typical passenger tire sidewall.
be installed on the vehicle if frequent
driving at temperatures below
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
270 Vehicle Care

(3) DOT (Department of (5) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord
Transportation) : The Department of and number of plies in the sidewall and
Transportation (DOT) code indicates that under the tread.
the tire is in compliance with the U.S. (6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Department of Transportation Motor (UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are
Vehicle Safety Standards. required to grade tires based on three
DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last performance factors: treadwear,
four digits of the TIN indicate the tire traction, and temperature resistance.
manufactured date. The first two digits For more information see Uniform Tire
represent the week and the last two Quality Grading 0 282.
digits, the year. For example, the third (7) Maximum Cold Inflation Load
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example week of the year 2020 would have a Limit : Maximum load that can be
(1) Tire Size : The tire size is a 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is carried and the maximum pressure
combination of letters and numbers the first full week (Sunday through needed to support that load.
used to define a particular tire's width, Saturday) of each year.
height, aspect ratio, construction type, (4) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : Tire Designations
and service description. See the “Tire The letters and numbers following the Tire Size
Size” illustration later in this section. DOT code are the Tire Identification
Number (TIN). The TIN shows the The example shows a typical passenger
(2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria vehicle tire size.
Specification) : Original equipment tires manufacturer and plant code, tire size,
designed to GM's specific tire and date the tire was manufactured.
performance criteria have a TPC The TIN is molded onto both sides of
specification code molded onto the the tire, although only one side may
sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet have the date of manufacture.
or exceed all federal safety guidelines.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 271

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The (6) Service Description : These Bead : The tire bead contains steel
United States version of a metric tire characters represent the load index and wires wrapped by steel cords that hold
sizing system. The letter "P" as the first speed rating of the tire. The load index the tire onto the rim.
character in the tire size means a represents the load carrying capacity a Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which
passenger vehicle tire engineered to tire is certified to carry. The speed the plies are laid at alternate angles
standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim rating is the maximum speed a tire is less than 90 degrees to the centerline
Association. certified to carry a load. of the tread.
(2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number Tire Terminology and Definitions Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air
indicates the tire section width in pressure in a tire, measured in kPa
millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. Air Pressure : The amount of air inside
the tire pressing outward on each (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square
(3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that square inch of the tire. Air pressure is inch) before a tire has built up heat
indicates the tire height-to-width expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 273.
measurements. For example, if the tire (pounds per square inch). Curb Weight : The weight of a motor
size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in vehicle with standard and optional
item (3) of the illustration, it would Accessory Weight : The combined
weight of optional accessories. Some equipment including the maximum
mean that the tire's sidewall is capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, but
75 percent as high as it is wide. examples of optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power without passengers and cargo.
(4) Construction Code : A letter code is windows, power seats, and air DOT Markings : A code molded into the
used to indicate the type of ply conditioning. sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire
construction in the tire. The letter "R" is in compliance with the U.S.
means radial ply construction; the letter Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a
tire's height to its width. Department of Transportation (DOT)
"D" means diagonal or bias ply Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The
construction. Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords DOT code includes the Tire Identification
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the between the plies and the tread. Cords Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
wheel in inches. may be made from steel or other
reinforcing materials.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
272 Vehicle Care

designator which can also identify the Maximum Inflation Pressure : The that is higher or deeper than the same
tire manufacturer, production plant, maximum air pressure to which a cold moldings on the other sidewall of
brand, and date of production. tire can be inflated. The maximum air the tire.
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. pressure is molded onto the sidewall. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 196. Maximum Load Rating : The load rating on passenger cars and some light duty
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating for a tire at the maximum permissible trucks and multipurpose vehicles.
for the front axle. See Vehicle Load inflation pressure for that tire. Recommended Inflation Pressure :
Limits 0 196. Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The Vehicle manufacturer's recommended
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating sum of curb weight, accessory weight, tire inflation pressure as shown on the
for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load vehicle capacity weight, and production tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 273 and
Limits 0 196. options weight. Vehicle Load Limits 0 196.
Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side Normal Occupant Weight : The number Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in
of an asymmetrical tire that must of occupants a vehicle is designed to which the ply cords that extend to the
always face outward when mounted on seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See beads are laid at 90 degrees to the
a vehicle. Vehicle Load Limits 0 196. centerline of the tread.
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air Occupant Distribution : Designated Rim : A metal support for a tire and
pressure. seating positions. upon which the tire beads are seated.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of Sidewall : The portion of a tire between
on light duty trucks and some an asymmetrical tire that has a the tread and the bead.
multipurpose passenger vehicles. particular side that faces outward when Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code
mounted on a vehicle. The side of the assigned to a tire indicating the
Load Index : An assigned number tire that contains a whitewall, bears
ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds maximum speed at which a tire can
white lettering, or bears manufacturer, operate.
to the load carrying capacity of a tire. brand, and/or model name molding
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 273

Traction : The friction between the tire Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire :
Warning (Continued)
and the road surface. The amount of Load on an individual tire due to curb
grip provided. weight, accessory weight, occupant . Reduced fuel economy.
Tread : The portion of a tire that comes weight, and cargo weight. Overinflated tires, or tires that have
into contact with the road. Vehicle Placard : A label permanently too much air, can result in:
Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, attached to a vehicle showing the . Unusual wear.
sometimes called wear bars, that show vehicle capacity weight and the original . Poor handling.
across the tread of a tire when only equipment tire size and recommended
. Rough ride.
1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See inflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading
Information Label” under Vehicle Load . Needless damage from road
When It Is Time for New Tires 0 280.
Limits 0 196. hazards.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Standards) : A tire information system Tire Pressure The Tire and Loading Information label
that provides consumers with ratings Tires need the correct amount of air on the vehicle indicates the original
for a tire's traction, temperature, and pressure to operate effectively. equipment tires and the correct cold
treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire inflation pressures. The
tire manufacturers using government { Warning recommended pressure is the minimum
testing procedures. The ratings are air pressure needed to support the
Neither tire underinflation nor
molded into the sidewall of the tire. vehicle's maximum load carrying
See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 282. overinflation is good. Underinflated
capacity. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 196.
tires, or tires that do not have
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number enough air, can result in: How the vehicle is loaded affects
of designated seating positions . Tire overloading and overheating, vehicle handling and ride comfort.
multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the Never load the vehicle with more
which could lead to a blowout.
rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load weight than it was designed to carry.
Limits 0 196. . Premature or irregular wear.
. Poor handling.
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
274 Vehicle Care

When to Check Recheck the tire pressure with the tire
Warning (Continued)
Check the pressure of the tires once a gauge.
tires are rated for high-speed operation,
month or more. Put the valve caps back on the valve are in excellent condition, and are set to
stems to keep out dirt and moisture. the correct cold tire inflation pressure for
How to Check
Use only valve caps designed for the the vehicle load.
Use a good quality pocket-type gauge vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be
to check tire pressure. Proper tire damaged and would not be covered by Vehicles with tire sizes listed in the High
inflation cannot be determined by the vehicle warranty. Speed Operation Inflation Pressures table
looking at the tire. Check the tire require inflation pressure adjustment when
inflation pressure when the tires are Tire Pressure for High-Speed driving the vehicle at speeds of 160 km/h
cold, meaning the vehicle has not been Operation (100 mph) or higher. Set the cold tire
driven for at least three hours or no inflation pressure to the corresponding value
See the Camaro High Performance in the table for the tire size on the vehicle.
more than 1.6 km (1 mi). supplement.
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly { Warning
onto the valve to get a pressure Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h
measurement. If the cold tire inflation (100 mph) or higher, puts additional
pressure matches the recommended strain on tires. Sustained high-speed
pressure on the Tire and Loading driving causes excessive heat buildup and
Information label, no further adjustment can cause sudden tire failure. This could
is necessary. If the inflation pressure is cause a crash, and you or others could be
low, add air until the recommended killed. Some high-speed rated tires require
pressure is reached. If the inflation inflation pressure adjustment for
pressure is high, press on the metal high-speed operation. When speed limits
and road conditions allow the vehicle to
stem in the center of the tire valve to
be driven at high speeds, make sure the
release air.
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 275

High Speed Operation Inflation Pressures
Tire Size Cold Inflation Pressure kPa (psi)
245/40ZR20 (95Y) 280 kPa (41 psi)
275/35ZR20 (98Y) 280 kPa (41 psi)
Return the tires to the recommended cold vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure has not reached the level to trigger
tire inflation pressure when high-speed label, you should determine the proper tire illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
driving has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits inflation pressure for those tires.) telltale.
0 196 and As an added safety feature, your vehicle has Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
Tire Pressure 0 273. been equipped with a tire pressure TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when
Tire Pressure Monitor System monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a the system is not operating properly. The
low tire pressure telltale when one or more TPMS malfunction indicator is combined
The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) of your tires is significantly under-inflated. with the low tire pressure telltale. When the
uses radio and sensor technology to check system detects a malfunction, the telltale
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure
tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors will flash for approximately one minute and
telltale illuminates, you should stop and
monitor the air pressure in your tires and then remain continuously illuminated. This
check your tires as soon as possible, and
transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver sequence will continue upon subsequent
inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving
located in the vehicle. vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction
on a significantly under-inflated tire causes
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), the tire to overheat and can lead to tire exists.
should be checked monthly when cold and failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel When the malfunction indicator is
inflated to the inflation pressure efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect illuminated, the system may not be able to
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. detect or signal low tire pressure as
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for
Please note that the TPMS is not a
pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a a variety of reasons, including the
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and
different size than the size indicated on the installation of replacement or alternate tires
it is the driver's responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
276 Vehicle Care

TPMS from functioning properly. Always When a low tire pressure condition is are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 196, for
check the TPMS malfunction telltale after detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire an example of the Tire and Loading
replacing one or more tires or wheels on pressure warning light on the instrument Information label and its location. Also see
your vehicle to ensure that the replacement cluster. If the warning light comes on, stop Tire Pressure 0 273.
or alternate tires and wheels allow the as soon as possible and inflate the tires to The TPMS can warn about a low tire
TPMS to continue to function properly. the recommended pressure shown on the pressure condition but it does not replace
See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 276. Tire and Loading Information label. See normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection
Vehicle Load Limits 0 196. 0 279, Tire Rotation 0 279 and
A message to check the pressure in a Tires 0 267.
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation specific tire displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). The low tire Caution
This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure pressure warning light and the DIC warning Tire sealant materials are not all the
Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is message come on at each ignition cycle same. A non-approved tire sealant could
designed to warn the driver when a low tire until the tires are inflated to the correct
pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor
inflation pressure. Using the DIC, tire damage caused by using an incorrect tire
mounted onto each tire and wheel pressure levels can be viewed. For additional
assembly, excluding the spare tire and sealant is not covered by the vehicle
information and details about the DIC
wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor warranty. Always use only the GM
operation and displays see Driver
the air pressure in the tires and transmit the Information Center (DIC) 0 97. approved tire sealant available through
tire pressure readings to a receiver located your dealer or included in the vehicle.
in the vehicle. The low tire pressure warning light may
come on in cool weather when the vehicle is Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits use a GM
first started, and then turn off as the vehicle approved liquid tire sealant. Using
is driven. This could be an early indicator non-approved tire sealants could damage the
that the air pressure is getting low and TPMS sensors. See Tire Sealant and
needs to be inflated to the proper pressure. Compressor Kit 0 286 for information
A Tire and Loading Information label, regarding the inflator kit materials and
attached to your vehicle, shows the size of instructions.
the original equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when they
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 277

TPMS Malfunction Light and Message . One or more TPMS sensors are missing or 1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level place.
damaged. The malfunction light and the 2. Set the parking brake firmly.
The TPMS will not function properly if one DIC message should go off when the
or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
inoperable. When the system detects a matching process is performed 4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated.
malfunction, the low tire pressure warning successfully. See your dealer for service. The turn signal lamp will flash.
light flashes for about one minute and then
. Replacement tires or wheels do not match 5. When the recommended pressure is
stays on for the remainder of the ignition
cycle. A DIC warning message also displays. the original equipment tires or wheels. reached, the horn sounds once and the
The malfunction light and DIC warning Tires and wheels other than those turn signal lamp will stop flashing and
message come on at each ignition cycle recommended could prevent the TPMS briefly turn solid.
until the problem is corrected. Some of the from functioning properly. See Buying Repeat these steps for all underinflated tires
conditions that can cause these to come New Tires 0 281. that have illuminated the low tire pressure
on are: . Operating electronic devices or being near warning light.
. One of the road tires has been replaced facilities using radio wave frequencies
with the spare tire. The spare tire does similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS { Warning
not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction sensors to malfunction.
Overinflating a tire could cause the tire
light and DIC message should go off after If the TPMS is not functioning properly it to rupture and you or others could be
the road tire is replaced and the sensor cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure injured. Do not exceed the maximum
matching process is performed condition. See your dealer for service if the
pressure listed on the tire sidewall. See
successfully. See “TPMS Sensor Matching TPMS malfunction light and DIC message
Process” later in this section. Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 269 and
comes on and stays on.
Vehicle Load Limits 0 196.
. The TPMS sensor matching process was
Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)
not done or not completed successfully If the tire is overinflated by more than
after rotating the tires. The malfunction This feature provides visual and audible 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple
light and the DIC message should go off alerts outside the vehicle to help when times and the turn signal lamp will continue
after successfully completing the sensor inflating an underinflated tire to the to flash for several seconds after filling
matching process. See "TPMS Sensor recommended cold tire pressure. stops. To release and correct the pressure
Matching Process" later in this section. When the low tire pressure warning light while the turn signal lamp is still flashing,
comes on:
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
278 Vehicle Care

briefly press the center of the valve stem. TPMS Sensor Matching Process 2. Place the vehicle in Service Mode. See
When the recommended pressure is reached, Ignition Positions 0 199.
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
the horn sounds once. 3. Make sure the Tire Pressure info display
identification code. The identification code
If the turn signal lamp does not flash within needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel option is turned on. The info displays on
15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, position after rotating the vehicle’s tires or the DIC can be turned on and off
the tire fill alert has not been activated or is replacing one or more of the TPMS sensors. through the Options menu. See Driver
not working. The TPMS sensor matching process should Information Center (DIC) 0 97.
If the hazard warning flashers are on, the also be performed after replacing a spare 4. Use the five-way DIC control on the right
tire fill alert visual feedback will not work tire with a road tire containing the TPMS side of the steering wheel to scroll to
properly. sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC the Tire Pressure screen under the DIC
message should go off at the next ignition info page. See Driver Information Center
The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alert cycle. The sensors are matched to the tire/ (DIC) 0 97.
properly under the following conditions: wheel positions, using a TPMS relearn tool, 5. Press and hold SEL in the center of the
. There is interference from an external in the following order: driver side front tire, five-way DIC control.
device or transmitter. passenger side front tire, passenger side rear
tire, and driver side rear. See your dealer for The horn sounds twice to signal the
. The air pressure from the inflation device
service or to purchase a relearn tool. receiver is in relearn mode and the TIRE
is not sufficient to inflate the tire. LEARNING ACTIVE message displays on
. There is a malfunction in the TPMS. A TPMS relearn tool can also be purchased.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation the DIC screen.
. There is a malfunction in the horn or turn 6. Start with the driver side front tire.
Tool at www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
signal lamps. call 1-800-GM TOOLS (1-800-468-6657). 7. Place the relearn tool against the tire
. The identification code of the TPMS
There are two minutes to match the first sidewall, near the valve stem. Then press
sensor is not registered to the system. the button to activate the TPMS sensor.
tire/wheel position, and five minutes overall
. The battery of the TPMS sensor is low. A horn chirp confirms that the sensor
to match all four tire/wheel positions. If it
If the tire fill alert does not operate due to takes longer, the matching process stops identification code has been matched to
TPMS interference, move the vehicle about and must be restarted. this tire and wheel position.
1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again. The TPMS sensor matching process is: 8. Proceed to the passenger side front tire,
If the tire fill alert feature is not working, and repeat Step 7.
use a tire pressure gauge. 1. Set the parking brake.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 279

9. Proceed to the passenger side rear tire, . The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut,
and repeat Step 7. or snagged deep enough to show
10. Proceed to the driver side rear tire, and cord or fabric.
repeat Step 7. The horn sounds two . The tire has a bump, bulge, or split.
times to indicate the sensor
. The tire has a puncture, cut, or other
identification code has been matched to
the driver side rear tire, and the TPMS damage that cannot be repaired well
sensor matching process is no longer because of the size or location of the
active. The TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE damage.
message on the DIC display screen
goes off. Tire Rotation
11. Turn the vehicle off. Tires should be rotated every
12. Set all four tires to the recommended air 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See Maintenance Use this rotation pattern if the vehicle
pressure level as indicated on the Tire Schedule 0 304. has different size tires on the front
and Loading Information label. and rear.
Tires are rotated to achieve a uniform
Tire Inspection wear for all tires. The first rotation is Different tire sizes should not be
the most important. rotated front to rear.
We recommend that the tires, including
the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate
inspected for signs of wear or damage the tires as soon as possible, check for
at least once a month. proper tire inflation pressure, and check
for damaged tires or wheels. If the
Replace the tire if: unusual wear continues after the
. The indicators at three or more rotation, check the wheel alignment.
places around the tire can be seen. See When It Is Time for New Tires
. There is cord or fabric showing 0 280 and
through the tire's rubber. Wheel Replacement 0 284.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
280 Vehicle Care

Check that all wheel nuts are properly
tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” { Warning
under Capacities and Specifications Do not apply grease to the wheel
0 318. mounting surface, wheel conical
seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts.
{ Warning Grease applied to these areas could
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the cause a wheel to become loose or
parts to which it is fastened, can come off, resulting in a crash.
cause wheel nuts to become loose
over time. The wheel could come off When It Is Time for New Tires
and cause a crash. When changing a Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures,
Use this rotation pattern when rotating wheel, remove any rust or dirt from driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road
places where the wheel attaches to conditions affect the wear rate of the tires.
tires of the same size installed on all
four wheel positions. the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth
or paper towel can be used; however,
If the vehicle has a compact spare tire, use a scraper or wire brush later to
do not include it in the tire rotation. remove all rust or dirt.
Adjust the front and rear tires to the
recommended inflation pressure on the Lightly coat the center of the wheel
Tire and Loading Information label after hub with wheel bearing grease after a
the tires have been rotated. See Tire wheel change or tire rotation to prevent
Pressure 0 273 and corrosion or rust build-up.
Vehicle Load Limits 0 196.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation Treadwear indicators are one way to tell
0 276. when it is time for new tires. Treadwear
indicators appear when the tires have only
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 281

1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. aging. This area should be free of grease, TPC Spec number is molded onto the
See Tire Inspection 0 279 and gasoline, or other substances that can tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the
Tire Rotation 0 279 for additional deteriorate rubber. tires have an all-season tread design,
information. Parking for an extended period can cause the TPC Spec number will be followed
The rubber in tires ages over time. This also flat spots on the tires that may result in by MS for mud and snow. See Tire
applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has vibrations while driving. When storing a Sidewall Labeling 0 269 for additional
one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors vehicle for at least a month, remove the information.
including temperatures, loading conditions, tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the
and inflation pressure maintenance affect weight from the tires. GM recommends replacing worn tires in
how fast aging takes place. GM recommends complete sets of four. Uniform tread
that tires, including the spare if equipped, Buying New Tires depth on all tires will help to maintain
be replaced after six years, regardless of GM has developed and matched specific the performance of the vehicle. Braking
tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use and handling performance may be
the tire manufacture date, which is the last
tires for the vehicle. The original
equipment tires installed were designed adversely affected if all the tires are not
four digits of the DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN) molded into one side of the to meet General Motors Tire replaced at the same time. If proper
tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN Performance Criteria Specification (TPC rotation and maintenance have been
indicate the tire manufactured date. The Spec) system rating. When replacement done, all four tires should wear out at
first two digits represent the week and the tires are needed, GM strongly about the same time. However, if it is
last two digits, the year. For example, the recommends buying tires with the same necessary to replace only one axle set
third week of the year 2020 would have a TPC Spec rating. of worn tires, place the new tires on
4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the the rear axle. See Tire Rotation 0 279.
first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of GM's exclusive TPC Spec system
each year. considers over a dozen critical { Warning
specifications that impact the overall
Vehicle Storage Tires could explode during improper
performance of the vehicle, including
Tires age when stored normally mounted on brake system performance, ride and service. Attempting to mount or
a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be handling, traction control, and tire dismount a tire could cause injury or
stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, (Continued)
pressure monitoring performance. GM's
clean area away from direct sunlight to slow
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
282 Vehicle Care

Winter tires with the same speed rating stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the
Warning (Continued) performance of these systems can also be
as the original equipment tires may not
death. Only your dealer or authorized be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR affected.
tire service center should mount or speed rated tires. Never exceed the
dismount the tires. winter tires’ maximum speed capability { Warning
when using winter tires with a lower If different sized wheels are used, there
speed rating. may not be an acceptable level of
{ Warning performance and safety if tires not
If the vehicle tires must be replaced recommended for those wheels are
Mixing tires of different sizes (other with a tire that does not have a TPC
than those originally installed on the selected. This increases the chance of a
Spec number, make sure they are the crash and serious injury. Only use GM
vehicle), brands, tread patterns, same size, load range, speed rating, and
or types may cause loss of vehicle specific wheel and tire systems developed
construction (radial) as the original for the vehicle, and have them properly
control, resulting in a crash or other tires. installed by a GM certified technician.
vehicle damage. Use the correct size,
brand, and type of tire on all wheels. The Tire and Loading Information label
See Buying New Tires 0 281 and
indicates the original equipment tires Accessories and Modifications 0 236.
on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
{ Warning 0 196. Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle The following information relates to the
may cause the wheel rim flanges to
Different Size Tires and Wheels
system developed by the United States
develop cracks after many miles of If wheels or tires are installed that are a
National Highway Traffic Safety
driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail different size than the original equipment
wheels and tires, vehicle performance, Administration (NHTSA), which grades
suddenly and cause a crash. Use only tires by treadwear, traction, and
including its braking, ride and handling
radial-ply tires with the wheels on characteristics, stability, and resistance to temperature performance. This applies
the vehicle. rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has only to vehicles sold in the United
electronic systems such as antilock brakes, States. The grades are molded on the
rollover airbags, traction control, electronic sidewalls of most passenger car tires.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 283

The Uniform Tire Quality Grading conditions on a specified government Temperature
(UTQG) system does not apply to deep test course. For example, a tire graded The temperature grades are A (the
tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, 150 would wear one and one-half (1½) highest), B, and C, representing the
tires with nominal rim diameters of times as well on the government course tire's resistance to the generation of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some as a tire graded 100. The relative heat and its ability to dissipate heat
limited-production tires. performance of tires depends upon the when tested under controlled conditions
While the tires available on General actual conditions of their use, however, on a specified indoor laboratory test
Motors passenger cars and light trucks and may depart significantly from the wheel. Sustained high temperature can
may vary with respect to these grades, norm due to variations in driving habits, cause the material of the tire to
they must also conform to federal service practices and differences in road degenerate and reduce tire life, and
safety requirements and additional characteristics and climate. excessive temperature can lead to
General Motors Tire Performance Traction sudden tire failure. The grade C
Criteria (TPC) standards. corresponds to a level of performance
The traction grades, from highest to
Quality grades can be found where which all passenger car tires must meet
lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those
applicable on the tire sidewall between under the Federal Motor Safety
grades represent the tire's ability to
tread shoulder and maximum section Standard No. 109. Grades B and A
stop on wet pavement as measured
width. For example: represent higher levels of performance
under controlled conditions on specified
on the laboratory test wheel than the
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A government test surfaces of asphalt and
minimum required by law. Warning:
concrete. A tire marked C may have
All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to The temperature grade for this tire is
poor traction performance. Warning:
Federal Safety Requirements In Addition established for a tire that is properly
The traction grade assigned to this tire
To These Grades. inflated and not overloaded. Excessive
is based on straight-ahead braking
speed, underinflation, or excessive
Treadwear traction tests, and does not include
loading, either separately or in
The treadwear grade is a comparative acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,
combination, can cause heat buildup
rating based on the wear rate of the or peak traction characteristics.
and possible tire failure.
tire when tested under controlled
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
284 Vehicle Care

Wheel Alignment and Tire Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that
Caution (Continued)
is needed.
Balance headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle
Each new wheel should have the same
The tires and wheels were aligned and ground clearance, and tire or tire chain
load-carrying capacity, diameter, width,
balanced at the factory to provide the offset, and be mounted the same way as clearance to the body and chassis.
longest tire life and best overall the one it replaces.
performance. Adjustments to wheel Used Replacement Wheels
alignment and tire balancing are not Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts,
necessary on a regular basis. Consider an or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS)
sensors with new GM original equipment
{ Warning
alignment check if there is unusual tire wear
parts. Replacing a wheel with a used one is
or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one
dangerous. How it has been used or how
side or the other. Some slight pull to the
left or right, depending on the crown of the { Warning far it has been driven may be unknown.
road and/or other road surface variations It could fail suddenly and cause a crash.
Using the wrong replacement wheels, When replacing wheels, use a new GM
such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be
vehicle is vibrating when driving on a original equipment wheel.
dangerous. It could affect the braking and
smooth road, the tires and wheels may
handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air
need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for
and cause loss of control, resulting in a
Tire Chains
proper diagnosis.
crash. Always use the correct wheel,
Wheel Replacement wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for { Warning
replacement. Do not use tire chains. There is not
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, enough clearance. Tire chains used on a
or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts vehicle without the proper amount of
keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, Caution clearance can cause damage to the
and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts.
The wrong wheel can also cause
wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum
problems with bearing life, brake cooling, The area damaged by the tire chains
wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if
any of these conditions exist. speedometer or odometer calibration, could cause loss of control and a crash.
(Continued) Use another type of traction device only
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 285

a tire, it is much more likely to leak out
Warning (Continued) slowly. But if there is ever a blowout, here Warning (Continued)
if its manufacturer recommends it for the are a few tips about what to expect and badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips
vehicle's tire size combination and road what to do: off the jack. If a jack is provided with the
conditions. Follow that manufacturer's If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a vehicle, only use it for changing a
instructions. To avoid vehicle damage, drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. flat tire.
drive slowly and readjust or remove the Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and
traction device if it contacts the vehicle. grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to If this vehicle does not have run-flat tires
Do not spin the wheels. If traction maintain lane position, and then gently and a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and
devices are used, install them on the rear brake to a stop, well off the road, wheel damage by driving slowly to a level
tires. if possible. place, well off the road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts 1. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. See
If a Tire Goes Flat much like a skid and may require the same Hazard Warning Flashers 0 110.
correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing 2. Set the parking brake firmly.
If the vehicle has run-flat tires, there is no
the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten 3. Put an automatic transmission in P (Park)
need to stop on the side of the road to
the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and or a manual transmission in 1 (First) or
change a flat tire. See Run-Flat Tires 0 268.
noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the R (Reverse).
road, if possible.
{ Warning 4. Turn off the ignition.
Special tools and procedures are required { Warning 5. Inspect the flat tire.
to service a run-flat tire. If these special
Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to
tools and procedures are not used, injury
do maintenance or repairs is dangerous
{ Warning
or vehicle damage may occur. Always be Driving on a flat tire will cause
without the appropriate safety equipment
sure the proper tools and procedures, as permanent damage to the tire.
and training. If a jack is provided with
described in the service manual, are used. Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for on while severely underinflated or flat
It is unusual for a tire to blow out while may cause a blowout and a serious crash.
driving, especially if the tires are maintained anything else, you or others could be
(Continued) Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has
properly. See Tires 0 267. If air goes out of
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
286 Vehicle Care

If the tire has been separated from the
Warning (Continued) { Warning wheel, has damaged sidewalls, or has a
been driven on while severely Overinflating a tire could cause the tire large puncture, the tire is too severely
underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or to rupture and you or others could be damaged for the tire sealant and
an authorized tire service center repair or injured. Be sure to read and follow the compressor kit to be effective. See Roadside
replace the flat tire as soon as possible. tire sealant and compressor kit Assistance Program 0 326.
instructions and inflate the tire to its Read and follow all of the tire sealant and
If this vehicle has a tire sealant kit and the recommended pressure. Do not exceed compressor kit instructions.
tire has been separated from the wheel, has the recommended pressure.
damaged sidewalls, or has a puncture larger The kit includes:
than 6 mm (0.25 in), the tire is too severely
damaged for the tire sealant and
compressor kit to be effective. If the tire has
{ Warning
a puncture less than 6 mm (0.25 in) in the Storing the tire sealant and compressor
tread area of the tire, see Tire Sealant and kit or other equipment in the passenger
Compressor Kit 0 286. compartment of the vehicle could cause
injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose
Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit equipment could strike someone. Store
the tire sealant and compressor kit in its
{ Warning original location.
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed area with
If this vehicle has a tire sealant and
poor ventilation is dangerous. Engine
compressor kit, there may not be a spare
exhaust may enter the vehicle. Engine
tire or tire changing equipment, and on 1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve
exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO) some vehicles there may not be a place to
which cannot be seen or smelled. It can 2. Sealant/Air Hose
store a tire. 3. Base of Sealant Canister
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Never run the engine in an enclosed area The tire sealant and compressor can be used 4. Tire Sealant Canister
that has no fresh air ventilation. For more to temporarily seal punctures up to 6 mm 5. On/Off Button
(0.25 in) in the tread area of the tire. It can 6. Slot on Top of Compressor
information, see Engine Exhaust 0 205.
also be used to inflate an underinflated tire.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 287

7. Pressure Deflation Button There is only enough sealant to seal one
8. Pressure Gauge tire. After usage, the tire sealant canister
must be replaced.
Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor
Kit to Temporarily Seal and Inflate a
Punctured Tire
When using the tire sealant and compressor
kit during cold temperatures, warm the kit
in a heated environment for five minutes.
This will help to inflate the tire faster.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and
wheel damage by driving slowly to a level 4. Attach the air only hose (10) to the
place. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. sealant canister inlet valve (1) by turning
9. Power Plug See Hazard Warning Flashers 0 110. it clockwise until tight.
10. Air Only Hose See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 285 for other
important safety warnings.
Tire Sealant
Do not remove any objects that have
Read and follow the safe handling
penetrated the tire.
instructions on the label adhered to the tire
sealant canister (4). 1. Remove the tire sealant canister (4) and
compressor from its storage location. See
Check the tire sealant expiration date on the Storing the Tire Sealant and Compressor
tire sealant canister. The tire sealant Kit 0 291.
canister (4) should be replaced before its
expiration date. Replacement tire sealant 2. Remove the air only hose (10) and the
canisters are available at your local dealer. power plug (9) from the bottom of the
compressor.
3. Place the compressor on the ground near
the flat tire.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
288 Vehicle Care

5. Slide the base of the tire sealant If the vehicle has an accessory power off to get an accurate pressure reading.
canister (3) into the slot on the top of outlet, do not use the cigarette lighter. The compressor may be turned on/off
the compressor (6) to hold it upright. If the vehicle only has a cigarette lighter, until the correct pressure is reached.
Make sure the tire valve stem is use the cigarette lighter.
positioned close to the ground so the Caution
Do not pinch the power plug cord in the
hose will reach it. door or window. If the recommended pressure cannot be
6. Remove the valve stem cap from the flat reached after approximately 25 minutes,
9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle must be
tire by turning it counterclockwise. the vehicle should not be driven farther.
running while using the air compressor.
The tire is too severely damaged and the
10. Press the on/off button (5) to turn the tire sealant and compressor kit cannot
tire sealant and compressor kit on. inflate the tire. Remove the power plug
The compressor will inject sealant and air from the accessory power outlet and
into the tire. unscrew the inflating hose from the tire
The pressure gauge (8) will initially show valve. See Roadside Assistance Program
a high pressure while the compressor 0 326.
pushes the sealant into the tire. Once
the sealant is completely dispersed into 12. Press the on/off button (5) to turn the
the tire, the pressure will quickly drop tire sealant and compressor kit off.
and start to rise again as the tire inflates The tire is not sealed and will continue
with air only. to leak air until the vehicle is driven and
11. Inflate the tire to the recommended the sealant is distributed in the tire.
7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2) to the tire inflation pressure using the pressure Therefore, Steps 13–21 must be done
valve stem by turning it clockwise until gauge (8). The recommended inflation immediately after Step 12.
tight. pressure can be found on the Tire and Be careful while handling the tire sealant
8. Plug the power plug (9) into the Loading Information label. See Tire and compressor kit as it could be warm
accessory power outlet in the vehicle. Pressure 0 273. after usage.
Unplug all items from other accessory The pressure gauge (8) may read higher 13. Unplug the power plug (9) from the
power outlets. See Power Outlets 0 79. than the actual tire pressure while the accessory power outlet in the vehicle.
compressor is on. Turn the compressor
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 289

14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) Do not exceed the speed on this label 25. Dispose of the used tire sealant
counterclockwise to remove it from the until the damaged tire is repaired or canister (4) at a local dealer or in
tire valve stem. replaced. accordance with local state codes and
15. Replace the tire valve stem cap. 21. Return the equipment to its original practices.
16. Remove the tire sealant canister (4) from storage location in the vehicle. 26. Replace it with a new canister available
the slot on top of the compressor (6). 22. Immediately drive the vehicle 8 km from your dealer.
17. Turn the air only hose (10) (5 mi) to distribute the sealant in 27. After temporarily sealing a tire using the
counterclockwise to remove it from the the tire. tire sealant and compressor kit, take the
tire sealant canister inlet valve (1). 23. Stop at a safe location and check the tire vehicle to an authorized dealer within
pressure. Refer to Steps 1–10 under 161 km (100 mi) of driving to have the
18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) clockwise tire repaired or replaced.
onto the sealant canister inlet valve (1) “Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor
to prevent sealant leakage. Kit without Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor
Punctured).”
19. Return the air only hose (10) and power Kit without Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not
plug (9) back to their original storage If the tire pressure has fallen more than Punctured)
location. 68 kPa (10 psi) below the recommended
inflation pressure, stop driving the The kit includes:
vehicle. The tire is too severely damaged
and the tire sealant cannot seal the tire.
See Roadside Assistance Program 0 326.
If the tire pressure has not dropped
more than 68 kPa (10 psi) from the
recommended inflation pressure, inflate
20. If the flat tire was able to inflate to the the tire to the recommended inflation
recommended inflation pressure, remove pressure.
the maximum speed label from the 24. Wipe off any sealant from the wheel,
sealant canister and place it in a highly tire, or vehicle.
visible location.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
290 Vehicle Care

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve 1. Remove the compressor from its storage 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle must be
2. Sealant/Air Hose location. See Storing the Tire Sealant and running while using the air compressor.
3. Base of Sealant Canister Compressor Kit 0 291. 8. Press the on/off button (5) to turn the
4. Tire Sealant Canister 2. Remove the air only hose (10) and the tire sealant and compressor kit on.
5. On/Off Button power plug (9) from the bottom of the The compressor will inflate the tire with
6. Slot on Top of Compressor compressor. air only.
7. Pressure Deflation Button 3. Place the compressor on the ground near 9. Inflate the tire to the recommended
8. Pressure Gauge the flat tire. inflation pressure using the pressure
Make sure the tire valve stem is gauge (8). The recommended inflation
positioned close to the ground so the pressure can be found on the Tire and
hose will reach it. Loading Information label. See Tire
4. Remove the valve stem cap from the flat Pressure 0 273.
tire by turning it counterclockwise. The pressure gauge (8) may read higher
5. Attach the air only hose (10) to the tire than the actual tire pressure while the
valve stem by turning it clockwise until compressor is on. Turn the compressor
tight. off to get an accurate pressure reading.
The compressor may be turned on/off
6. Plug the power plug (9) into the until the correct pressure is reached.
accessory power outlet in the vehicle.
Unplug all items from other accessory Caution
power outlets. See Power Outlets 0 79.
9. Power Plug If the recommended pressure cannot be
10. Air Only Hose
If the vehicle has an accessory power reached after approximately 25 minutes,
outlet, do not use the cigarette lighter.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and the vehicle should not be driven farther.
If the vehicle only has a cigarette lighter, The tire is too severely damaged and the
wheel damage by driving slowly to a level use the cigarette lighter.
place. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. tire sealant and compressor kit cannot
See Hazard Warning Flashers 0 110. Do not pinch the power plug cord in the inflate the tire. Remove the power plug
door or window. from the accessory power outlet and
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 285 for other (Continued)
important safety warnings.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 291

Caution (Continued) Storing the Tire Sealant and Jump Starting
unscrew the inflating hose from the tire Compressor Kit
valve. See Roadside Assistance Program
Jump Starting - North America
The tire sealant and compressor kit is in a
0 326. bag in the trunk. For more information about the vehicle
battery, see Battery - North America 0 255.
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk 0 18.
10. Press the on/off button (5) to turn the If the battery has run down, try to use
tire sealant and compressor kit off. 2. Remove the load floor.
another vehicle and some jumper cables to
Be careful while handling the compressor start your vehicle. Be sure to use the
as it could be warm after usage. following steps to do it safely.
11. Unplug the power plug (9) from the
accessory power outlet in the vehicle. { Warning
12. Turn the air only hose (10) WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and
counterclockwise to remove it from the related accessories contain lead and lead
tire valve stem. compounds, chemicals known to the
13. Replace the tire valve stem cap. State of California to cause cancer and
14. Return the air only hose (10) and power birth defects or other reproductive harm.
plug (9) back to their original storage Batteries also contain other chemicals
location. known to the State of California to cause
15. Return the equipment to its original cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING.
3. Remove the tire sealant and compressor For more information go to
storage location in the vehicle. kit bag from the storage foam. www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
The tire sealant and compressor kit has 4. Remove the tire sealant and compressor passenger-vehicle.
accessory adapters located in a kit from the bag.
compartment on the bottom of its housing See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 235
that can be used to inflate air mattresses, To store the tire sealant and compressor kit,
reverse the steps. and the back cover.
balls, etc.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
292 Vehicle Care

1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a
{ Warning 12-volt battery with a negative ground
Batteries can hurt you. They can be system.
dangerous because:
Caution
. They contain acid that can burn you.
If the other vehicle does not have a
. They contain gas that can explode or
12-volt system with a negative ground,
ignite. both vehicles can be damaged. Only use
. They contain enough electricity to a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a
burn you. negative ground for jump starting.
If you do not follow these steps exactly,
some or all of these things can hurt you. 2. Position the two vehicles so that they
are not touching.
1. Good Battery Positive Post
3. Set the parking brake firmly and put the
Caution 2. Good Battery Negative Post
shift lever in P (Park) with an automatic
3. Discharged Battery Negative Grounding transmission, or Neutral with a manual
Ignoring these steps could result in costly Point
damage to the vehicle that would not be transmission. See Shifting Into Park
4. Discharged Battery Positive Post 0 203 with an automatic transmission,
covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying
to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling The jump start positive post (1) and negative or Parking (Manual Transmission) 0 205
post (2) are on the battery of the vehicle with a manual transmission.
it will not work, and it could damage the
providing the jump start.
vehicle. Caution
The jump start positive post (4) and the
negative grounding point (3) for the If any accessories are left on or plugged
discharged battery are on the passenger side in during the jump starting procedure,
of the vehicle. they could be damaged. The repairs
would not be covered by the vehicle
The positive jump start connection for the (Continued)
discharged battery is under a red cover.
Remove the cover to expose the terminal.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 293

Caution (Continued) { Warning Caution
warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or Fans or other moving engine parts can If the jumper cables are connected or
unplug all accessories on either vehicle injure you badly. Keep your hands away removed in the wrong order, electrical
when jump starting. from moving parts once the engine is shorting may occur and damage the
running. vehicle. The repairs would not be covered
4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off all lights by the vehicle warranty. Always connect
and accessories in both vehicles, except 5. Connect one end of the red positive (+) and remove the jumper cables in the
the hazard warning flashers if needed. cable to the underhood remote correct order, making sure that the cables
positive (+) terminal on the discharged do not touch each other or other metal.
{ Warning battery.
An electric fan can start up even when 6. Connect the other end of the red Jumper Cable Removal
the engine is not running and can injure positive (+) cable to the positive (+) Reverse the sequence exactly when
you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools terminal of the good battery. removing the jumper cables.
away from any underhood electric fan. 7. Connect one end of the black After starting the disabled vehicle and
negative (–) cable to the negative (–) removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle
terminal of the good battery. for several minutes.
{ Warning 8. Connect the other end of the black
Using a match near a battery can cause negative (–) cable to the underhood Towing the Vehicle
battery gas to explode. People have been negative (–) grounding point for the
hurt doing this, and some have been discharged battery. Caution
blinded. Use a flashlight if you need 9. Start the engine in the vehicle with the Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle may
more light. good battery and run the engine at idle cause damage. The damage would not be
Battery fluid contains acid that can burn speed for at least four minutes.
covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not
you. Do not get it on you. If you 10. Try to start the vehicle that had the lash or hook to suspension components.
accidentally get it in your eyes or on dead battery. If it will not start after a Use the proper straps around the tires to
your skin, flush the place with water and few tries, it probably needs service. secure the vehicle. Do not drag a locked
get medical help immediately. (Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
294 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued) To tow the vehicle behind another vehicle Recreational Vehicle Towing
for recreational purposes, such as behind a
wheel/tire. Use tire skates or dollies motor home, see Recreational Vehicle Caution
under any locked wheel/tire while Towing 0 294.
loading the vehicle. Do not use a sling Dolly towing or dinghy towing the
type lift to tow the vehicle. This could Front Attachment Points vehicle may cause damage because of
damage the vehicle. reduced ground clearance. Always put the
vehicle on a flatbed truck or trailer.
Caution The vehicle was neither designed nor

intended to be towed with any of its wheels
Improper use of the tow eye can damage on the ground. If the vehicle must be
the vehicle. If equipped, use the tow eye towed, see Towing the Vehicle 0 293.
to load a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed
tow truck from a flat road surface, or to
move the vehicle a short distance. Use
Appearance Care
caution and low speeds. The transmission Exterior Care
must be in (N) Neutral when moving the
vehicle. Locks
The vehicle is equipped with specific Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a
GM recommends a flatbed tow truck to attachment points to be used by the towing de-icing agent only when absolutely
transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to provider. These holes may be used to pull necessary, and have the locks greased after
help reduce approach angles, if necessary. the vehicle from a flat road surface onto the using. See Recommended Fluids and
A towed vehicle should have its drive wheels flatbed tow truck. Lubricants 0 313.
off the ground. Contact Roadside Assistance
or a professional towing service if the Washing the Vehicle
disabled vehicle must be towed.
For the Camaro High Performance vehicle,
For Camaro High Performance models, see see the Camaro High performance
the Camaro High Performance supplement. supplement.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 295

To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it Cleaning Underhood Components
often and out of direct sunlight.
Caution
Some automatic car washes can cause Caution
Caution damage to the vehicle, wheels and Do not power wash any component
Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, ground effects. Automatic car washes are under the hood that has this e
or abrasive cleaning agents as they can not recommended, due to lack of
symbol.
damage the vehicle's paint, metal, clearance for the undercarriage and/or
or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it wide rear tires and wheels. This could cause damage that would not
would not be covered by the vehicle be covered by the vehicle warranty.
warranty. Approved cleaning products can If using an automatic car wash, comply with
the car wash instructions. The windshield Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm
be obtained from your dealer. Follow all
wiper and rear window wiper, if equipped, underhood components. The usages of these
manufacturer directions regarding correct chemicals should be avoided.
must be off. Remove any accessories that
product usage, necessary safety may be damaged or interfere with the car
precautions, and appropriate disposal of Recommend water only.
wash equipment.
any vehicle care product. A pressure washer may be used, but care
Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and must be utilized. The following criteria must
after, to remove all cleaning agents be followed:
Caution completely. If they are allowed to dry on
. Water pressure must be kept below
Avoid using high-pressure washes closer the surface, they could stain.
14 000 KPa (2,000 PSI).
than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or . Water temperature must be below 80 °C
vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding an all-cotton towel to avoid surface (180 °F).
8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in scratches and water spotting.
. Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle
damage or removal of paint and decals. spray pattern or wider must be used.
. Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft)
away from all surfaces.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
296 Vehicle Care

Finish Care . Always dilute a concentrated cleaner
Caution (Continued) according to the manufacturer’s
Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/ non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are instructions.
wax materials is not recommended. made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish . Do not use cleaners that are not intended
If painted surfaces are damaged, see your on the vehicle.
dealer to have the damage assessed and for automotive use.
repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium . Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle
To keep the paint finish looking new, keep after washing to protect and extend the
chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, the vehicle garaged or covered whenever
road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, molding finish.
possible.
chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings Convertible Top Care
damage the vehicle's finish if they remain
on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as Frequently hand wash convertible tops with
soon as possible. If necessary, use Caution mild car wash soap. Never use a stiff brush,
non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe Failure to clean and protect the bright steam, bleach, or aggressive cleaners.
for painted surfaces to remove foreign metal moldings can result in a hazy If necessary, a soft brush can be used to
matter. white finish or pitting. This damage remove dirt. When finished cleaning,
would not be covered by the vehicle thoroughly rinse the fabric. Avoid automatic
Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing
warranty. car washes with overhead brushes or very
should be done to remove residue from the
high pressure sprays as they can cause
paint finish. See your dealer for approved
The bright metal moldings on the vehicle damage and leaking.
cleaning products.
are aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. To Only lower the top when it is completely
Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated prevent damage always follow these dry and avoid leaving the top lowered for
plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated cleaning instructions: extended periods of time to prevent
wood, or flat paint as damage can occur.
. Be sure the molding is cool to the touch excessive interior weathering.
Caution before applying any cleaning solution. Avoid leaving large amounts of snow on the
. Use only approved cleaning solutions for top for extended periods of time as damage
Machine compounding or aggressive
aluminum, chrome, or stainless steel. may also occur.
polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint
Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain
finish may damage it. Use only alkaline substances and can damage the
(Continued)
moldings.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 297

Hood Extractor . Aftermarket appearance caps or covers
Caution while the lamps are illuminated, due to
Pushing on the vent screens could excessive heat generated.
damage them. Do not push on the
screens when clearing. Caution
Failure to clean lamps properly can cause
There is a water deflector on the underside damage to the lamp cover that would
of the air extractor. Do not remove it. not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses,
Emblems, Decals, and Stripes Caution
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft Using wax on low gloss black finish
cloth, and a car washing soap to clean stripes can increase the gloss level and
exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals, and create a non-uniform finish. Clean low
Hood Air Extractor stripes. Follow instructions under "Washing
gloss stripes with soap and water only.
the Vehicle" previously in this section.
For the Camaro High Performance vehicle,
see the Camaro High performance Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some Air Intakes
supplement. have a UV protective coating. Do not clean
Clear debris from the air intakes, between
or wipe them when dry.
It is not recommended that the air extractor the hood and windshield, when washing the
on the SS Performance Package be waxed, Do not use any of the following on lamp vehicle.
as it will change the gloss level of the covers:
surface. In addition, care must be used when . Abrasive or caustic agents. Windshield and Wiper Blades
waxing around the air extractor. If a small . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents Clean the outside of the windshield with
amount of wax is applied to the extractor it in higher concentrations than suggested glass cleaner.
can create an irregular appearance in the by the manufacturer. Clean rubber blades using lint-free cloth or
surface of the panel. . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh paper towel soaked with windshield washer
The air extractor may have vent screens in cleaners. fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the
the openings. Keep leaves or other debris . Ice scrapers or other hard items. windshield thoroughly when cleaning the
out of the vent screens.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
298 Vehicle Care

blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup
of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause
Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)
wiper streaking. tire dressing, always wipe off any or brushes. Use only GM approved
overspray from all painted surfaces on cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through
Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or
damaged. Damage can be caused by the vehicle. an automatic car wash that uses silicon
extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes.
sun, snow, and ice. Wheels and Wheel Trim Damage could occur and the repairs
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and would not be covered by the vehicle
Weatherstrips water to clean the wheels. After rinsing warranty.
Apply weatherstrip lubricant on thoroughly with clean water, dry with a
weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal soft, clean towel. A wax may then be Brake System
better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate applied. Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for
weatherstrips at least once a year. Hot, dry proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
climates may require more frequent Caution chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear
application. Black marks from rubber Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim and rotors for surface condition. Inspect
material on painted surfaces can be removed may be damaged if the vehicle is not drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks.
by rubbing with a clean cloth. See washed after driving on roads that have Inspect all other brake parts.
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 313. been sprayed with magnesium chloride or
Steering, Suspension, and Chassis
Tires calcium chloride. These are used on roads
Components
for conditions such as dust and ice.
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean Always wash the chrome with soap and Visually inspect steering, suspension, and
the tires. water after exposure. chassis components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of wear at least
Caution once a year.
Using petroleum-based tire dressing Caution Inspect power steering for proper
products on the vehicle may damage the To avoid surface damage on wheels and attachment, connections, binding, leaks,
paint finish and/or tires. When applying a wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, cracks, chafing, etc.
(Continued) chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners,
(Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 299

Visually check constant velocity joint boots Original manufacturer replacement parts will sunscreen, and insect repellent from all
and axle seals for leaks. provide the corrosion protection while interior surfaces or permanent damage may
maintaining the vehicle warranty. result.
Body Component Lubrication
Finish Damage Use cleaners specifically designed for the
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, surfaces being cleaned to prevent
liftgate hinges, and steel fuel door hinge Quickly repair minor chips and scratches permanent damage. Apply all cleaners
unless the components are plastic. Applying with touch-up materials available from your directly to the cleaning cloth. Do not spray
silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of cleaners on any switches or controls.
cloth will make them last longer, seal better, finish damage can be corrected in your Remove cleaners quickly.
and not stick or squeak. dealer's body and paint shop.
Before using cleaners, read and follow all
Underbody Maintenance Chemical Paint Spotting safety instructions on the label. While
At least twice a year, spring and fall, use Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack cleaning the interior, open the doors and
plain water to flush any corrosive materials painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, windows to get proper ventilation.
from the underbody. Take care to ring-shaped discolorations, and small, To prevent damage, do not clean the
thoroughly clean any areas where mud and irregular dark spots etched into the paint interior using the following cleaners or
other debris can collect. surface. See “Finish Care” previously in this techniques:
Do not directly power wash the rear axle section. . Never use a razor or any other sharp
output seals. High pressure water can object to remove soil from any interior
Interior Care surface.
overcome the seals and contaminate the
rear axle fluid. Contaminated fluid will To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly . Never use a brush with stiff bristles.
decrease the life of the axle and should be clean the vehicle's interior. Immediately . Never rub any surface aggressively or
replaced. remove any soils. Newspapers or dark with too much pressure.
garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s
Sheet Metal Damage . Do not use laundry detergents or
interior.
dishwashing soaps with degreasers. For
If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from liquid cleaners, use approximately
metal repair or replacement, make sure the knobs and crevices on the instrument 20 drops per 3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
body repair shop applies anti-corrosion cluster. Using a mild soap solution, A concentrated soap solution will create
material to parts repaired or replaced to immediately remove hand lotions,
restore corrosion protection.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
300 Vehicle Care

streaks and attract dirt. Do not use Coated Moldings 3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and
solutions that contain strong or gently rub toward the center. Fold the
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
caustic soap. cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge to prevent forcing the soil in to the
. Do not heavily saturate the upholstery
or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with fabric.
when cleaning.
water.
. Do not use solvents or cleaners containing 4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area
. When heavily soiled, use warm soapy until there is no longer any color
solvents.
water. transfer from the soil to the cleaning
Interior Glass cloth.
Fabric/Carpet/Suede
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened 5. If the soil is not completely removed,
Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft
with water. Wipe droplets left behind with a use a mild soap solution followed only
brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum
clean dry cloth. If necessary, use a by plain water.
brush attachment is being used, only use it
commercial glass cleaner after cleaning with
on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently If the soil is not completely removed, it may
plain water.
remove as much of the soil as possible: be necessary to use a commercial upholstery
Caution . Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden
Continue blotting until no more soil can area for colorfastness before using a
To prevent scratching, never use abrasive commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter.
be removed.
cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive If ring formation occurs, clean the entire
. For solid soils, remove as much as
cleaners or aggressive cleaning may fabric or carpet.
damage the rear window defogger. possible prior to vacuuming.
After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot
To clean:
Cleaning the windshield with water during excess moisture.
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth
the first three to six months of ownership with water. Microfiber cloth is Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle
will reduce tendency to fog. recommended to prevent lint transfer to Information and Radio Displays
Speaker Covers the fabric or carpet. Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces
2. Remove excess moisture by gently or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle
Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so
wringing until water does not drip from brush to remove dirt that can scratch the
that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean
the cleaning cloth. surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a
spots with water and mild soap.
microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Vehicle Care 301

or solvents. Periodically hand wash the
Caution (Continued) Cargo Cover and Convenience Net
microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap.
them to dry naturally. Never use heat, If equipped, wash with warm water and
Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
steam, or spot removers. Do not use mild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach.
thoroughly and air dry before next use.
cleaners that contain silicone or Rinse with cold water, and then dry
Caution completely.
wax-based products. Cleaners containing
Do not attach a device with a suction cup these solvents can permanently change Care of Seat Belts
to the display. This may cause damage the appearance and feel of leather or soft
Keep belts clean and dry.
and would not be covered by the vehicle trim, and are not recommended.
warranty. { Warning
Do not use cleaners that increase gloss,
Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other especially on the instrument panel. Reflected Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing.
Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint glare can decrease visibility through the It may severely weaken the webbing. In
windshield under certain conditions. a crash, they might not be able to
Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood
Surfaces provide adequate protection. Clean and
Caution rinse seat belt webbing only with mild
Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with Use of air fresheners may cause soap and lukewarm water. Allow the
water to remove dust and loose dirt. For a permanent damage to plastics and webbing to dry.
more thorough cleaning, use a soft painted surfaces. If an air freshener
microfiber cloth dampened with a mild soap
solution.
comes in contact with any plastic or Floor Mats
painted surface in the vehicle, blot
Caution immediately and clean with a soft cloth { Warning
dampened with a mild soap solution.
Soaking or saturating leather, especially If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not
Damage caused by air fresheners would
perforated leather, as well as other properly installed, it can interfere with
not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
interior surfaces, may cause permanent the pedals. Interference with the pedals
damage. Wipe excess moisture from can cause unintended acceleration and/or
these surfaces after cleaning and allow increased stopping distance which can
(Continued) (Continued)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
302 Vehicle Care

Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather
Warning (Continued)
Mats and Floor Liners)
cause a crash and injury. Make sure the
floor mat does not interfere with the { Warning
pedals.
Do not use cleaners that contain silicone,
Use the following guidelines for proper floor wax-based products, or cleaners that
mat usage. increase gloss on rubber floor mats/liners.
. The original equipment floor mats were
These cleaners can permanently change
designed for your vehicle. If the floor the appearance and feel of the rubber
mats need replacing, it is recommended and can make the floor mats/liners
that GM certified floor mats be slippery. Your foot could slip while
purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not operating the vehicle, and you could lose
The driver side floor mat is held in place by control, resulting in a crash. You or
fit properly and may interfere with the two hook-type retainers.
pedals. Always check that the floor mats others could be injured.
do not interfere with the pedals. Removing and Replacing the Driver Side
. Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is Floor Mat Use a soft cloth and/or a brush dampened
not equipped with a floor mat retainer on 1. Pull up on the rear of the mat to remove with water to remove dust and loose dirt.
the driver side floor. it from the hooks. For more thorough cleaning, use a mild soap
solution.
. Use the floor mat with the correct side 2. Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
up. Do not turn it over. retainer openings over the carpet
. Do not place anything on top of the retainers and hook into position.
driver side floor mat. 3. Make sure the floor mat is properly
. Use only a single floor mat on the secured in place. Verify the floor mat
driver side. does not interfere with the pedals.
. Do not place one floor mat on top of
another.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Service and Maintenance 303

Service and Maintenance General Information Caution
Your vehicle is an important investment. Damage caused by improper maintenance
General Information This section describes the required can lead to costly repairs and may not be
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this covered by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance Schedule schedule to help protect against major repair Maintenance intervals, checks,
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 expenses resulting from neglect or inspections, recommended fluids, and
inadequate maintenance. It may also help to lubricants are important to keep the
Special Application Services maintain the value of the vehicle if it is vehicle in good working condition.
Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to
have all required maintenance performed. Do not have chemical flushes that are not
Additional Maintenance and Care approved by GM performed on the
Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . . 310 Your dealer has trained technicians who can
vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents,
perform required maintenance using genuine
cleaners, or lubricants that are not
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and replacement parts. They have up-to-date
tools and equipment for fast and accurate approved by GM could damage the
Parts vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . 313 diagnostics. Many dealers have extended
evening and Saturday hours, courtesy are not covered by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . . 314
transportation, and online scheduling to
Maintenance Records assist with service needs. The Tire Rotation and Required Services are
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is
Your dealer recognizes the importance of recommended to have your dealer perform
providing competitively priced maintenance these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
and repair services. With trained technicians, Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep
the dealer is the place for routine the vehicle in good working condition,
maintenance such as oil changes and tire improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle
rotations and additional maintenance items emissions.
like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
304 Service and Maintenance

Because of the way people use vehicles, The Additional Required Services - Severe are Maintenance Schedule
maintenance needs vary. There may need to for vehicles that are:
be more frequent checks and services. The . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot Owner Checks and Services
Additional Required Services - Normal are for weather.
vehicles that: Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil
. Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous 0 242.
. Carry passengers and cargo within terrain.
recommended limits on the Tire and Once a Month
. Frequently towing a trailer.
Loading Information label. See Vehicle . Check the tire inflation pressures. See Tire
. Used for high speed or competitive
Load Limits 0 196. Pressure 0 273.
driving.
. Are driven on reasonable road surfaces . Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery service.
within legal driving limits. Inspection 0 279.
. Use the recommended fuel. See Refer to the information in the Maintenance . Check the windshield washer fluid level.
Recommended Fuel (3.6L V6 Engine) 0 229 Schedule Additional Required Services - See Washer Fluid 0 253.
or Severe chart.
Recommended Fuel (2.0L L4 Turbo Engine Engine Oil Change
and 6.2L V8 Engine) 0 230 or { Warning When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
Recommended Fuel (6.2L V8 Supercharged Performing maintenance work can be message displays, have the engine oil and
Engine) 0 230. dangerous and can cause serious injury. filter changed within the next 1 000 km/
Refer to the information in the Maintenance Perform maintenance work only if the 600 mi. If driven under the best conditions,
Schedule Additional Required Services - required information, proper tools, and the engine oil life system may not indicate
Normal chart. equipment are available. If they are not, the need for vehicle service for up to a year.
see your dealer to have a trained The engine oil and filter must be changed at
least once a year and the oil life system
technician do the work. See Doing Your
must be reset. Your trained dealer technician
Own Service Work 0 236. can perform this work. If the engine oil life
system is reset accidentally, service the
vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

last service. Reset the oil life system when Tire Rotation and Required Services . Check tire inflation pressures. See Tire
the oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi Pressure 0 273.
System 0 244. . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection
Rotate the tires, if recommended for the
0 279.
Engine Air Filter Change vehicle, and perform the following services.
See Tire Rotation 0 279. . Visually check for fluid leaks.
When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE . Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care
message displays, the engine air filter . Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed, change engine 0 294.
should be replaced at the next engine oil
oil and filter, and reset oil life system. . Visually inspect steering, suspension, and
change. When the REPLACE ENGINE AIR
FILTER SOON message displays, the engine See Engine Oil 0 242 and chassis components for damage, including
air filter should be replaced at the earliest Engine Oil Life System 0 244. cracks or tears in the rubber boots, loose
convenience. Reset the engine air filter life . If equipped with the engine air filter life or missing parts, or signs of wear at least
system after the engine air filter is replaced. system, check the air filter once a year. See Exterior Care 0 294.
See Engine Air Filter Life System (2.0L LTG life percentage. If necessary, replace the . Inspect power steering for proper
and 3.6L LGX Engines Only) 0 246. engine air filter and reset the engine air attachment, connections, binding, leaks,
filter life system. See Engine Air Filter Life cracks, chafing, etc.
Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace Every System (2.0L LTG and 3.6L LGX Engines . Visually inspect halfshafts and drive
Seven Years) Only) 0 246. If the vehicle is not shafts for excessive wear, lubricant leaks,
The air conditioning system requires equipped with the engine air filter life and/or damage including: tube dents or
maintenance every seven years. This service system, inspect the engine air cleaner cracks, constant velocity joint or universal
requires replacement of the desiccant to filter. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 246. joint looseness, cracked or missing boots,
help the longevity and efficient operation of . Check engine coolant level. See Cooling loose or missing boot clamps, center
the air conditioning system. This service can System 0 248. bearing excessive looseness, loose or
be complex. See your dealer. . Check windshield washer fluid level. See missing fasteners, and axle seal leaks.
Washer Fluid 0 253.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. Check restraint system components. See . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high
Safety System Check 0 46. effort, or binding. Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect fuel system for damage . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of
or leaks. wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the
. Visually inspect exhaust system and hold open ability of the strut. If the hold
nearby heat shields for loose or damaged open is low, service the gas strut. See Gas
parts. Strut(s) 0 258.
. Lubricate body components. See Exterior . Check tire sealant expiration date,
Care 0 294. if equipped. See Tire Sealant and
. Check automatic transmission shift lock Compressor Kit 0 286.
control function. See Automatic . Inspect sunroof track and seal,
Transmission Shift Lock Control Function if equipped. See Sunroof 0 28.
Check 0 256.
. Check parking brake and automatic
transmission park mechanism. See Park
Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check
0 256.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
1 2 000 km /7, 500 m i
2 4 000 km /1 5, 000 m i
36 000 km /2 2 , 500 m i
60 000 km /37, 500 m i
84 000 km /52 , 500 m i

4 8 000 km /30, 000 m i
72 000 km /4 5, 000 m i
96 000 km /60, 000 m i
1 08 000 km /67, 500 m i
1 2 0 000 km /75, 000 m i
1 32 000 km /82 , 500 m i
1 4 4 000 km /90, 000 m i
1 56 000 km /97, 500 m i
1 68 000 km /1 05, 000 m i
1 80 000 km /1 1 2 , 500 m i
1 92 000 km /1 2 0, 000 m i
2 04 000 km /1 2 7, 500 m i
2 1 6 000 km /1 35, 000 m i
2 2 8 000 km /1 4 2 , 500 m i
2 4 0 000 km /1 50, 000 m i

Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil
level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter,
if needed. Check engine air filter life percentage and status.
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine air filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine air filter life
system, replace engine air cleaner filter. (3)
@ @ @
Except 2.0L LTG and 6.2L LT4 Engines: Replace spark plugs.
Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots.
@
Only 2.0L LTG and 6.2L LT4 Engines: Replace spark plugs.
@ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with limited-slip
differential. (6)
@ @ @
Change rear axle fluid, without limited-slip differential. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (9) @ @
Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (5) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first.
Additional Required Services - Normal Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking,
(1) Or every two years, whichever comes or damage; replace, if needed.
first. More frequent passenger compartment (6) Do not directly power wash the rear axle
air filter replacement may be needed if output seals. High pressure water can
driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air overcome the seals and contaminate the
quality, high dust levels, or environmental rear axle fluid. Contaminated fluid will
allergens. Passenger compartment air filter decrease the life of the axle and should be
replacement may also be needed if there is replaced.
reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. (7) If equipped with an automatic
Your GM dealer can help determine when to transmission, replace brake fluid every five
replace the filter. years. If equipped with a manual
(2) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines transmission, replace brake/clutch fluid
and hoses for proper attachment, every three years. See Brake Fluid 0 254.
connection, routing, and condition. (8) Or every 12 months, whichever comes
(3) Or every four years, whichever comes first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 257.
first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect (9) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first.
the filter at each oil change or more often See Gas Strut(s) 0 258.
as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
0 246. (10) Replace air conditioning desiccant every
seven years.
(4) Or every five years, whichever comes
first. See Cooling System 0 248.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
1 2 000 km /7, 500 m i
2 4 000 km /1 5, 000 m i
36 000 km /2 2 , 500 m i
60 000 km /37, 500 m i
84 000 km /52 , 500 m i

4 8 000 km /30, 000 m i
72 000 km /4 5, 000 m i
96 000 km /60, 000 m i
1 08 000 km /67, 500 m i
1 2 0 000 km /75, 000 m i
1 32 000 km /82 , 500 m i
1 4 4 000 km /90, 000 m i
1 56 000 km /97, 500 m i
1 68 000 km /1 05, 000 m i
1 80 000 km /1 1 2 , 500 m i
2 4 0 000 km /1 50, 000 m i

1 92 000 km /1 2 0, 000 m i
2 04 000 km /1 2 7, 500 m i
2 1 6 000 km /1 35, 000 m i
2 2 8 000 km /1 4 2 , 500 m i
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil
level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter,
if needed. Check engine air filter life percentage and status.
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine air filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine air filter life
system, replace engine air cleaner filter. (3)
@ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
Change manual transmission fluid. @ @ @
Except 2.0L LTG and 6.2L LT1 Engines: Replace spark plugs.
Inspect spark plug wiresInspect spark plug wires and/or @
boots..
Only 2.0L LTG and 6.2L LT1 Engines: Replace spark plugs.
@ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace rear axle fluid. (6) @ @ @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (9) @ @
Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule axle fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease Additional Maintenance
Additional Required Services - Severe the life of the axle and may drive the need
(1) Or every two years, whichever comes for repair or replacement. and Care
first. More frequent passenger compartment (7) If equipped with an automatic Your vehicle is an important investment and
air filter replacement may be needed if transmission, replace brake fluid every five caring for it properly may help to avoid
driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air years. If equipped with a manual future costly repairs. To maintain vehicle
quality, high dust levels, or environmental transmission, replace brake/clutch fluid performance, additional maintenance
allergens. Passenger compartment air filter every three years. See Brake Fluid 0 254. services may be required.
replacement may also be needed if there is (8) Or every 12 months, whichever comes It is recommended that your dealer perform
reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 257. these services — their trained dealer
Your GM dealer can help determine when to
(9) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. technicians know your vehicle best. Your
replace the filter.
See Gas Strut(s) 0 258. dealer can also perform a thorough
(2) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines assessment with a multi-point inspection to
and hoses for proper attachment, (10) Replace air conditioning desiccant every recommend when your vehicle may need
connection, routing, and condition. seven years. attention.
(3) Or every four years, whichever comes The following list is intended to explain the
first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect Special Application Services services and conditions to look for that may
the filter at each oil change or more often . Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only: indicate services are required.
as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Lubricate chassis components every oil Battery
0 246. change.
. Have underbody flushing service The 12-volt battery supplies power to start
(4) Or every five years, whichever comes
performed. See "Underbody Maintenance" the engine and operate any additional
first. See Cooling System 0 248.
in Exterior Care 0 294. electrical accessories.
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. . To avoid break-down or failure to start
Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, the vehicle, maintain a battery with full
or damage; replace, if needed. cranking power.
(6) Do not directly power wash the rear axle
output seals. High pressure water can
overcome the seals and contaminate the
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. Trained dealer technicians have the Fluids . With a multi-point inspection, your dealer
diagnostic equipment to test the battery can check the lamps and note any
Proper fluid levels and approved fluids
and ensure that the connections and concerns.
protect the vehicle’s systems and
cables are corrosion-free. Shocks and Struts
components. See Recommended Fluids and
Belts Lubricants 0 313 for GM approved fluids. Shocks and struts help aid in control for a
. Belts may need replacing if they squeak . Engine oil and windshield washer fluid smoother ride.
or show signs of cracking or splitting. levels should be checked at every fuel fill. . Signs of wear may include steering wheel
. Trained dealer technicians have access to . Instrument cluster lights may come on to vibration, bounce/sway while braking,
tools and equipment to inspect the belts indicate that fluids may be low and need longer stopping distance, or uneven
and recommend adjustment or to be filled. tire wear.
replacement when necessary. . As part of the multi-point inspection,
Hoses
Brakes trained dealer technicians can visually
Hoses transport fluids and should be
Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial to inspect the shocks and struts for signs of
regularly inspected to ensure that there are
safe driving. leaking, blown seals, or damage, and can
no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point
advise when service is needed.
. Signs of brake wear may include chirping, inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses
grinding, or squealing noises, or difficulty and advise if replacement is needed. Tires
stopping. Lamps Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated,
. Trained dealer technicians have access to and balanced. Maintaining the tires can save
Properly working headlamps, taillamps, and
tools and equipment to inspect the brakes money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of
brake lamps are important to see and be
and recommend quality parts engineered tire failure.
seen on the road.
for the vehicle. . Signs that the tires need to be replaced
. Signs that the headlamps need attention
include three or more visible treadwear
include dimming, failure to light, cracking,
indicators; cord or fabric showing through
or damage. The brake lamps need to be
the rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread or
checked periodically to ensure that they
sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire.
light when braking.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

. Trained dealer technicians can inspect and Wheel Alignment Wiper Blades
recommend the right tires. Your dealer
Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in
can also provide tire/wheel balancing
the tires deliver optimal wear and good condition to provide a clear view.
services to ensure smooth vehicle
performance. . Signs of wear include streaking, skipping
operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells
and services name brand tires. . Signs that the alignment may need to be across the windshield, and worn or split
adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle rubber.
Vehicle Care handling, or unusual tire wear. . Trained dealer technicians can check the
To help keep the vehicle looking like new, . Your dealer has the required equipment wiper blades and replace them when
vehicle care products are available from your to ensure proper wheel alignment. needed.
dealer. For information on how to clean and
Windshield
protect the vehicle’s interior and exterior,
see Interior Care 0 299 and For safety, appearance, and the best
Exterior Care 0 294. viewing, keep the windshield clean and
clear.
. Signs of damage include scratches, cracks,
and chips.
. Trained dealer technicians can inspect the
windshield and recommend proper
replacement if needed.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
If the vehicle is a Camaro High Performance model, see “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Camaro High Performance supplement.
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Automatic Transmission (8 Speed) DEXRON-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Automatic Transmission (10 Speed) DEXRON ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Cooling
System 0 248.
Engine Oil (2.0L L4 and 3.6L V6 Engines) Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco
dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 242.
Engine Oil (6.2L V8 Engine) Engine oil meeting the dexos2 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco
dexos2 is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 242.
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Latch, Pivots, Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB
Spring Anchor, and Release Pawl or GC-LB.
Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid.
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer.
Manual Transmission See your dealer.
Parking Brake Cable Guides Chassis Lubricant lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Rear Axle See your dealer.
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
For Camaro High Performance models, see the Camaro High Performance supplement.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
20857930 A3178C
I2.0L L4 Engine
20857930 A3178C
I3.6L V6 Engine
23323508 A3223C
I6.2L V8 Engine (LT1)
Engine Oil Filter
12696048 PF64
I2.0L L4 Engine
12693541 UPF63R
I3.6L V6 Engine
12640445 PF64
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Spark Plugs
12647827 41-125
I2.0L L4 Engine
12646780 41-130
I3.6L V6 Engine
12622441 41-114
Wiper Blades
84613732 —
IDriver Side – 55.8 cm (22 in)
84580859 —
IPassenger Side – 50.8 cm (20 in)
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed
in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Technical Data 317

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification
There may be a large barcode on the
Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification certification label on the center pillar that
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . . 317 Number (VIN) you can scan for the following information:
Service Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Vehicle Data . Model designation
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . 318 . Paint information
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 . Production options
If there is not a large barcode on this label,
then you will find this same information on
This legal identifier is in the front corner of a label inside of the trunk.
the instrument panel, on the driver side of
the vehicle. It can be seen through the
windshield from outside. The Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) also appears on
the Vehicle Certification label and certificates
of title and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is the
engine code. This code identifies the
vehicle's engine, specifications, and
replacement parts. See “Engine
Specifications” under Capacities and
Specifications 0 318 for the vehicle's
engine code.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
318 Technical Data

Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
For Camaro High Performance models, see the Camaro High Performance supplement.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge
amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your
dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System*
7.8 L 8.2 qt
I2.0L L4 Engine (LTG)
9.6 L 10.1 qt
I3.6L V6 Engine (LGX)
10.1 L 10.7 qt
I3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) with Engine Oil Cooler, without Auxiliary Cooler
13.7 L 14.5 qt
I3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) with Auxiliary Cooler
11.6 L 12.3 qt
I6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) without Auxiliary Cooler
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Technical Data 319
Capacities
Application
Metric English
13.2 L 13.9 qt
I6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) with Auxiliary Cooler
Engine Oil with Filter
4.7 L 5.0 qt
I2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) with Integrated Engine Oil Cooler
5.2 L 5.5 qt
I2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) with External Engine Oil Cooler
5.2 L 5.5 qt
I3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) without Auxiliary Cooler
5.7 L 6.0 qt
I3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) with Auxiliary Cooler
9.5 L 10.0 qt
Fuel Tank 72.0 L 19.0 gal
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
320 Technical Data
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Rear Axle Fluid
0.5 L 0.53 qt
I2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) Automatic Transmission
1.1 L 1.2 qt
I2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) Manual Transmission
0.5 L 0.53 qt
I3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) Automatic Transmission
1.1 L 1.2 qt
I3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) Manual Transmission
1.1 L 1.2 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level
after filling.
*Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Technical Data 321

Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) X Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–0.035 in)
Manual
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) S Automatic 0.80–0.90 mm (0.031–0.035 in)
Manual
6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) 7 Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)
Manual
Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
322 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing
6.2L V8 Engine (LT1)

2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) For Camaro High Performance models, see
the Camaro High Performance supplement.
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX)

14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Customer Information 323

Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . . 332
Customer Information
Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Customer Information Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . 323 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Your satisfaction and goodwill are important
Customer Assistance Offices . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 to your dealer and to Chevrolet. Normally,
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone any concerns with the sales transaction or
(TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 the operation of the vehicle will be resolved
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 by your dealer's sales or service
GM Mobility Reimbursement departments. Sometimes, however, despite
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 the best intentions of all concerned,
Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . 326 misunderstandings can occur. If your concern
Scheduling Service Appointments . . . . . . 327 has not been resolved to your satisfaction,
Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . 328 the following steps should be taken:
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . 330 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 member of dealership management.
Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved
Reporting Safety Defects at that level. If the matter has already been
Reporting Safety Defects to the United reviewed with the sales, service, or parts
States Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 manager, contact the owner of your
Reporting Safety Defects to the dealership or the general manager.
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of
Reporting Safety Defects to General dealership management, it appears your
Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 concern cannot be resolved by your
dealership without further help, in the U.S.,
call the Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Canada, call
General Motors of Canada Customer Care
Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English),
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
324 Customer Information

We encourage you to call the toll-free disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the
number in order to give your inquiry interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited event that you do not feel your concerns
prompt attention. Have the following Warranty. Although you may be required to have been addressed after following the
information available to give the Customer resort to this informal dispute resolution procedure outlined in Steps One and Two,
Assistance representative: program prior to filing a court action, use of General Motors of Canada Company wants
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is the program is free of charge and your case you to be aware of its participation in a
available from the vehicle registration or will generally be heard within 40 days. no-charge Mediation/Arbitration Program.
title, or the plate at the top left of the If you do not agree with the decision given General Motors of Canada Company has
instrument panel and visible through the in your case, you may reject it and proceed committed to binding arbitration of owner
windshield. with any other venue for relief available disputes involving factory-related vehicle
. Dealership name and location. to you. service claims. The program provides for the
You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program review of the facts involved by an impartial
. Vehicle delivery date and present mileage.
using the toll-free telephone number or third party arbiter, and may include an
When contacting Chevrolet, remember that write them at the following address: informal hearing before the arbiter. The
your concern will likely be resolved at a program is designed so that the entire
dealer's facility. That is why we suggest BBB Auto Line Program dispute settlement process, from the time
following Step One first. BBB National Programs, Inc. you file your complaint to the final decision,
3033 Wilson Boulevard should be completed in about 70 days. We
STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General Suite 600 believe our impartial program offers
Motors and your dealer are committed to Arlington, VA 22201 advantages over courts in most jurisdictions
making sure you are completely satisfied
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 because it is informal, quick, and free of
with your new vehicle. However, if you
http://www.bbb.org/council/ charge.
continue to remain unsatisfied after
following the procedure outlined in programs-services/ For further information concerning eligibility
Steps One and Two, you can file with the dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration
Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line This program is available in all 50 states and Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685,
Program to enforce your rights. the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited or call the General Motors Customer Care
by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
The BBB Auto Line Program is an
General Motors reserves the right to change 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to:
out-of-court program administered by BBB
National Programs, Inc. to settle automotive eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

The Mediation/Arbitration Program Canada Online Owner Center
c/o Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada Company The Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.)
General Motors of Canada Company
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
Mail Code: CA1-163-005 my.chevrolet.com
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
1908 Colonel Sam Drive Learn more about your vehicle features,
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 shop for and manage your connected
Your inquiry should be accompanied by the www.gm.ca services and OnStar plans, and access
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). diagnostic information specific to your
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French) vehicle.
Customer Assistance Offices
1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices Membership Benefits
Chevrolet encourages customers to call the (TTYs))
toll-free number for assistance. However, if a Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800 E : Download owner’s manuals and view
customer wishes to write or e-mail vehicle-specific how-to videos.
Chevrolet, the letter should be addressed to: Overseas
G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and
United States and Puerto Rico Please contact the local General Motors Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule
Business Unit. service appointments.
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center Customer Assistance for Text I : View service records from your
P.O. Box 33170 dealership and add your own.
Telephone (TTY) Users
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
www.Chevrolet.com To assist customers who are deaf, hard of D : Select a preferred dealer and view
hearing, or speech-impaired and who use locations, maps, phone numbers, and hours.
1-800-222-1020 Text Telephones (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
1-800-833-2438 (For Text Telephone Devices r : Track your vehicle’s warranty
equipment available at its Customer information.
(TTYs)) Assistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S.
Roadside Assistance: 1-800-243-8872 can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing: J : View active recalls by Vehicle
From U.S. Virgin Islands: 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle
1-800-263-3830. Identification Number (VIN) 0 317.
1-800-496-9994
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

H : Manage your profile and payment adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, . Location of the vehicle
information. View your GM Rewards Card such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ . Model, year, color, and license plate
earnings and My Chevrolet Rewards points. scooter lift for the vehicle. number of the vehicle
To learn about the GM Mobility program, . Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification
F : Chat with online help representatives.
see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM Number (VIN), and delivery date of the
Visit my.chevrolet.com and create an Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. vehicle
account today. Text Telephone (TTY) users, call . Description of the problem
1-800-833-9935.
Chevrolet Owner Centre (Canada) Coverage
mychevrolet.ca General Motors of Canada also has a
Mobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call Services are provided for the duration of the
Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre at 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details. vehicle’s powertrain warranty.
mychevrolet.ca (English) or my.chevrolet.ca TTY users call 1-800-263-3830.
(French) to access similar benefits to the In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is
covered. In Canada, a person driving the
U.S. site. Roadside Assistance Program vehicle without permission from the owner
GM Mobility Reimbursement For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call is not covered.
Program 1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone (TTY): Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New
1-888-889-2438.) Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call North America and Chevrolet reserve the
1-800-268-6800. right to make any changes or discontinue
the Roadside Assistance program at any
Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days time without notification.
a year.
General Motors North America and Chevrolet
Calling for Assistance reserve the right to limit services or
This program is available to qualified When calling Roadside Assistance, have the payment to an owner or driver if they
applicants for cost reimbursement, up to following information ready: decide the claims are made too often, or the
certain limits, of eligible aftermarket . Your name, home address, and home same type of claim is made many times.
telephone number
. Telephone number of your location
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Services Provided be reimbursed within the Powertrain . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance:
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of warranty period. Items considered are Must be over 150 km from where your
enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the reasonable and customary hotel, meals, trip was started to qualify.
nearest service station. rental car, or a vehicle being delivered Pre-authorization, original detailed
back to the customer, up to 500 miles. receipts, and a copy of the repair orders
. Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the are required. Once authorization has been
vehicle if you are locked out. A remote Services Not Included in Roadside received, the Roadside Assistance advisor
unlock may be available if you have Assistance will help to make arrangements and
OnStar. For security reasons, the driver . Impound towing caused by violation of explain how to receive payment.
must present identification before this
any laws . Alternative Service: If assistance cannot
service is given.
. Legal fines be provided right away, the Roadside
. Emergency Tow from a Public Road or
. Mounting, dismounting, or changing of Assistance advisor may give permission to
Highway: Tow to the nearest Chevrolet get local emergency road service. You will
dealer for warranty service, or if the snow tires, chains, or other traction
devices receive payment, up to $100, after
vehicle was in a crash and cannot be sending the original receipt to Roadside
driven. Assistance is not given when the Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an Assistance. Mechanical failures may be
vehicle is stuck in the sand, mud, area that is not accessible to the service covered, however any cost for parts and
or snow. vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or labor for repairs not covered by the
. Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat maintained public road, which includes ice warranty are the owner responsibility.
tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, and winter roads. Off-road use is not
if equipped, must be in good condition covered. Scheduling Service Appointments
and properly inflated. It is the owner's
responsibility for the repair or Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased When the vehicle requires warranty service,
Vehicles contact your dealer and request an
replacement of the tire if it is not covered
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to appointment. By scheduling a service
by the warranty.
7 liters. Propane and other fuels are not appointment and advising the service
. Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start consultant of your transportation needs,
a dead battery. provided through this service.
your dealer can help minimize your
. Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is
inconvenience.
If your trip is interrupted due to a required.
warranty event, incidental expenses may
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the Owner Assistance Information” furnished Courtesy Rental Vehicle
service department immediately, keep with each new vehicle provides detailed For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer
driving it until it can be scheduled for warranty coverage information. may provide an available courtesy rental
service, unless, of course, the problem is vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a
safety related. If it is, please call your Transportation Options
rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and
dealership, let them know this, and ask for Warranty service can generally be must be supported by original receipts as
instructions. completed while you wait. However, if you well as a signed and completed rental
If your dealer requests you to bring the are unable to do so, your dealer may offer agreement and meet state/provincial, local,
vehicle for service, you are urged to do so the following transportation options: and rental vehicle provider requirements.
as early in the work day as possible to Shuttle Service Requirements vary and may include
allow for same-day repair. minimum age requirements, insurance
This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees
Courtesy Transportation Program service within reasonable time and distance such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes,
parameters of your dealer's area. levies, usage fees, excessive mileage,
To enhance your ownership experience, we
and our participating dealers are proud to Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement or rental usage beyond the completion of
offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer If overnight warranty repairs are needed, the repair are also your responsibility.
support program for vehicles with the and public transportation is used, the It may not be possible to provide a like
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage expense must be supported by original vehicle as a courtesy rental.
period in Canada), extended powertrain, receipts and within the maximum amount
and/or hybrid-specific warranties in both the allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange Additional Program Information
U.S. and Canada. their own transportation, limited All program options, such as shuttle service,
Several Courtesy Transportation options are reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may not be available at every dealer.
available to assist in reducing inconvenience may be available. Claim amounts should Contact your dealer for specific availability.
when warranty repairs are required. reflect actual costs and be supported by
original receipts. See your dealer for General Motors reserves the right to
Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the information. unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate Courtesy Transportation at any time and to
manual entitled “Limited Warranty and resolve all questions of claim eligibility
pursuant to the terms and conditions
described herein at its sole discretion.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Collision Damage Repair appearance and safety performance; Insuring the Vehicle
however, the history of these parts is not
If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it Protect your investment in the GM vehicle
known. Such parts are not covered by the
is damaged, have the damage repaired by a with comprehensive and collision insurance
GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
qualified technician using the proper coverage. There are significant differences in
related failures are not covered by that
equipment and quality replacement parts. the quality of coverage afforded by various
warranty.
Poorly performed collision repairs diminish insurance policy terms. Many insurance
the vehicle resale value, and safety Aftermarket collision parts are also available. policies provide reduced protection to the
performance can be compromised in These are made by companies other than GM vehicle by limiting compensation for
subsequent collisions. GM and may not have been tested for the damage repairs through the use of
vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance
Collision Parts poorly, exhibit premature durability/ companies will not specify aftermarket
Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts corrosion problems, and may not perform collision parts. When purchasing insurance,
made with the same materials and properly in subsequent collisions. we recommend that you ensure that the
construction methods as the parts with Aftermarket parts are not covered by the vehicle will be repaired with GM original
which the vehicle was originally built. GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any equipment collision parts. If such insurance
Genuine GM Collision parts are the best vehicle failure related to such parts is not coverage is not available from your current
choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed covered by that warranty. insurance carrier, consider switching to
appearance, durability, and safety are another insurance carrier.
Repair Facility
preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company
help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited GM also recommends that you choose a may require you to have insurance that
Warranty. collision repair facility that meets your ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original
needs before you ever need collision repairs. Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Recycled original equipment parts may also Your dealer may have a collision repair
be used for repair. These parts are typically Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts.
center with GM-trained technicians and Read the lease carefully, as you may be
removed from vehicles that were total losses state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to
in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts charged at the end of the lease for poor
recommend a collision repair center that has quality repairs.
being recycled are from undamaged sections GM-trained technicians and comparable
of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment equipment.
GM part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally designed
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

If a Crash Occurs Choose a reputable repair facility that uses vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts,
quality replacement parts. See “Collision even if your insurance coverage does not
If there has been an injury, call emergency
Parts” earlier in this section. pay the full cost.
services for help. Do not leave the scene of
a crash until all matters have been taken If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You If another party's insurance company is
care of. Move the vehicle only if its position See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 51. paying for the repairs, you are not obligated
puts you in danger, or you are instructed to to accept a repair valuation based on that
move it by a police officer. Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair insurance company's collision policy repair
Process limits, as you have no contractual limits
Give only the necessary information to
In the event that the vehicle requires with that company. In such cases, you can
police and other parties involved in the
damage repairs, GM recommends that you have control of the repair and parts choices
crash.
take an active role in its repair. If you have as long as the cost stays within reasonable
For emergency towing see Roadside a pre-determined repair facility of choice, limits.
Assistance Program 0 326. take the vehicle there, or have it towed
Gather the following information: there. Specify to the facility that any Publication Ordering Information
. Driver name, address, and telephone required replacement collision parts be Service Manuals
number original equipment parts, either new
Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM Service manuals have the diagnosis and
. Driver license number repair information on the engine,
parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be
. Owner name, address, and telephone covered by the GM vehicle warranty. transmission, axle, suspension, brakes,
number electrical system, steering system, body, etc.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but
. Vehicle license plate number
you must live with the repair. Depending on Customer Literature
. Vehicle make, model, and model year your policy limits, your insurance company
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Owner’s manuals are written specifically for
may initially value the repair using
owners and are intended to provide basic
. Insurance company and policy number aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the
operational information about the vehicle.
. General description of the damage to the repair professional, and insist on Genuine
The owner’s manual includes the
other vehicle GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is
Maintenance Schedule for all models.
leased, you may be obligated to have the
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

Customer literature publications available for Science and Economic Development (ISED) If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it
purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty Canada's license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 / may open an investigation, and if it
manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an ICES-GEN. finds that a safety defect exists in a
owner’s manual, warranty manual, Operation is subject to the following two group of vehicles, it may order a recall
if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch. conditions: and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA
Current and Past Models 1. The device may not cause harmful cannot become involved in individual
Service manuals and customer literature are interference. problems between you, your dealer,
available for many current and past model 2. The device must accept any interference or General Motors.
year GM vehicles. received, including interference that may To contact NHTSA, you may call the
cause undesired operation of the device.
To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday, Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at
8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. eastern time Changes or modifications to any of these 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go
systems by other than an authorized service to http://www.safercar.gov; or
For credit card orders only (VISA, facility could void authorization to use this
MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: write to:
equipment.
www.helminc.com. Administrator, NHTSA
To order by mail, write to: Reporting Safety Defects 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Helm, Incorporated Washington, D.C. 20590
Attention: Customer Service Reporting Safety Defects to the You can also obtain other information
47911 Halyard Drive United States Government about motor vehicle safety from
Plymouth, MI 48170
If you believe that your vehicle has a http://www.safercar.gov.
Make checks payable in U.S. funds.
defect which could cause a crash or Reporting Safety Defects to the
Radio Frequency Statement could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Canadian Government
This vehicle uses license-exempt transmitters
Highway Traffic Safety Administration If you live in Canada, and you believe
/ receivers / systems that operate on a
radio frequency that complies with Part 15/ (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General that the vehicle has a safety defect,
Part 18 of the Federal Communications Motors. notify Transport Canada immediately,
Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation,
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

and notify General Motors of Canada General Motors of Canada Company or average speed. These modules may retain
Company. Call Transport Canada at Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: personal preferences, such as radio presets,
1-800-333-0510; go to: CA1-163-005 seat positions, and temperature settings.
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Cybersecurity
www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) In Mexico, call 800-466-0811 or GM collects information about the use of
or write to: 800-508-0000. your vehicle including operational and safety
related information. We collect this
Transport Canada In other Central America and Caribbean
information to provide, evaluate, improve,
Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate Countries, call 52-555-901-2369.
and troubleshoot our products and services
Defect Investigations and Recalls and to develop new products and services.
Division Vehicle Data Recording and The protection of vehicle electronics systems
80 Noel Street Privacy and customer data from unauthorized
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 outside electronic access or control is
The vehicle has a number of computers that important to GM. GM maintains appropriate
Reporting Safety Defects to record information about the vehicle’s security standards, practices, guidelines and
performance and how it is driven or used. controls aimed at defending the vehicle and
General Motors For example, the vehicle uses computer the vehicle service ecosystem against
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport modules to monitor and control engine and unauthorized electronic access, detecting
Canada) in a situation like this, notify transmission performance, to monitor the possible malicious activity in related
General Motors. conditions for airbag deployment and networks, and responding to suspected
deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to cybersecurity incidents in a timely,
In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
provide antilock braking to help the driver coordinated and effective manner. Security
Chevrolet Motor Division control the vehicle. These modules may incidents could impact your safety or
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center store data to help the dealer technician compromise your private data. To minimize
P.O. Box 33170 service the vehicle or to help GM improve security risks, please do not connect your
Detroit, MI 48232-5170 safety or features. Some modules may also vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or store data about how the vehicle is devices or connect your vehicle to any
1-800-263-7854 (French), or write: operated, such as rate of fuel consumption unknown or untrusted networks (such as
Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20

the event you suspect any security incident Note others for research purposes, where a need
impacting your data or the safe operation of EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only is shown and the data is not tied to a
your vehicle, please stop operating your if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
vehicle and contact your dealer. data are recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal data OnStar
Event Data Recorders (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and
This vehicle is equipped with an event data are recorded. However, other parties, such has an active service plan, additional data
recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR as law enforcement, could combine the EDR may be collected and transmitted through
is to record, in certain crash or near data with the type of personally identifying the OnStar system. This includes information
crash-like situations, such as an air bag data routinely acquired during a crash about the vehicle’s operation; collisions
deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data investigation. involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle
that will assist in understanding how a To read data recorded by an EDR, special and its features, including infotainment; and
vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is equipment is required, and access to the the location and approximate GPS speed of
designed to record data related to vehicle vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and
dynamics and safety systems for a short the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such Conditions and Privacy Statement on the
period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. as law enforcement, that have the special OnStar website.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record equipment, can read the information if they See OnStar Additional Information 0 335.
such data as: have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
. How various systems in your vehicle were
GM will not access these data or share it Infotainment System
operating; with others except: with the consent of the If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation
. Whether or not the driver and passenger vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, system as part of the infotainment system,
safety belts were buckled/fastened; with the consent of the lessee; in response use of the system may result in the storage
. How far (if at all) the driver was to an official request by police or similar of destinations, addresses, telephone
depressing the accelerator and/or brake government office; as part of GM's defense numbers, and other trip information. See the
pedal; and, of litigation through the discovery process; infotainment section for information on
. How fast the vehicle was traveling. or, as required by law. Data that GM collects stored data and for deletion instructions.
or receives may also be used for GM
These data can help provide a better research needs or may be made available to
understanding of the circumstances in which
crashes and injuries occur.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
334 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is next to
the OnStar buttons. If the status light is:
. Solid Green: System is ready.
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 . Flashing Green: On a call.
. Red: Indicates a problem.
OnStar Services . Off: System is off. Press | twice to
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 speak with an OnStar Advisor.
Q Voice Command Button Press | or call 1-888-4ONSTAR

OnStar Additional Information
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor.
OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . 335
| Blue OnStar Button Functionality of the Voice Command button
U Red Emergency Button may vary by vehicle and region.
This vehicle may be equipped with a Press Q to:
comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can . Open the OnStar app on the infotainment
connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, display. See OnStar System 0 128 for
Security, Navigation, Connections, and information on how to use the
Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may OnStar app.
require a paid service plan and data plan.
OnStar requires the vehicle battery and Or
electrical system, cellular service, and GPS . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice
satellite signals to be available and commands.
operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot
emergency service providers. OnStar may name or SSID and password, if equipped.
collect information about you and your
vehicle, including location information. See Press | to connect to an Advisor to:
OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and . Verify account information or update
Software Terms for more details including contact information.
system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) . Get driving directions.
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
OnStar 335
. Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Theft Alarm Notification
key operating systems. Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days
If equipped, if the doors are locked and the
. Receive Roadside Assistance. a week, to provide a central point of
vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text,
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped. contact, assistance, and information during a
e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the
crisis.
Press U to get a priority connection to an vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can with authorities to recover the vehicle.
OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:
locate a nearby service provider to help with
. Get help for an emergency. a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty
. Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an gas tank.
OnStar Additional
AMBER Alert. Information
. Get assistance in severe weather or other Security
crisis situations and find evacuation In-Vehicle Audio Messages
If equipped, OnStar provides these services:
routes. . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar Audio messages may play important
Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the information at the following times:
OnStar Services vehicle and help authorities quickly . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press | to set
recover it. up an account.
Emergency . With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped, . After change in ownership and at
Emergency Services require an active safety OnStar can block the engine from being 90 days.
and security plan. With Automatic Crash restarted.
Response, built-in sensors can automatically . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, Transferring Service
alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who if equipped, OnStar can work with law Press | to request account transfer
is immediately connected in to the vehicle enforcement to gradually slow the eligibility information. The Advisor can
to help. vehicle down. cancel or change account information.
Press U for a priority connection to an Selling/Transferring the Vehicle
OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency
service providers, direct them to your exact Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
location, and relay important information. immediately to terminate your OnStar or
connected services if the vehicle is disposed
of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
336 OnStar
Reactivation for Subsequent Owners technology compatible with OnStar or . Provide directions to the closest hospital
connected services. Service involving location or pharmacy in urgent situations.
Press | and follow the prompts to speak to information about the vehicle cannot work
an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor unless GPS signals are available, TTY Users
will update vehicle records and explain unobstructed, and compatible with the OnStar has the ability to communicate to
OnStar or connected service options. OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
How OnStar Service Works services may not work if the OnStar customers while in the vehicle. The available
equipment is not properly installed or it has dealer-installed TTY system can provide
Automatic Crash Response, Emergency not been properly maintained. If equipment in-vehicle access to all OnStar services,
Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle or software is added, connected, except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside or modified, OnStar or connected services Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
Assistance are available on most vehicles. may not work. Other problems beyond the
Not all OnStar services are available If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or
control of OnStar — such as hills, tall
everywhere or on all vehicles. For more off by touching Settings, then Apps, and
buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system
information, a full description of OnStar then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone
design and architecture of the vehicle,
services, system limitations, and OnStar User calls can be made or received with OnStar
damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless
Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software using the infotainment display.
phone network congestion or jamming —
Terms: may prevent service. OnStar Personal Identification
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). Number (PIN)
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
Services for People with Disabilities A PIN is needed to access some OnStar
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada). services. The PIN will need to be changed
. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Advisors provide services to help with the first time when speaking with an
. Press | to speak with an Advisor. physical disabilities and medical conditions. Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact
Press | to help: an OnStar Advisor by pressing | or calling
OnStar or connected services cannot work
. Locate a gas station with an attendant to 1-888-4ONSTAR.
unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar
has an agreement with a wireless service pump gas. Warranty
provider for service in that area. The . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets
wireless service provider must also have OnStar equipment may be warranted as part
accessibility needs. of the vehicle warranty.
coverage, network capacity, reception, and
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
OnStar 337
Languages A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of Add-on Electrical Equipment
the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn
The vehicle can be programmed to respond The OnStar system is integrated into the
Navigation route. The Advisor may give a
in multiple languages. Press | and ask for verbal route or may ask for a call back after
electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not
an Advisor. Advisors are available in English, add any electrical equipment. See Add-On
the vehicle is driven into an open area.
Spanish, and French. Available languages Electrical Equipment 0 233. Added electrical
may vary by country. Cellular and GPS Antennas equipment may interfere with the operation
of the OnStar system and cause it to not
Potential Issues Cellular reception is required for OnStar to operate.
send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not
OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock place items over or near the antenna to Vehicle Software Updates
or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal
has been off continuously for 10 days OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
reception.
without an ignition cycle. If the vehicle has software updates or changes to the vehicle
not been started for 10 days, OnStar can Unable to Connect to OnStar Message without further notice or consent. These
contact Roadside Assistance or a locksmith updates or changes may enhance or
If there is limited cellular coverage or the maintain safety, security, or the operation
to help gain access to the vehicle. cellular network has reached maximum of the vehicle or the vehicle systems.
Global Positioning System (GPS) capacity, this message may come on. Press Software updates or changes may affect or
. Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a | to try the call again or try again after erase data or settings that are stored in the
large city with tall buildings; in parking driving a few miles into another vehicle, such as saved navigation
garages; around airports; in tunnels and cellular area. destinations, or pre-set radio stations.
underpasses; or in an area with very Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for
Vehicle and Power Issues
dense trees. If GPS signals are not any affected or erased data or settings.
available, the OnStar system should still OnStar services require a vehicle electrical These updates or changes may also collect
operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar system, wireless service, and GPS satellite personal information. Such collection is
could have difficulty identifying the exact technologies to be available and operating described in the OnStar privacy statement or
location. for features to function properly. These separately disclosed at the time of
. In emergency situations, OnStar can use systems may not operate if the battery is installation. These updates or changes may
the last stored GPS location to send to discharged or disconnected. also cause a system to automatically
emergency responders. communicate with GM servers to collect
information about vehicle system status,
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
338 OnStar
identify whether updates or changes are for a period of three years after our last
available, or deliver updates or changes. An shipment of this product. This offer is valid
active OnStar agreement constitutes consent to anyone in receipt of this information.
to these software updates or changes and *Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is
agreement that either OnStar or GM may solely responsible for provisions of related
remotely deliver them to the vehicle. OSS compliance.
Privacy
The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may
be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend
that you review it. If you have any
questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) or press | to speak with
an Advisor. Users of wireless
communications are cautioned that the
privacy of any information sent via wireless
cellular communications cannot be assured.
Third parties may unlawfully intercept or
access transmissions and private
communications without consent.
OnStar - Software Acknowledgements
To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL,
MPL, and other open source licenses, that is
contained in this product, please visit
http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to
the source code, all referred license terms,
warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices
are available for download. This offer is valid
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Connected Services 339

Connected Services Connected Services 2. Say “Cancel route.” System responds:
“Do you want to cancel directions?”
Connected Services Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK, request
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 completed, thank you, goodbye.”
Navigation requires a specific OnStar or
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 connected service plan. Route Preview
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Press | to receive Turn-by-Turn directions 1. Press Q. System responds: “OnStar
or have them sent to the vehicle navigation ready,” then a tone.
screen, if equipped. 2. Say “Route preview.” System responds
with the next three maneuvers.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation
Repeat
1. Press | to connect to an Advisor.
1. Press Q. System responds: “OnStar
2. Request directions to be downloaded to
ready,” then a tone.
the vehicle.
2. Say “Repeat.” System responds with the
3. Follow the voice-guided commands.
last direction given, then responds with
Using Voice Commands During a “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Planned Route Get My Destination
Functionality of the Voice Command button, 1. Press Q. System responds: “OnStar
if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region. ready,” then a tone.
For some vehicles, press Q to open the 2. Say “Get my destination.” System
OnStar app on the infotainment display. For responds with the address and distance
other vehicles press Q as follows. to the destination, then responds with
Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
1. Press Q. System responds: “OnStar Send Destination to Vehicle

ready,” then a tone. Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s
navigation screen, if equipped.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
340 Connected Services

Press | then ask the Advisor to download Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi
directions to the vehicle’s navigation system, The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi hotspot will connect automatically to your
if equipped. After the call ends, the hotspot that provides access to the Internet mobile devices. Manage data usage by
navigation screen will provide prompts to and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile
begin driving directions. Routes that are sent seven mobile devices can be connected. device, using the myChevrolet mobile app,
to the navigation screen can only be A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle or by contacting an OnStar Advisor. On
canceled through the navigation system. controls only when it is safe to do so. some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed
from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information,
(Canada). press Q to open the OnStar app on the MyChevrolet Mobile App (If Available)
infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi Download the myChevrolet mobile app to
Connections Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi compatible Apple and Android smartphones.
The following services help with staying or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen. Chevrolet users can access the following
connected. 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi services from a smartphone:
For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com hotspot name (SSID), password, and on . Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). some vehicles, the connection type (no if factory-equipped.
Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with
Ensuring Security signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The automatic locks.
. Change the default passwords for the LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is . Activate the horn and lamps.
Wi-Fi hotspot and myChevrolet mobile possible that the icon may not illuminate . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life,
application. Make these passwords even though the vehicle has an active
different from each other and use a or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with
connection.
combination of letters and numbers to the Tire Pressure Monitor System.
3. To change the SSID or password, press . Send destinations to the vehicle.
increase the security.
. Change the default name of the SSID
| or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect . Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S.
with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the market only).
(Service Set Identifier). This is your
SSID and password can be changed in
network’s name that is visible to other . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off,
the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
wireless devices. Choose a unique name manage settings, and monitor data
and avoid family names or vehicle consumption, if equipped.
descriptions. . Locate a dealer and schedule service.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Connected Services 341

. Request roadside assistance. Diagnostics
. Set a parking reminder with pin drop,
take a photo, make a note, and set a By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle’s
timer. key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics,
if equipped, provides a way to keep up on
. Connect with Chevrolet on social media.
maintenance. Capabilities vary by model.
Features are subject to change. For See www.onstar.com for details and system
myChevrolet mobile app information and limitations. Features are subject to change.
compatibility, see my.chevrolet.com. For updates on feature capabilities, see
An active OnStar or connected service plan mychevrolet.com. Message and data rates
may be required. A compatible device, may apply.
factory-installed remote start, and power
locks are required. Data rates apply. See
www.onstar.com for details and system
limitations.
Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the
doors or sound the horn and flash the
lamps.
Marketplace
OnStar Advisors can provide offers from
restaurants and retailers on your route,
help locate hotels, or book a room. These
services vary by market.
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
342 Index
Airbags (cont'd)
Index A
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Passenger Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Active Fuel Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles . . . . . . 56
Active Rev Match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Alarm
Additional Information Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Alert
Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . . . . 310 Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Agreements Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Trademarks and License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173, 176 Antenna
Air Filter Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
Air Filter, Passenger Compartment . . . . . . . 179 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Appearance Care
Airbag System Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . . . .154
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Assistance Program, Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . 51 Assistance Systems for Parking and
What Will You See after an Airbag Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Audio
When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 50 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Automatic
Airbags Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Adding Equipment to the Vehicle . . . . . . . 56 Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Index 343
Automatic (cont'd) Brakes (cont'd) Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183 Charging
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Automatic Transmission Bulb Replacement Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Check
Shift Lock Control Function Check . . . . . . 256 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . 91
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Child Restraints
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . . . .124 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 High Intensity Discharge (HID) Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
B
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Battery
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281 Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 71
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . 113
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 C
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Cleaning
Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255, 291 California
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . 235
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Bluetooth California Proposition
Climate Control Systems
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150, 151 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235, 255, 291,
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Back Cover
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Boost Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Brake Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Carbon Monoxide
Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Compartments
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
344 Index
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Customer Information Driver
Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 330 Teen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . 323 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Connected Services Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
D
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Driving
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Connections Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Data Collection
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Control Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Traction and Electronic Stability . . . . . . . 214 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Data Recorder
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183 Impaired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Controls Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Database Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . 140
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Track Events and Competitive . . . . . . . . . . 185
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Coolant Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Engine Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Dual Automatic Climate Control
Diagnostics
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173, 176 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 E
Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . . . 328
Door Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Electrical Equipment, Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Electrical System
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 261
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Index 345
Electrical System (cont'd) Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Fuel (cont'd)
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
F
Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 265 Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229, 230
Filter,
Emergency Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Fuses
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Engine Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 261
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . 91 Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 265
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Fluid G
Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Gauges
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . 226 Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Frequency Statement Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Front Seats Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Fuel Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Economy, Driving for Better . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Warning Lights and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . 81
Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 232 General Information
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . 139
Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
346 Index
GM Mobility Reimbursement Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173, 176 J
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Jack
Guidance High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Problems with the Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
H K
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Keyless Entry
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . . . 42
HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173, 176
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 L
Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Headlamps I
Lamps
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 If the System Needs Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . 113
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . 109 Indicator
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
High Intensity Discharge (HID) Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . 59
Malfunction Indicator (Check Engine) . . . 91
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Information
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Publication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Heated Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
LATCH System
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Replacing Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . . . 39 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1, 114
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Heater
Latches, Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Index 347
Light Lights (cont'd) Manual Transmission (cont'd)
Performance Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Traction Control System Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Lighting (TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Matching
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Locks Active Rev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Media
Theater Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Lights Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Messages
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Mirror
Check Engine (Malfunction Indicator) . . . 91 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Rear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Children (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Mirrors
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
M
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Automatic Dimming Rearview . . . . . . . . . . 23
Maintenance
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Maintenance and Care
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Recommended Fluids and
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Service Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Monitor System, Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
348 Index
N Outlets Phone
Navigation Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . 154
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150, 151
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Port
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Positioning
P
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Park
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Power
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
O Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Off-Road Brake and P (Park) Mechanism
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Oil Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Parking or Backing
Privacy
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . 90
Problems with Route Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 139
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . . . 179
Program
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Perchlorate Materials Requirements,
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . 335 California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Proposition 65 Warning,
OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Performance Data Recorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . 146
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235, 255, 291,
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Performance Shifting Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Back Cover
OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Personalization
Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 330
OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 138 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Index 349
R Reimbursement Program, GM Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Radio Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . . . .7 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . . . 206
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
S
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 Replacement Parts
Safety Defects Reporting
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Radios Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Replacing LATCH System Parts after a
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Reporting Safety Defects
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . 42
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Restraints
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . 203
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Recognition Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Ride Control Systems
Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Recommended Limited Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Seats
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229, 230 Roads
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . .313 Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Records Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Roof
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
350 Index
Seats (cont'd) Signals, Turn and Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 71 Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318 Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Security Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 System
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 StabiliTrak Engine Air Filter Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214 Global Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . 236 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183 Systems
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
T
Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 303 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Storage
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . 93 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Theater Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Services Storage Areas
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Servicing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Shift Lock Control Function Check, Storing the Tire Sealant and
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Shifting Struts
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
Index 351
Tires (cont'd) Traction (cont'd) Vehicle (cont'd)
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 274 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . 165 Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Transmission Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Run-Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Sealant and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Sealant and Compressor Kit, Transportation Program, Courtesy . . . . . . . 328 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Vehicle Care
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Storing the Tire Sealant and
Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . 282 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
U
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 284 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . . . . 332
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Updates
When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . 280 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Map Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Towing Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Using the Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 W
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Warning
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Track Events and Competitive Driving . . . . .185 V
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Traction Vehicle
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14583589) - 2021 - CRC - 10/1/20
352 Index
Warnings
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
21_CHEV_Camaro_COV_en_US_84512283C_2021FEB19.pdf 1 2/18/2021 1:22:30 PM
2021
C
CM
MY
CY
CMY

2021 Chevrolet Camaro Owners Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2021 Chevrolet Camaro Owners Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

21_CHEV_Camaro_COV_en_US_84512283C_2021FEB19.

pdf 1 2/18/2021 1:22:30 PM

Introduction not be available in your region, or changes

6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 7

8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 9

10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 11

12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 13

Caution 2. Separate the two halves of the

14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 15

16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

2. Insert the two tabs (6) at the back of the

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

{ Warning Trunk Release

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19

There is a glow-in-the-dark emergency trunk

2. Locate the manual release beside the

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21

22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

34 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 35

To raise or lower the head restraint, press

36 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 37

38 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 39

40 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 41

42 Seats and Restraints

How to Wear Seat Belts Properly

Seats and Restraints 43

44 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 45

46 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 47

48 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning Warning (Continued)

Seats and Restraints 49

50 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 51

52 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 53

54 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 55

56 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 57

58 Seats and Restraints